embOS
Real-Time Operating System User Guide & Reference Manual
Document: UM01001
Software Version: 5.18.0
Document revision: 1
Introduction and Basic Concepts
What is embOS?
embOS is a priority-controlled multitasking system, designed to be used as an
embedded operating system for the development of real-time applications for a variety of
microcontrollers.
embOS is a high-performance tool that has been optimized for minimal memory consumption
in both RAM and ROM, as well as high speed and versatility.
Throughout the development process of embOS, the limited resources of microcontrollers
have always been kept in mind. The internal structure of the real-time operating
system (RTOS) has been optimized in a variety of applications with different
customers, to fit the needs of industry. Fully source-compatible implementations of
embOS are available for a variety of microcontrollers, making it well worth the time
and effort to learn how to structure real-time programs with real-time operating systems.
embOS is highly modular.
This means that only those functions that are required are linked into an application, keeping the ROM size very small.
A couple of files are supplied in source code to make sure that you do not loose any flexibility by using embOS libraries and that you can customize the system to fully fit your needs.
The tasks you create can easily and safely communicate with each other using a
number of communication mechanisms such as semaphores, mailboxes, and events.
Some features of embOS include:
- Time resolution can be freely selected (default is 1 millisecond).
- Easily accessible time variable.
- Preemptive scheduling:
Guarantees that of all tasks in READY state the one with the highest priority executes,
except for situations in which priority inheritance applies.
- Round-robin scheduling for tasks with identical priorities.
- Preemptions can be disabled for entire tasks or for sections of a program.
- Up to 4,294,967,296 priorities.
Every task can have an individual priority, which means that the response of tasks can be precisely defined according to the requirements of the application.
- Unlimited number of tasks, software timers and all other synchronization and communication primitives like event objects, semaphores, mutexes, mailboxes and queues.
(limited only by the amount of available memory).
- Size and number of messages can be freely defined when initializing mailboxes.
- Up to 32-bit events for every task.
- Power management.
- Calculation time in which embOS is idle can automatically be spent in power save mode.
Power-consumption is minimized.
- Full interrupt support:
Interrupts may call any function except those that require waiting for data,
as well as create, delete or change the priority of a task.
Interrupts can wake up or suspend tasks and directly communicate with tasks
using all available communication methods (mailboxes, semaphores, events).
- Disabling interrupts for very short periods allows minimal interrupt latency.
- Nested interrupts are permitted.
- embOS has its own, optional interrupt stack.
- Application samples for an easy start.
- Debug build performs runtime checks that catch common programming errors early on.
- Profiling and stack-check may be implemented by choosing specified libraries.
- Monitoring during runtime is available using embOSView via UART, Debug Communications
Channel (DCC) and memory read/write, or else via Ethernet.
- Very fast and efficient, yet small code.
- Minimal RAM usage.
- API can be called from assembly, C or C++ code.
- Board support packages (BSP) as source code available.
embOS ports
embOS is available for many core and compiler combinations.
The embOS sources are written in C but a small part is written in assembler and therefore core and compiler specific.
Hence, an embOS port is always technically limited to one core or core family and one compiler.
An embOS port includes several board support packages for different devices and evaluation boards.
Each board support package includes a project for a specific IDE.
In most embOS ports the same IDE is used for all board support packages.
Additional documentation
Some embOS aspects are core and compiler specific and explained in a separate embOS manual which is shipped in the according embOS port shipment.
Example Cover of embOS Cortex-M ES Manual
Naming convention
All embOS ports use the same naming convention: embOS_<core>_<compiler>.
For example: embOS_CortexM_ES, embOS for Cortex-M and Embedded Studio
Version number convention
SEGGER releases new embOS versions with new features and bug fixes.
As soon as a new embOS version is released embOS ports are updated to this version.
Generic embOS
Each release of the generic embOS sources has a unique version number:
V<Major>.<Minor>.<Patch>
For example:
V5.10.1
Major: 5
Minor: 10
Patch: 1
Major and minor values are used for new features.
The patch value is used for bug fixes only.
embOS Ports
An updated embOS port has the same version number as the used generic embOS sources, plus an additional revision for the port.
This is because an embOS port may be updated for changes in the CPU/compiler specific part, while still using the same generic embOS sources.
The complete version number for a specific embOS port is defined as:
V<Major>.<Minor>.<Patch>.<Revision>
For example:
V5.10.1.0
Major: 5
Minor: 10
Patch: 1
Revision: 0
Singletasking systems (superloop)
The classic way of designing embedded systems does not use the services of an
RTOS, which is also called “superloop design”. Typically, no real time kernel is used,
so interrupt service routines (ISRs) are used for the real-time parts of the application
and for critical operations (at interrupt level). This type of system is typically used in
small, simple systems or if real-time behavior is not critical.
Typically, since no real-time kernel and only one stack is used, both program
(ROM) size and RAM size are smaller for simple applications when compared to using an
RTOS. Obviously, there are no inter-task synchronization problems with a superloop
application. However, superloops can become difficult to maintain if the program
becomes too large or uses complex interactions. As sequential processes cannot
interrupt themselves, reaction times depend on the execution time of the entire
sequence, resulting in a poor real-time behavior.
Advantages & disadvantages
Advantages
- Simple structure (for small applications)
- Low stack usage (only one stack required)
Disadvantages
- No “delay” capability
- Higher power consumption due to the lack of a power save mode in most architectures
- Difficult to maintain as program grows
- Timing of all software components depends on all other software components:
Small change in one place can have major side effects in other places
- Defeats modular programming
- Real time behavior only with interrupts
Using embOS in superloop applications
In a true superloop application, no tasks are used, hence the biggest advantage of using
an RTOS cannot be utilized unless the application is re-written for multitasking.
However, even with just one single task, using embOS offers the following advantages:
- Software timers are available
- Power saving: Idle mode can be used
- Future extensions can be put in a separate task
Migrating from superloop to multi-tasking
A common situation is that an application exists for some time and has been
designed as a single-task super-loop-application. At some point, the disadvantages
of this approach result in a decision to use an RTOS. The typical question now usually
is: How do I do this?
The easiest way is to start with one of the sample applications that come with embOS and to add
the existing “super-loop code” into one task. At this point, you should also ensure
that the stack size of this task is sufficient. Later, additional functionality is
added to the software and can be put in one or more additional tasks; the functionality
of the super-loop can also be distributed over multiple tasks.
Multitasking systems
In a multitasking system, there are different ways to distribute CPU time among different tasks.
This process is called scheduling.
Task switches
There are two types of task switches, also called context switches: Cooperative and
preemptive task switches.
A cooperative task switch is performed by the task itself. As its name indicates, it
requires the cooperation of the task: it suspends itself by calling a blocking
RTOS function, e.g. OS_TASK_Delay() or OS_TASKEVENT_GetBlocked().
A preemptive task switch, on the other hand, is a task switch that is caused externally. For example,
a task of higher priority becomes ready for execution and, as a result, the scheduler suspends the
current task in favor of that task.
Cooperative multitasking
Cooperative multitasking requires all tasks to cooperate by using blocking functions.
A task switch can only take place if the running task blocks itself by calling a blocking
function such as OS_TASK_Delay() or OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked().
This is illustrated in the diagram below.
If tasks in a pure cooperative multi-tasking system do not cooperate, the system “hangs”.
This means that other tasks have no chance of being executed by the CPU while the first task is being carried out.
Even if an ISR makes a higher-priority task ready to run, the interrupted task will be resumed and completes before the task switch is made.
A pure cooperative multi-tasking system has the disadvantage of longer reaction times when high priority tasks become ready for execution.
This makes their usage in embedded real-time systems uncommon.
Preemptive multitasking
Real-time operating systems like embOS operate with preemptive multitasking. The
highest-priority task in the READY state always executes as long as the task is not
suspended by a call of any blocking operating system function. A high-priority task waiting for
an event is signaled READY as soon as the event occurs. The event can be set by an
interrupt handler, which then activates the task immediately. Other tasks with lower
priority are suspended (preempted) for as long as the high-priority task is executing.
Usually, real-time operating systems utilize a timer interrupt that interrupts tasks and thereby allows to perform task switches whenever timed task switches are necessary.
Preemptive multitasking may be switched off in sections of a program where task switches are
prohibited, known as critical regions. embOS itself will also temporarily disable preemptive
task switches during critical operations, which might be performed during the execution of
some embOS API functions.
Threads vs. Processes
In this context, a task is a program running on the CPU core of a microcontroller.
Without a multitasking kernel (an RTOS), only one task can be executed by the CPU.
This is called a single-task system. A real-time operating system, on the other hand,
allows the execution of multiple tasks on a single CPU. All tasks execute as if they completely
“owned” the entire CPU. The tasks are scheduled for execution, meaning that the RTOS
can activate and deactivate each task according to its priority, with the highest priority
task being executed in general.
Threads are tasks that share the same memory layout, hence any two threads can access
the same memory locations. If virtual memory is used, the same virtual to physical
translation and access rights are used.
With embOS, all tasks are threads: they all have the same memory access rights and
translation (in systems with virtual memory).
Processes are tasks with their own memory layout. Two processes cannot normally
access the same memory locations. Different processes typically have different
access rights and (in case of MMUs) different translation tables.
Processes are not supported with the current version of embOS.
Scheduling
There are different algorithms used by schedulers to determine which task to execute.
But all schedulers have one thing in common: they distinguish between tasks
that are ready to be executed (in the READY state) and other tasks that are suspended
for some reason (delay, waiting for mailbox, waiting for semaphore, waiting
for event, etc). The scheduler selects one of the tasks in the READY state and
activates it (executes the body of this task). The task which is currently executing is
referred to as the running task. The main difference between schedulers is the way
they distribute computation time between tasks in the READY state.
Priority-controlled scheduling algorithm
In real-world applications, different tasks require different response times. For example,
in an application that controls a motor, a keyboard, and a display, the motor usually
requires faster reaction time than the keyboard and the display. E.g., even while the display
is being updated, the motor needs to be controlled. This renders preemptive multitasking
essential. Round-robin might work, but as it cannot guarantee any specific reaction time, a
more suitable algorithm should be used.
In priority-controlled scheduling, every task is assigned a priority. Depending on
these priorities, a task is chosen for execution according to one simple rule:
Note
The scheduler activates the task that has the highest priority of all tasks and is ready for execution.
This means that every time a task with a priority higher than the running task
becomes ready, it becomes the running task, and the previous task gets
preempted. However, the scheduler can be switched off in sections of a program
where task switches are prohibited, known as critical regions.
embOS uses a priority-controlled scheduling algorithm with round-robin between
tasks of identical priority. One hint at this point: round-robin scheduling is a nice feature
because you do not need to decide whether one task is more important than
another. Tasks with identical priority cannot block each other for longer periods than their
time slices. But round-robin scheduling also costs time if two or more tasks of identical
priority are ready and no task of higher priority is, because execution constantly
switches between the identical-priority tasks. It usually is more efficient to assign
distinct priority to each task, thereby avoiding unnecessary task switches.
Round-robin scheduling algorithm
With round-robin scheduling, the scheduler has a list of tasks and, when deactivating
the running task, it activates the next task that is in the READY state. Round-robin can
be used with either preemptive or cooperative multitasking. It works well if you do
not need to guarantee response time. Round-robin scheduling can be illustrated as
follows:
The possession of the CPU changes periodically after a predefined execution time among all tasks with the same priority.
This time is specified in time slices and may be defined individually for each task.
Priority inversion / priority inheritance
The rule the scheduler obeys is:
Activate the task that has the highest priority of all tasks in the READY state.
But what happens if the highest-priority task is blocked because it is waiting for a
resource owned by a lower-priority task? According to the above rule, it would wait
until the low-priority task is resumed and releases the resource. Up to this point,
everything works as expected. Problems arise when a task with medium priority becomes ready
during the execution of the higher prioritized task.
When the higher priority task is suspended waiting for the resource, the task with the
medium priority will run until it finishes its work, because it has a higher priority than
the low-priority task. In this scenario, a task with medium priority runs in place of the
task with high priority. This is known as priority inversion.
The low priority task claims the semaphore with OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked(). An interrupt activates the
high priority task, which also calls OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked(). Meanwhile a task with medium priority
becomes ready and runs when the high priority task is suspended.
The task with medium priority eventually calls OS_TASK_Delay() and is therefore suspended.
The task with lower priority now continues and calls OS_MUTEX_Unlock() to release
the mutex. After the low priority task releases the semaphore, the high
priority task is activated and claims the semaphore.
To avoid this situation, embOS temporarily raises the low-priority task to high priority
until it releases the resource. This unblocks the task that originally had the highest
priority and can now be resumed. This is known as priority inheritance.
With priority inheritance, the low priority task inherits the priority of the waiting high
priority task as long as it holds the mutex. The lower priority task is
activated instead of the medium priority task when the high priority task tries to
claim the semaphore.
Change of task status
A task may be in one of several states at any given time. When a task is created, it is
placed into the READY state.
A task in the READY state is activated as soon as there is no other task in the READY
state with higher priority. Only one task may be running at a time. If a task with
higher priority becomes READY, this higher priority task is activated and the preempted
task remains in the READY state.
The running task may be delayed for or until a specified time; in this case it is placed
into the WAITING state and the next-highest-priority task in the READY state is activated.
The running task might need to wait for an event (or semaphore, mailbox or queue).
If the event has not yet occurred, the task is placed into the waiting state and the
next-highest-priority task in the READY state is activated.
A non-existent task is one that is not yet available to embOS; it either has been terminated
or was not created at all.
The following illustration shows all possible task states and transitions between
them.
How task switching works
A real-time multitasking system lets multiple tasks run like multiple single-task programs,
quasi-simultaneously, on a single CPU. A task consists of three parts in the
multitasking world:
- The program code, which typically resides in ROM
- A stack, residing in a RAM area that can be accessed by the stack pointer
- A task control block, residing in RAM.
The task’s stack has the same function as in a single-task system: storage of return
addresses of function calls, parameters and local variables, and temporary storage of
intermediate results and register values. Each task can have a different stack size.
More information can be found in chapter Stacks.
The task control block (TCB) is a data structure assigned to a task when it is created.
The TCB contains status information for the task, including the stack pointer, task
priority, current task status (ready, waiting, reason for suspension) and other management
data. Knowledge of the stack pointer allows access to the other registers,
which are typically stored (pushed onto) the stack when the task is created and each
time it is suspended. This information allows an interrupted task to continue execution
exactly where it left off. TCBs are only accessed by the RTOS.
Switching stacks
The following diagram demonstrates the process of switching from one stack to another.
The scheduler deactivates the task to be suspended (Task 0) by saving the processor
registers on its stack. It then activates the higher-priority task (Task 1) by loading
the stack pointer (SP) and the processor registers from the values stored on Task 1’s
stack.
Deactivating a task
The scheduler deactivates the task to be suspended (Task 0) as follows:
- Save (push) the processor registers on the task’s stack.
- Save the stack pointer in the Task Control Block.
Activating a task
The scheduler activates the higher-priority task (Task 1) by performing the sequence
in reverse order:
- Load (pop) the stack pointer (SP) from the Task Control Block.
- Load the processor registers from the values stored on Task 1’s stack.
Polling vs. Event based programming
The easiest way to communicate between different pieces of code is by using global variables.
In an application without RTOS you could set a flag in an UART interrupt routine and poll in main() for the flag until it is set.
static int UartRxFlag;
static unsigned char Data;
void UartRxISR(void) {
UartRxFlag = 1;
Data = UART_RX_REGISTER;
}
int main(void) {
while (1) {
if (UartRxFlag != 0) {
printf("Uart: %u", Data);
UartRxFlag = 0;
}
}
return 0;
}
This has the disadvantage that the CPU cannot execute any other part of the application while it waits for new UART characters.
An RTOS offers the opportunity to implement an event based application.
Such an event can be an interrupt.
UartRxTask() calls OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked() and is suspended until a new message is stored in the mailbox.
UartRxISR() stores a new message (the received character) in the mailbox with OS_MAILBOX_Put().
Therefore UartRxTask() is executed only when a new UART character is received and does not waste any precious computation time and energy.
Additionally the CPU can execute other parts of the application in the meantime.
void UartRxISR(void) {
unsigned char Data;
OS_INT_Enter();
Data = UART_RX_REGISTER;
OS_MAILBOX_Put(&Mailbox, &Data);
OS_INT_Leave();
}
void UartRxTask(void) {
unsigned char c;
while (1) {
OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked(&Mailbox, &c);
printf("Uart: %u", c);
}
}
Synchronization and communication primitives
Synchronization primitives
In a multitasking (multithreaded) program, multiple tasks work completely separately.
Because they all work in the same application, it will be necessary for them to synchronize with each other.
Semaphores, mutexes and readers-write locks are used for task synchronization and to manage resources of any kind.
For details and samples, refer to the chapters Mutexes, Semaphores and Readers-Writer Locks.
Event driven primitives
A task can wait for a particular event without consuming any CPU time. The idea is as
simple as it is convincing, there is no sense in polling if we can simply activate
a task once the event it is waiting for occurs. This saves processor cycles and energy
and ensures that the task can respond to the event without delay. Typical applications
for events are those where a task waits for some data, a pressed key, a received command
or character, or the pulse of an external real-time clock.
For further details, refer to the chapters Task Events and Event Objects.
Communication primitives
A mailbox is a data buffer managed by the RTOS. It is used for sending a message from a task or an ISR to a task.
It works without conflicts even if multiple tasks and interrupts try to access the same mailbox simultaneously.
embOS activates any task that is waiting for a message in a mailbox the moment it receives new data and, if necessary, switches to this task.
A queue works in a similar manner, but handles larger messages than mailboxes, and
each message may have an individual size.
For more information, refer to the chapters Mailboxes and Queues.
How the OS gains control
Upon CPU reset, the special-function registers are set to their default values. After
reset, program execution begins: The PC register is set to the start address defined
by the start vector or start address (depending on the CPU). This start address is
usually in a startup module shipped with the C compiler, and is sometimes part of the
standard library.
The startup code performs the following:
- Loads the stack pointer(s) with the default values, which is for most CPUs the end of the defined stack segment(s)
- Initializes all data segments to their respective values
- Calls the main() function.
The main() function is the part of your program which takes control immediately
after the C startup. Normally, embOS works with the standard C startup module without
any modification. If there are any changes required, they are documented in the
CPU & Compiler Specifics manual of the embOS documentation.
With embOS, the main() function is still part of your application program. Essentially,
main() creates one or more tasks and then starts multitasking by calling
OS_Start(). From this point, the scheduler controls which task is executed.
Startup_code()
main()
OS_Init();
OS_InitHW();
OS_TASK_CREATE();
OS_Start();
The main() function will not be interrupted by any of the created tasks because
those tasks execute only following the call to OS_Start(). It is therefore usually recommended
to create all or most of your tasks here, as well as your control structures
such as mailboxes and semaphores. Good practice is to write software in the form of
modules which are (up to a point) reusable. These modules usually have an initialization
routine, which creates any required task(s) and control structures.
A typical main() function looks similar to the following example:
Example
void main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS (must be first)
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize hardware for embOS (in RTOSInit.c)
// Call Init routines of all program modules which in turn will create
// the tasks they need ... (Order of creation may be important)
MODULE1_Init();
MODULE2_Init();
MODULE3_Init();
MODULE4_Init();
MODULE5_Init();
OS_Start(); // Start multitasking
}
With the call to OS_Start(), the scheduler starts the highest-priority task created in
main(). Note that OS_Start() is called only once during the startup process and
does not return.
Valid context for embOS API
Some embOS functions may only be called from specific locations inside your application.
We distinguish between main() (before the call of OS_Start()), task, interrupt routines and
embOS software timer.
Note
Please consult the embOS API tables to determine whether an embOS
function is allowed from within a specific execution context. Please find the API
tables at beginning of each chapter.
Example
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_TASK_Delay() | Suspends the calling task for a specified amount of system ticks, or waits actively when called from main(). | ● | ● | ● | | |
This table entry says it is allowed to call OS_TASK_Delay() from main() and a privileged/unprivileged task but not from an embOS software timer or an interrupt handler.
Please note the differentiation between privileged and unprivileged tasks is relevant only for embOS-MPU.
With embOS all tasks are privileged.
Debug check
An embOS debug build will check for violations of these rules and call OS_Error() with an according error code:
Error code | Description |
OS_ERR_ILLEGAL_IN_MAIN | Not a legal API call from main(). |
OS_ERR_ILLEGAL_IN_TASK | Not a legal API call after OS_Start(). |
OS_ERR_ILLEGAL_AFTER_OSSTART | OS_Start() called twice. |
OS_ERR_OS_INT_ENTER_CALLED | OS_INT_Enter() has been called, but CPU is not in ISR state. |
OS_ERR_ILLEGAL_IN_TIMER | Not a legal API call from an embOS software timer. |
OS_ERR_OS_INT_ENTER_NOT_CALLED | OS_INT_Enter() has not been called, but CPU is in ISR state. |
OS_ERR_ILLEGAL_OUT_ISR | Not a legal API call outside an interrupt. |
Blocking and Non blocking embOS API
Most embOS API comes in three different version: Non blocking, blocking and blocking with a timeout.
The embOS API uses a specific naming convention for those API functions.
API functions which do not block a task have no suffix.
API functions which could block a task have the suffix “Blocked”.
API functions which could block a task but have a timeout have the suffix “Timed”.
Blocking API functions (with or without a timeout) must not be called from any context other than a task context.
Non blocking API
Non blocking API functions always return at once, irrespective of the state of the OS object.
The return value can be checked in order to find out if e.g. new data is available in a mailbox.
static OS_MAILBOX MyMailbox;
static char Buffer[10];
void Task(void) {
char r;
while (1) {
r = OS_MAILBOX_Get(MyMailbox, Buffer);
if (r == 0u) {
// Process message
}
}
}
Blocking API
Blocking API functions suspend the task until it is activated again by another embOS API function.
The task does not cause any CPU load while it is waiting for the next activation.
static OS_MAILBOX MyMailbox;
static char Buffer[10];
void Task(void) {
while (1) {
// Suspend task until a new message is available
OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked(MyMailbox, Buffer);
// Process message
}
}
Blocking API with timeout
These API functions have an additional timeout. They are blocking until the timeout occurs.
static OS_MAILBOX MyMailbox;
static char Buffer[10];
void Task(void) {
char r;
while (1) {
// Suspend task until a new message is available or the timeout occurs
r = OS_MAILBOX_GetTimed(MyMailbox, Buffer, 10);
if (r == 0u) {
// Process message
}
}
}
embOS API with timeout
Usage
The embOS system tick in OS_Global.Time is based on a hardware timer.
The hardware timer periodically generates an interrupt which increments OS_Global.Time.
embOS API functions like OS_TASK_Delay() and OS_TASKEVENT_GetTimed() expect a timeout value as a parameter.
The timeout unit is system ticks.
If for example OS_TASK_Delay(1) was called shortly after the timer interrupt the actual timeout is nearly one system tick.
But if OS_TASK_Delay(1) is called shortly before the next timer interrupt the actual timeout will be less than a full system tick or even almost zero.
The actual timeout depends on when the API function is called in relation to the next timer interrupt.
A timeout of 1 could cause the API function to almost return immediately.
Note
OS_TASK_Delay(1) does not guarantee a timeout of a full system tick. If you need a timeout of at least one full system tick please use OS_TASK_Delay(2) instead.
Implementation details
OS_Global.Time holds the system time (in system ticks) since reset and always is a signed 32-bit variable.
OS_Global.Time starts at 0x00000000 and is incremented with every system tick in the interrupt handler (assuming OS_TICK_Config() is not used).
After OS_Global.Time reaches 0xFFFFFFFF, it starts at 0x00000000 again.
With a typical system tick period of 1 millisecond, this happens after ~49 days.
Note
You must not rely on OS_Global.Time as a timestamp since reset because it overflows after 0xFFFFFFFF system ticks.
Please use OS_TIME_Get_us64() instead.
When calling OS_TASK_Delay(), or an API function with a timeout (e.g. OS_EVENT_GetTimed()), embOS calculates the end time
and stores it in OS_Global.TimeDex. The end time is the current time plus the desired timeout.
OS_Global.TimeDex is also a signed integer value.
OS_Global.TimeDex = OS_Global.Time + Timeout
Example:
OS_Global.Time = 5
OS_TASK_Delay(10)
OS_Global.TimeDex = 15
With each system tick, embOS checks whether the current system time is equal or greater than OS_Global.TimeDex.
This is implemented as a subtraction of signed values.
This calculation guarantees that overflows are handled correctly as long as the timeout value limitation (explained below) is respected.
if ((OS_Global.Time - OS_Global.TimeDex) >= 0) {
// Timeout has expired
} else {
// Timeout has not yet expired
}
Note
You must not choose a timeout value which violates the following limitation:
The maximum timeout is half of the available range minus one.
1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs.
1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs.
Example
With a 32-bit CPU and a one millisecond system tick the maximum timeout is ~24 days.
Description
The actual width of embOS timing variables is core specific, but for the following examples we assume 8-bit variables for easier understanding.
The range is 0x00 to 0xFF, where 0x00 to 0x7F represent positive values and 0x80 to 0xFF negative values.
0x00 0
0x01 1
...
0x7F 127
0x80 -128
...
0xFF -1
Four cases exist: Both OS_Global.Time and OS_Global.TimeDex are positive values, both are negative values, and one positive and one negative value (and vice versa).
OS_Global.Time and OS_Global.TimeDex are positive
OS_Global.Time = 100 (0x64)
Timeout = 20 (0x14)
OS_Global.TimeDex = 120 (0x78)
OS_Global.Time - OS_Global.TimeDex = -20 < 0 => Timeout has not yet expired
OS_Global.Time = 121 (0x79)
OS_Global.TimeDex = 120 (0x78)
OS_Global.Time - OS_Global.TimeDex = 1 >= 0 => Timeout has expired
OS_Global.Time and OS_Global.TimeDex are negative
OS_Global.Time = -128 (0x80)
Timeout = 8 (0x08)
OS_Global.TimeDex = -120 (0x88)
OS_Global.Time - OS_Global.TimeDex = -8 < 0 => Timeout has not yet expired
OS_Global.Time = -119 (0x89)
OS_Global.TimeDex = -120 (0x78)
OS_Global.Time - OS_Global.TimeDex = 1 >= 0 => Timeout has expired
OS_Global.Time is positive and OS_Global.TimeDex is negative
OS_Global.Time = 120 (0x88)
Timeout = 16 (0x10)
OS_Global.TimeDex = -120 (0x88)
OS_Global.Time - OS_Global.TimeDex = -16 < 0 => Timeout has not yet expired
OS_Global.Time = -119 (0x89)
OS_Global.TimeDex = -120 (0x88)
OS_Global.Time - OS_Global.TimeDex = 1 >= 0 => Timeout has expired
OS_Global.Time is negative and OS_Global.TimeDex is positive
OS_Global.Time = -1
Timeout = 16
OS_Global.TimeDex = 15
OS_Global.Time - OS_Global.TimeDex = -16 < 0 => Timeout has not yet expired
OS_Global.Time = 16
OS_Global.TimeDex = 15
OS_Global.Time - OS_Global.TimeDex = 1 >= 0 => Timeout has expired
Limitation
This check may only be performed if the difference between OS_Global.Time and OS_Global.TimeDex is less than half of the available range minus one.
Otherwise, it is undecidable whether OS_Global.Time has lapped OS_Global.TimeDex.
The following example shows how the calculation fails if the timeout limit is violated.
8-bit range => Maximum timeout value = 128 - 1 = 127
OS_Global.Time = 0
Invalid Timeout = 130
OS_Global.TimeDex = 130
OS_Global.Time - OS_Global.TimeDex = 126 > 0
=> Wrong result, Timeout has not yet expired
Conclusion
As long as the timeout limitation is not violated, an overflow of OS_Global.Time is no problem.
As shown in the above examples all calculations are performed correctly.
Therefore you will find the timeout limitation in the timeout parameter description of all according API functions.
Static vs. Dynamic Memory Allocation
Most embOS API functions require an according RTOS object. The RTOS object is based on a C structure and stores application specific information.
For example, if you create a new task with OS_TASK_Create(), you will need to specify a task control block.
OS_TASK_Create() expects a pointer to an RTOS object of the type OS_TASK to store information like the task priority.
Examples for RTOS objects:
- OS_TASK
- OS_TIMER
- OS_EVENT
- OS_MUTEX
- OS_SEMAPHORE
- OS_RWLOCK
- OS_MAILBOX
- OS_QUEUE
- OS_WD
It is the developer’s responsibility to allocate memory for the OS object. The memory can be allocated statically or dynamically.
Whether it is preferable to use static or dynamic memory allocation depends on the application.
Both methods can be used with embOS and also within the same embOS application.
Static allocation
static OS_MUTEX _Mutex;
int main(void) {
...
OS_MUTEX_Create(&_Mutex);
...
return 0;
}
Dynamic allocation
static OS_MUTEX* _pMutex;
int main(void) {
...
_pMutex = (OS_MUTEX*)malloc(sizeof(OS_MUTEX));
if (_pMutex != NULL) {
OS_MUTEX_Create(_pMutex);
}
...
return 0;
}
Note
An OS object may be modified by an embOS API function only.
You must not modify an OS object directly.
For example, you must not free memory containing an OS object which is still in use.
Bad examples
Write to a member of an OS object:
static OS_MUTEX _Mutex;
int main(void) {
...
OS_MUTEX_Create(&_Mutex);
_Mutex.UseCnt = 42;
...
return 0;
}
Memory freed while the OS object is still in use:
static OS_MUTEX* _pMutex;
void Task(void) {
while (1) {
OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked(_pMutex);
}
}
int main(void) {
...
_pMutex = (OS_MUTEX*)malloc(sizeof(OS_MUTEX));
OS_MUTEX_Create(_pMutex);
free(_pMutex);
...
OS_Start();
return 0;
}
embOS library modes
embOS comes in different builds or versions of the libraries. The reason for different
builds is that requirements vary during development. While developing software, the
performance (and resource usage) is not as important as in the final version which
usually goes as release build into the product. But during development, even small
programming errors should be caught by use of assertions. These assertions are
compiled into the debug build of the embOS libraries and make the code a little
bigger (about 50%) and also slightly slower than the release or stack-check build
used for the final product.
This concept gives you the best of both worlds: a compact and very efficient build for
your final product (release or stack-check build of the libraries), and a safer (though
bigger and slower) build for development which will catch most common application
programming errors. Of course, you may also use the release build of embOS during
development, but it will not catch these errors.
The features are enabled and disabled with compile-time switches in the C source code.
For example the macro OS_DEBUG controls whether the debug code is included in the build.
Please have a look in the chapter Compile time switches for more details.
The following features are included in the different embOS builds:
Debug code
The embOS debug code detects application programming errors like calling an API function from an invalid context.
An application using an embOS debug library has to include OS_Error.c.
OS_Error.c contains the OS_Error() function which will be called if a debug assertion
fails. It is advisable to always use embOS debug code during development.
Stack Check
The embOS stack check detects overflows of task stacks, system stack and interrupt stack.
Furthermore, it enables additional information in embOSView and IDE RTOS plug-ins, and provides
additional embOS API regarding stack information. An application using an embOS stack check library
has to include OS_Error.c. OS_Error.c contains the OS_Error() function which will
be called if a stack overflow occurs.
Profiling
The embOS profiling code makes precise information available about the execution time of individual
tasks. You may always use the profiling libraries, but they induce larger task control blocks as well
as additional ROM and runtime overhead. This overhead is usually acceptable, but for best performance
you may want to use non-profiling builds of embOS if you do not use this feature.
Libraries including support for profiling do also include the support for SystemView.
embOS API Trace
embOS API trace saves information about called API in a trace buffer.
The trace data can be visualized in e.g. SystemView.
embOSView API Trace
embOSView API trace saves information about called API in a trace buffer.
The trace data can be visualized in embOSView.
Round-Robin
Round-Robin lets all tasks at the same priority execute periodically for a pre-defined period of time.
Object Names
Tasks and OS object names can be used to easily identify a task or e.g. a mailbox in tools like embOSView, SystemView or IDE RTOS plug-ins.
Task Context Extension
For some applications it might be useful or required to have individual data in tasks that are unique to the task or to execute specific actions at context switch.
With the task context extension support each task control block includes function pointer to a save and a restore routine
which are executed during the context switch from and to the task.
Available library modes
In your application program, you need to let the compiler know which build of embOS you are using.
This is done by adding the corresponding define to your preprocessor settings and linking the
appropriate library file. If the preprocessor setting does not match the library, a linker error
will occur. Using the preprocessor define, RTOS.h will set embOS structures to the same
configuration that was used during the creation of the library, thus ensuring identical structure
definitions in both the application and the library. If no preprocessor setting is given,
OS_Config.h will be included and will set a library mode automatically (see
OS_Config.h).
Name / Define | Debug Code | Stack Check | Profiling | embOS API Trace | embOSView API Trace | Round-Robin | Object Names | Task Context Extension |
OS_LIBMODE_XR | | | | | | | | |
OS_LIBMODE_R | | | | | | ● | ● | ● |
OS_LIBMODE_S | | ● | | | | ● | ● | ● |
OS_LIBMODE_SP | | ● | ● | ● | | ● | ● | ● |
OS_LIBMODE_D | ● | ● | | | | ● | ● | ● |
OS_LIBMODE_DP | ● | ● | ● | ● | | ● | ● | ● |
OS_LIBMODE_DT | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_LIBMODE_SAFE | ● | ● | ● | ● | | ● | ● | ● |
OS_Config.h
OS_Config.h is part of every embOS port and located in the Start\Inc folder.
Use of OS_Config.h makes it easier to define the embOS library mode: Instead of
defining OS_LIBMODE_* in your preprocessor settings, you may define DEBUG=1 in
your preprocessor settings in debug compile configurations and define nothing in the
preprocessor settings in release compile configurations. Subsequently, OS_Config.h
will automatically define OS_LIBMODE_DP for debug compile configurations and
OS_LIBMODE_R for release compile configurations.
Compile Configuration | Preprocessor Define | Define Set by OS_Config.h |
Debug | DEBUG=1 | OS_LIBMODE_DP |
Release | | OS_LIBMODE_R |
Kernel
Introduction
The embOS kernel is started with OS_Start() in main() after the kernel was initialized with OS_Init().
Typically, applications will also initialize the required hardware, and create at least one task before calling OS_Start().
OS_Start() usually never returns but runs the embOS scheduler which decides which task to run next.
It is possible to stop and de-initialize the kernel with OS_Stop() and OS_DeInit().
Example
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
Interrupts in main()
OS_Start() enables interrupts, but interrupts may also be used in main().
It is not necessary to disable interrupts in main().
When using embOS interrupts in main(), please ensure they are enabled after OS_Init() only.
It is good practice to call OS_Init() as first instruction in main().
void UART_ISR(void) {
// Handle UART interrupt
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
UART_Init(); // Initialize UART and UART interrupts
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
API functions
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_ConfigStop() | Configures the OS_Stop() function. | ● | | | | |
OS_DeInit() | De-initializes the embOS kernel. | ● | | | | |
OS_Init() | Initializes the embOS kernel. | ● | | | | |
OS_IsRunning() | Determines whether the embOS kernel was started by a call to OS_Start(). | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_Start() | Starts the embOS kernel. | ● | | | | |
OS_Stop() | Stops the embOS kernel and returns from OS_Start(). | | ● | | | |
OS_ConfigStop()
Description
Configures the OS_Stop() function.
Prototype
void OS_ConfigStop(OS_MAIN_CONTEXT* pContext,
void* Addr,
OS_U32 Size);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pContext | Pointer to an object of type OS_MAIN_CONTEXT. |
Addr | Address of the buffer which is used to save the main() stack. |
Size | Size of the buffer. |
Additional information
This function configures the OS_Stop() function. When configured, OS_Start()
saves the context and stack from within main(), which subsequently are restored
by OS_Stop(). The main() context and stack are saved to the resources configured
by OS_ConfigStop(). Only the stack that was actually used during main() is saved.
Therefore, the size of the buffer depends on the used stack. If the buffer is too
small, debug builds of embOS will call OS_Error() with the error code
OS_ERR_OSSTOP_BUFFER. The structure OS_MAIN_CONTEXT is core and compiler specific;
it is specifically defined with each embOS port.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
#include "stdio.h"
#define BUFFER_SIZE (32u)
static OS_U8 Buffer[BUFFER_SIZE]; // Buffer for main stack copy
static OS_MAIN_CONTEXT MainContext; // Main context control structure
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128]; // Task stack
static OS_TASK TCBHP; // Task control block
static void HPTask(void) {
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
OS_INT_Disable();
OS_Stop();
}
int main(void) {
int TheAnswerToEverything = 42;
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_ConfigStop(&MainContext, Buffer, BUFFER_SIZE);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
//
// We arrive here because OS_Stop() was called.
// The local stack variable still has its value.
//
printf("%d", TheAnswerToEverything);
while (TheAnswerToEverything == 42) {
}
return 0;
}
OS_DeInit()
Description
De-initializes the embOS kernel.
Prototype
void OS_DeInit(void);
Additional information
OS_DeInit() can be used to de-initializes the embOS kernel and the
hardware which was initialized in OS_Init(). OS_DeInit() is usually
used after returning from OS_Start(). It does not de-initialize the
hardware which was configured in e.g. OS_InitHW() but it resets
all embOS variables to their default values.
Example
#define BUFFER_SIZE (32u)
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128] // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP; // Task control blocks
static OS_U8 Buffer[BUFFER_SIZE];
static OS_MAIN_CONTEXT MainContext;
static void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
OS_Stop();
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_ConfigStop(&MainContext, Buffer, BUFFER_SIZE);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
OS_DeInit();
OS_DeInitHW();
DoSomeThingElse();
//
// Start embOS for the 2nd time
//
OS_Init();
OS_InitHW();
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_ConfigStop(&MainContext, Buffer, BUFFER_SIZE);
OS_Start();
return 0;
}
OS_Init()
Description
Initializes the embOS kernel.
Prototype
void OS_Init(void);
Additional information
In library mode OS_LIBMODE_SAFE all RTOS variables are
explicitly initialized. All other library modes presume that,
according to the C standard, all initialized variables have their
initial value and all non initialized variables are set to zero.
Note
OS_Init() must be called prior to any other embOS API.
When using embOS API in C++ constructors, please be aware C++
constructors might be executed before main().
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task control blocks
static void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(200);
}
}
/*********************************************************************
*
* main()
*/
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
OS_IsRunning()
Description
Determines whether the embOS kernel was started by a call to OS_Start().
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_IsRunning(void);
Return value
= 0 | Kernel is not started. |
≠ 0 | Kernel is running, OS_Start() has been called. |
Additional information
This function may be helpful for some functions which might be called
from main() or from running tasks. As long as the kernel is not
started and a function is called from main(), blocking task switches
are not allowed. A function which may be called from a task or main()
may use OS_IsRunning() to determine whether a subsequent call
to a blocking API function is allowed.
Example
void PrintStatus() {
OS_BOOL b;
b = OS_ISRunning();
if (b == 0) {
printf("embOS scheduler not started, yet.\n");
} else {
printf("embOS scheduler is running.\n");
}
}
OS_Start()
Description
Starts the embOS scheduler.
Prototype
void OS_Start(void);
Additional information
This function starts the embOS scheduler, which will activate and start the task with the highest priority.
OS_Start() marks embOS as running; this may be examined by a call of the function OS_IsRunning().
OS_Start() automatically enables interrupts. It must be called from main() context only.
embOS will reuse the main stack after OS_Start() was called. Therefore, local data located on the main
stack may not be used after calling OS_Start(). If OS_Stop() is used, OS_ConfigStop() will save the main stack and restore it upon stopping embOS.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task control blocks
static void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(200);
}
}
/*********************************************************************
*
* main()
*/
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
OS_Stop()
Description
Stops the embOS kernel and returns from OS_Start().
Prototype
void OS_Stop(void);
Additional information
This function stops the embOS kernel and the application returns from OS_Start().
OS_ConfigStop() must be called prior to OS_Stop(). If OS_ConfigStop() was
not called, debug builds of embOS will call OS_Error() with the error code
OS_ERR_CONFIG_OSSTOP. OS_Stop() restores context and stack to their state prior to
calling OS_Start(). OS_Stop() does not deinitialize any hardware. It’s the
application’s responsibility to de-initialize all hardware that was initialized during
OS_InitHW().
It is possible to restart embOS after OS_Stop(). To do so, OS_Init() must be
called and any task must be recreated. It also is the application’s responsibility to
initialize all embOS variables to their default values. With the embOS source code,
this can easily be achieved using the compile time switch OS_INIT_EXPLICITLY.
With some cores it is not possible to save and restore the main() stack. This is e.g.
true for 8051. Hence, in that case no functionality should be implemented that relies
on the stack to be preserved. But OS_Stop() can be used anyway.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
#include "stdio.h"
#define BUFFER_SIZE (32u)
static OS_U8 Buffer[BUFFER_SIZE];
static OS_MAIN_CONTEXT MainContext;
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128];
static OS_TASK TCBHP;
static void HPTask(void) {
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
OS_Stop();
}
int main(void) {
int TheAnswerToEverything = 42;
OS_Init();
OS_InitHW();
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_ConfigStop(&MainContext, Buffer, BUFFER_SIZE);
OS_Start();
//
// We arrive here because OS_Stop() was called.
// The local stack variable still has its value.
//
printf("%d", TheAnswerToEverything);
while (1) {
}
return 0;
}
Tasks
Introduction
A task that should run under embOS needs a task control block (TCB), a task stack, and a
task body written in C. The following rules apply to task routines:
- The task routine can either not take parameters (void parameter list), in which
case OS_TASK_Create() is used to create it, or take a single void pointer as
parameter, in which case OS_TASK_CreateEx() is used to create it.
- The task routine must not return.
- The task routine must be implemented as an endless loop or it must terminate
itself (see examples below).
Example of a task routine as an endless loop
void Task1(void) {
while(1) {
DoSomething(); // Do something
OS_TASK_Delay(10); // Give other tasks a chance to run
}
}
Example of a task routine that terminates itself
void Task2(void) {
char DoSomeMore;
do {
DoSomeMore = DoSomethingElse(); // Do something
OS_TASK_Delay(10); // Give other tasks a chance to run
} while (DoSomeMore);
OS_TASK_Terminate(NULL); // Terminate this task
}
There are different ways to create a task: On the one hand, embOS offers a simple
macro to facilitate task creation, which is sufficient in most cases. However, if you are
dynamically creating and deleting tasks, a function is available allowing “fine-tuning”
of all parameters. For most applications, at least initially, we recommend using the
macro.
Cooperative vs. preemptive task switches
In general, preemptive task switches are an important feature of an RTOS. Preemptive
task switches are required to guarantee responsiveness of high-priority, time critical
tasks. However, it may be desirable to disable preemptive task switches for
certain tasks in some circumstances. The default behavior of embOS is to allow
preemptive task switches in all circumstances.
Disabling preemptive task switches for tasks of equal priority
In some situations, preemptive task switches between tasks running at identical priorities
are not desirable. To inhibit time slicing of equal-priority tasks, the time slice of the
tasks running at identical priorities must be set to zero as in the example below:
#include "RTOS.h"
#define PRIO_COOP 10
#define TIME_SLICE_NULL 0
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task control blocks
static void TaskEx(void* pData) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay((OS_TIME)pData);
}
}
/*********************************************************************
*
* main()
*/
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
BSP_Init(); // Initialize LED ports
OS_TASK_CreateEx(&TCBHP, "HP Task", PRIO_COOP, TaskEx, StackHP,
sizeof(StackHP), TIME_SLICE_NULL, (void *) 50);
OS_TASK_CreateEx(&TCBLP, "LP Task", PRIO_COOP, TaskEx, StackLP,
sizeof(StackLP), TIME_SLICE_NULL, (void *) 200);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
Completely disabling preemptions for a task
This is simple: The first line of code should be OS_TASK_EnterRegion() as shown in the
following sample:
void MyTask(void* pContext) {
OS_TASK_EnterRegion(); // Disable preemptive context switches
while (1) {
// Do something. In the code, make sure that you call a blocking
// function periodically to give other tasks a chance to run.
}
}
This will entirely disable preemptive context switches from that particular
task and will therefore affect the timing of higher-priority tasks. Do not use this carelessly.
Extending the task context
For some applications it might be useful or required to have individual data in tasks
that are unique to the task.
Local variables, declared in the task, are unique to the task and remain valid, even
when the task is suspended and resumed again.
When the same task function is used for multiple tasks, local variables in the task
may be used, but cannot be initialized individually for every task.
embOS offers different options to extend the task context.
Passing one parameter to a task during task creation
Very often it is sufficient to have just one individual parameter passed to a task.
Using the OS_TASK_CREATEEX() or OS_TASK_CreateEx() function to create a task
allows passing a void-pointer to the task. The pointer may point to individual data, or
may represent any data type that can be held within a pointer.
Extending the task context individually at runtime
Sometimes it may be required to have an extended task context for individual tasks
to store global data or special CPU registers such as floating-point registers in the
task context.
The standard libraries for file I/O, locale support and others may require task-local
storage for specific data like errno and other variables.
embOS enables extension of the task context for individual tasks during runtime by a
call of OS_TASK_SetContextExtension().
The sample application file OS_ExtendTaskContext.c delivered in the application
samples folder of embOS demonstrates how the individual task context extension can
be used.
Extending the task context by using own task structures
When complex data is needed for an individual task context, the
OS_TASK_CREATEEX() or OS_TASK_CreateEx() functions may be used, passing a
pointer to individual data structures to the task.
Alternatively you may define your own task structure which can be used.
Note, that the first item in the task structure must be an embOS task control structure
OS_TASK. This can be followed by any amount and type of additional data of different types.
The following code shows the example application OS_ExtendedTask.c which is delivered
in the sample application folder of embOS.
#include "RTOS.h"
/*********************************************************************
*
* Types, local
*
**********************************************************************
*/
//
// Custom task structure with extended task context.
//
typedef struct {
OS_TASK Task; // OS_TASK has to be the first element
OS_TIME Timeout; // Any other data type may be used to extend the context
char* pString; // Any number of elements may be used to extend the context
} MY_APP_TASK;
/*********************************************************************
*
* Static data
*
**********************************************************************
*/
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static MY_APP_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task-control-blocks
/*********************************************************************
*
* Local functions
*
**********************************************************************
*/
/*********************************************************************
*
* MyTask()
*/
static void MyTask(void) {
MY_APP_TASK* pThis;
OS_TIME Timeout;
char* pString;
pThis = (MY_APP_TASK*)OS_TASK_GetID();
while (1) {
Timeout = pThis->Timeout;
pString = pThis->pString;
OS_COM_SendString(pString);
OS_TASK_Delay(Timeout);
}
}
/*********************************************************************
*
* Global functions
*
**********************************************************************
*/
/*********************************************************************
*
* main()
*/
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
//
// Create the extended tasks just as normal tasks.
// Note that the first parameter has to be of type OS_TASK
//
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP.Task, "HP Task", 100, MyTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP.Task, "LP Task", 50, MyTask, StackLP);
//
// Give task contexts individual data
//
TCBHP.Timeout = 200;
TCBHP.pString = "HP task running\n";
TCBLP.Timeout = 500;
TCBLP.pString = "LP task running\n";
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
API functions
OS_TASK_AddContextExtension()
Description
Adds a task context extension. The task context can be
extended with OS_TASK_SetContextExtension() only once. Additional
task context extensions can be added with OS_TASK_AddContextExtension().
OS_TASK_AddContextExtension() can also be called for the first task
context extension.
The function OS_TASK_AddContextExtension() requires an additional
parameter of type OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT_LINK which is used to create
a task specific linked list of task context extensions.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_AddContextExtension
(OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT_LINK* pExtendContextLink,
OS_CONST_PTR OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT *pExtendContext);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pExtendContextLink | Pointer to the OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT_LINK structure. |
pExtendContext | Pointer to the OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT structure which contains the addresses of the specific save and restore functions that save and restore the extended task context during task switches. |
Additional information
The object of type OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT_LINK is task specific and must
only be used for one task. It can be located e.g. on the task stack.
pExtendContext, pExtendContext->pfSave and pExtendContext->pfRestore must not be NULL.
An embOS debug build calls OS_Error(OS_ERR_EXTEND_CONTEXT) when one of the
function pointers is NULL.
Note
embOS interrupts must not be enabled in the save and restore functions.
Example
static void HPTask(void) {
OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT_LINK p;
//
// Extend task context by VFP registers
//
OS_TASK_SetContextExtension(&_SaveRestoreVFP);
//
// Extend task context by global variable
//
OS_TASK_AddContextExtension(&p, &_SaveRestoreGlobalVar);
a = 1.2;
while (1) {
b = 3 * a;
GlobalVar = 1;
OS_TASK_Delay(10);
}
}
OS_TASK_AddTerminateHook()
Description
Adds a hook (callback) function to the list of
functions which are called when a task is terminated.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_AddTerminateHook(OS_ON_TERMINATE_HOOK* pHook,
OS_ROUTINE_TASK_PTR* pfRoutine);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pHook | Pointer to a variable of type OS_ON_TERMINATE_HOOK which will be inserted into the linked list of functions to be called during OS_TASK_Terminate(). |
pfRoutine | Pointer to the function of type OS_ROUTINE_TASK_PTR which shall be called when a task is terminated. |
Additional information
For some applications, it may be useful to allocate memory or objects
specific to tasks. For other applications, it may be useful to have
task-specific information on the stack. When a task is terminated,
the task-specific objects may become invalid. A callback function may
be hooked into OS_TASK_Terminate() by calling OS_TASK_AddTerminateHook() to
allow the application to invalidate all task-specific objects before the
task is terminated. The callback function of type OS_ROUTINE_TASK_PTR
receives the ID of the terminated task as its parameter.
Note
The variable of type OS_ON_TERMINATE_HOOK must reside in memory as a global
or static variable. It may be located on a task stack, as local variable, but
it must not be located on any stack of any task that might be terminated.
If a task terminates itself, its task control block and task stack are still used
until the scheduler switches to another task or OS_Idle().
You must not use the task control block or task stack for anything else
before the scheduler was executed. For example you must not free the
task control block or task stack in the hook function when using heap memory
for the task control block or task stack.
Example
OS_ON_TERMINATE_HOOK _TerminateHook;
void TerminateHookFunc(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK* pTask) {
// This function is executed upon calling OS_TASK_Terminate().
if (pTask == &MyTask) {
free(MytaskBuffer);
}
}
...
int main(void) {
OS_TASK_AddTerminateHook(&_TerminateHook, TerminateHookFunc);
...
}
OS_TASK_Create()
Description
Creates a new task.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_Create( OS_TASK* pTask,
const char* sName,
OS_PRIO Priority,
OS_ROUTINE_VOID* pfRoutine,
void OS_STACKPTR *pStack,
OS_UINT StackSize,
OS_UINT TimeSlice);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. |
sName | Pointer to the name of the task. Can be NULL if not used. embOS does not copy the task name, but uses the pointer exclusively. When using an embOS build without task name support, this parameter is ignored. |
Priority | Priority of the task. Must be within the following range: 1 ≤ Priority ≤ 28 - 1 = 0xFF for 8/16-bit CPUs 1 ≤ Priority ≤ 232 - 1 = 0xFFFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs Higher values indicate higher priorities. The type OS_PRIO is defined as a 32-bit value for 32-bit CPUs and as an 8-bit value for 8 or 16-bit CPUs by default. |
pfRoutine | Pointer to a function that should run as the task body. |
pStack | Pointer to an area of memory in RAM that will serve as stack area for the task. The size of this block of memory determines the size of the stack area. |
StackSize | Size of stack in bytes. |
TimeSlice | Time slice value for round-robin scheduling. Has an effect only if other tasks are running at the same priority. It denotes the time (in embOS system ticks) that the task will run before it suspends, and must be in the following range: 0 ≤ TimeSlice ≤ 255. |
Additional information
OS_TASK_Create() creates a task and makes it ready for execution. The newly created
task will be activated by the scheduler as soon as there is no other task with higher
priority ready for execution.
OS_TASK_Create() can be called either from main() during initialization or from any
other task. The recommended strategy is to create all tasks during initialization in
main() to keep the structure of your application easy to maintain.
The absolute value of Priority is of no importance, only the value in comparison to
the priorities of other tasks matters. If there is another task with the same priority,
the new task will be placed immediately before it.
The stack indicated by pStack must reside in an area that the CPU can address as stack.
Most CPUs cannot use the entire memory area as stack and require the stack to be
aligned to a multiple of the processor word size.
A TimeSlice value of zero is allowed and disables round-robin task switches
(see sample in chapter Disabling preemptive task switches for tasks of equal priority).
Note
embOS offers a macro that calls OS_TASK_Create() with two pre-defined parameters, OS_TASK_CREATE(), allowing to more easily create tasks.
OS_TASK_CREATE() determines the value of StackSize automatically using sizeof(). This is possible only if the memory area has been defined at compile time.
Furthermore, OS_TASK_CREATE() uses a default TimeSlice of 2. If the macro shall be used, its definition is as follows:
#define OS_TASK_CREATE(pTask, pName, Priority, pRoutine, pStack) \
OS_TASK_Create((pTask), \
(pName), \
(OS_PRIO)(Priority), \
(pRoutine), \
(void OS_STACKPTR*)(pStack), \
sizeof(pStack), \
2u \
)
Note
Up until embOS V5.8.2, OS_TASK_Create() expected the task name and time-slice parameters to be omitted
in OS_LIBMODE_XR. From embOS V5.10.0 onward, OS_TASK_Create() expects all parameters to be present independent of the library
mode. This means existing applications which call OS_TASK_Create() in OS_LIBMODE_XR need to be updated accordingly.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task control blocks
static void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(200);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_Create(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP, sizeof(StackHP), 2);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
OS_TASK_CreateEx()
Description
Creates a new task and passes a parameter to the task.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_CreateEx( OS_TASK* pTask,
const char* sName,
OS_PRIO Priority,
OS_ROUTINE_VOID_PTR* pfRoutine,
void OS_STACKPTR *pStack,
OS_UINT StackSize,
OS_UINT TimeSlice,
void* pContext);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. |
sName | Pointer to the name of the task. Can be NULL if not used. embOS does not copy the task name, but uses the pointer exclusively. When using an embOS build without task name support, this parameter is ignored. |
Priority | Priority of the task. Must be within the following range: 1 ≤ Priority ≤ 28 - 1 = 0xFF for 8/16-bit CPUs 1 ≤ Priority ≤ 232 - 1 = 0xFFFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs Higher values indicate higher priorities. The type OS_PRIO is defined as a 32-bit value for 32-bit CPUs and as an 8-bit value for 8 or 16-bit CPUs by default. |
pfRoutine | Pointer to a function that should run as the task body. |
pStack | Pointer to an area of memory in RAM that will serve as stack area for the task. The size of this block of memory determines the size of the stack area. |
StackSize | Size of stack in bytes. |
TimeSlice | Time slice value for round-robin scheduling. Has an effect only if other tasks are running at the same priority. It denotes the time (in embOS system ticks) that the task will run before it suspends, and must be in the following range: 0 ≤ TimeSlice ≤ 255. |
pContext | Parameter passed to the created task. |
Additional information
This function works the same way as OS_TASK_Create(), but allows passing a parameter,
pContext, to the task. Using a void pointer as additional parameter gives the
flexibility to pass any kind of data to the task function.
Note
embOS offers a macro that calls OS_TASK_CreateEx() with two pre-defined parameters, OS_TASK_CREATEEX(), allowing to more easily create tasks.
OS_TASK_CREATEEX() determines the value of StackSize automatically using sizeof(). This is possible only if the memory area has been defined at compile time.
Furthermore, OS_TASK_CREATEEX() uses a default TimeSlice of 2. If the macro shall be used, its definition is as follows:
#define OS_TASK_CREATEEX(pTask, pName, Priority, pRoutine, pStack, pContext)
OS_TASK_CreateEx((pTask),
(pName),
(OS_PRIO)(Priority),
(pRoutine),
(void OS_STACKPTR*)(pStack),
sizeof(pStack),
2u,
(pContext)
)
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task control blocks
static void Task(void* pContext) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay((int)pContext);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CreateEx(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, Task,
StackHP, sizeof(StackHP), 2, (void*) 50);
OS_TASK_CREATEEX(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, Task,
StackLP, (void*)200);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
Note
Up until embOS V5.8.2, OS_TASK_CreateEx() expected the task name and time-slice parameters to be omitted
in OS_LIBMODE_XR. From embOS V5.10.0 onward, OS_TASK_CreateEx() expects all parameters to be present independent of the library
mode. This means existing applications which call OS_TASK_CreateEx() in OS_LIBMODE_XR need to be updated accordingly.
OS_TASK_Delay()
Description
Suspends the calling task for a specified amount of system ticks,
or waits actively when called from main().
Prototype
void OS_TASK_Delay(OS_TIME t);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
t | Number of system ticks to delay. Must be within the following range: 0 ≤ t ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs 0 ≤ t ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs Please note that these are signed values. |
Additional information
The parameter t specifies the time interval in system ticks during which the task is suspended.
The actual delay will be in the following range: t - 1 ≤ delay ≤ t,
depending on when the interrupt for the scheduler occurs.
After the expiration of the delay, the task is made ready and
activated according to the rules of the scheduler. A delay can be ended prematurely by
another task or by an interrupt handler calling OS_TASK_Wake().
If OS_TASK_Delay() is called from main(), it will actively wait for the timeout to expire.
Therefore, interrupts must be enabled.
Example
void Hello(void) {
printf("Hello");
printf("The next output will occur in 5000 system ticks.\n");
OS_TASK_Delay(5000);
printf("Delay is over.\n");
}
OS_TASK_DelayUntil()
Description
Suspends the calling task until a specified time, or waits actively when called from main().
Prototype
void OS_TASK_DelayUntil(OS_TIME t);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
t | Specified time. Must be within the following range: 1 ≤ (t - OS_Global.Time) ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs 1 ≤ (t - OS_Global.Time) ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs Please note that these are signed values. |
Additional information
OS_TASK_DelayUntil() suspends the calling task until the global time-variable
OS_Global.Time (see OS_Global.Time) reaches the specified value.
The main advantage of this function is that it avoids potentially accumulating delays.
The additional condition towards parameter t ensures proper behavior even when an
overflow of the embOS system tick timer occurs.
If OS_TASK_DelayUntil() is called from main(), it will actively wait for the timeout to expire.
Therefore, interrupts must be enabled.
Example
int sec, min;
void TaskShowTime(void) {
OS_TIME t0;
t0 = OS_TIME_GetTicks();
while (1) {
ShowTime(); // Routine to display time
t0 += 1000;
OS_TASK_DelayUntil(t0);
if (sec < 59) {
sec++;
} else {
sec = 0;
min++;
}
}
}
If the example above used OS_TASK_Delay() instead of OS_TASK_DelayUntil(), this could lead to accumulating overhead between delays if OS_TASK_Delay() is not called exactly each second (which may e.g. happen if interrupts or higher priority tasks are executed instead).
This would cause the simple “clock” to be slow.
Using OS_TASK_DelayUntil() avoids this accumulating overhead.
OS_TASK_Delay_us()
Description
Waits for the given time in microseconds.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_Delay_us(OS_U16 us);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
us | Number of microseconds to delay. Must be within the following range: 1 ≤ us ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF. Please note that these are signed values. |
Additional information
This function can be used for short delays. OS_TASK_Delay_us() must
only be called with interrupts enabled and after OS_Init(), OS_InitHW()
and OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() have been called. This only works when the
embOS system timer is running. A debug build of OS_TASK_Delay_us()
checks whether interrupts are enabled and calls OS_Error() if they are not.
OS_TASK_Delay_us() does not block task switches and does not block interrupts. Therefore,
the delay may not be accurate because the function may be interrupted for an undefined
time. The delay duration therefore is a minimum delay.
OS_TASK_Delay_us() does not suspend the calling task, thus all tasks with lower priority
cannot interrupt OS_TASK_Delay_us() and will not be executed before OS_TASK_Delay_us() returns.
Example
void Hello(void) {
printf("Hello");
printf("The next output will occur in 500 microseconds.\n");
OS_TASK_Delay_us(500);
printf("Delay is over.\n");
}
OS_TASK_GetID()
Description
Returns a pointer to the task control block structure of the currently
scheduled task. This pointer is unique for the task and is used as a task Id.
Prototype
OS_TASK *OS_TASK_GetID(void);
Return value
= NULL | No task is executing. |
≠ NULL | Pointer to the task control block of the currently running task. |
Additional information
When called from a task, this function may be used for determining
which task is currently executing. This can be helpful if the action(s)
of a function depend(s) on which task is executing it.
If called from an interrupt service routine, this function may be used
to determine the interrupted task (if any).
Example
void PrintCurrentTaskID(void) {
OS_TASK* pTask;
pTask = OS_TASK_GetID();
printf("Task ID 0x%x\n", pTask);
}
OS_TASK_GetName()
Description
Returns a pointer to the name of a task.
Prototype
char *OS_TASK_GetName(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. |
Return value
A pointer to the name of the task. NULL indicates that the task has no name.
If NULL is passed for pTask, the function returns the name of the running task.
If there is no currently running task, the return value is “OS_Idle()”.
If pTask is not NULL and does not specify a valid task, a debug build of embOS calls OS_Error().
When using an embOS build without task name support, OS_TASK_GetName() returns
“n/a” in any case. The embOS OS_LIBMODE_XR library mode does not support task names.
Example
void PrintTaskName(void) {
char* s;
s = OS_TASK_GetName(NULL);
printf("Task name: %s\n", s);
}
OS_TASK_GetNumTasks()
Description
Returns the number of tasks.
Prototype
int OS_TASK_GetNumTasks(void);
Return value
Number of tasks.
Example
void PrintNumberOfTasks(void) {
int NumTasks;
NumTasks = OS_TASK_GetNumTasks();
printf("Number of tasks %d\n", NumTasks);
}
OS_TASK_GetPriority()
Description
Returns the task priority of a specified task.
Prototype
OS_PRIO OS_TASK_GetPriority(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK or NULL for current task. |
Return value
Priority of the specified task (range 1 to 255 for 8/16-bit CPUs and up to
4294967295 for 32-bit CPUs).
Additional information
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
Example
void PrintPriority(const OS_TASK* pTask) {
OS_PRIO Prio;
Prio = OS_TASK_GetPriority(pTask);
printf("Priority of task 0x%x = %u\n", pTask, Prio);
}
OS_TASK_GetStatus()
Description
Returns the current task status.
Prototype
OS_TASK_STATUS OS_TASK_GetStatus(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. |
Return value
Task status.
Possible return values are:
READY_FOR_EXECUTION
DELAYED
WAITS_FOR_TASKEVENT
WAITS_FOR_TASKEVENT_WITH_TIMEOUT
WAITS_FOR_MUTEX
WAITS_FOR_MUTEX_WITH_TIMEOUT
WAITS_FOR_COMMUNICATION
WAITS_FOR_SEMAPHORE
WAITS_FOR_SEMAPHORE_WITH_TIMEOUT
WAITS_FOR_MEMPOOL
WAITS_FOR_MEMPOOL_WITH_TIMEOUT
WAITS_FOR_MESSAGE_IN_QUEUE
WAITS_FOR_MESSAGE_IN_QUEUE_WITH_TIMEOUT
WAITS_FOR_SPACE_IN_MAILBOX
WAITS_FOR_SPACE_IN_MAILBOX_WITH_TIMEOUT
WAITS_FOR_MESSAGE_IN_MAILBOX
WAITS_FOR_MESSAGE_IN_MAILBOX_WITH_TIMEOUT
WAITS_FOR_EVENTOBJECT
WAITS_FOR_EVENTOBJECT_WITH_TIMEOUT
WAITS_FOR_SPACE_IN_QUEUE
WAITS_FOR_SPACE_IN_QUEUE_WITH_TIMEOUT
RUNNING
SUSPENDED
Additional information
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
Example
void PrintTaskStatus(void) {
OS_TASK_STATUS status;
status = OS_TASK_GetStatus(&TCB);
printf("Task status: %u\n", status);
}
OS_TASK_GetSuspendCnt()
Description
Returns the suspension count and thus suspension state of the specified
task. This function may be used to examine whether a task is suspended
by previous calls of OS_TASK_Suspend().
Prototype
OS_U8 OS_TASK_GetSuspendCnt(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. |
Return value
Suspension count of the specified task.
= 0 | Task is not suspended.
|
> 0 | Task is suspended by at least one call of OS_TASK_Suspend(). |
Additional information
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
Example
void ResumeTask(OS_TASK* pTask) {
OS_U8 SuspendCnt;
SuspendCnt = OS_TASK_GetSuspendCnt(pTask);
while (SuspendCnt > 0u) {
OS_TASK_Resume(pTask); // May cause a task switch
SuspendCnt--;
}
}
OS_TASK_GetTimeSliceRem()
Description
Returns the remaining time slice value of a task in system ticks.
Prototype
OS_U8 OS_TASK_GetTimeSliceRem(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. |
Return value
Remaining time slice value of the task in system ticks.
Additional information
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
The return value is valid only when using an embOS build with round-robin support.
In all other builds it will be 0.
The embOS OS_LIBMODE_XR library mode does not support round-robin.
Example
void PrintRemainingTimeSlices(void) {
OS_U8 slices;
slices = OS_TASK_GetTimeSliceRem(NULL);
printf("Remaining Time Slices: %d\n", slices);
}
OS_TASK_IsTask()
Description
Determines whether a task control block belongs to a valid task.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_TASK_IsTask(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. |
Return value
= 0 | TCB is not used by any task. |
≠ 0 | TCB is used by a task. |
Additional information
This function checks if the specified task is present in the internal task
list. When a task is terminated it is removed from the internal task list.
In applications that create and terminate tasks dynamically, this function may be
useful to determine whether the task control block and stack for one task may be
reused for another task.
Example
void PrintTCBStatus(OS_TASK* pTask) {
OS_BOOL b;
b = OS_TASK_IsTask(pTask);
if (b == 0) {
printf("TCB can be reused for another task.\n");
} else {
printf("TCB refers to a valid task.\n");
}
}
OS_TASK_Index2Ptr()
Description
Returns the task control block of the task with the specified Index.
Prototype
OS_TASK *OS_TASK_Index2Ptr(int TaskIndex);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
TaskIndex | Index of a task control block in the task list. This is a zero based index. TaskIndex 0 identifies the first task control block. |
Return value
= NULL | No task control block with this index found.
|
≠ NULL | Pointer to the task control block with the index TaskIndex.
|
Example
void PrintTaskName(int TaskIndex) {
OS_TASK* pTask;
pTask = OS_TASK_Index2Ptr(TaskIndex);
if (pTask != NULL) {
printf("%s", pTask->Name);
}
}
void HPTask(void) {
//
// Print the task name of the first task in the task list
//
PrintTaskName(0);
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(100);
}
}
OS_TASK_RemoveAllTerminateHooks()
Description
Removes all hook functions from the OS_ON_TERMINATE_HOOK list
which contains the list of functions that are called when a task
is terminated.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_RemoveAllTerminateHooks(void);
Additional information
OS_TASK_RemoveAllTerminateHooks() removes all hook functions which were previously
added by OS_TASK_AddTerminateHook().
Example
OS_ON_TERMINATE_HOOK _TerminateHook;
void TerminateHookFunc(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK* pTask) {
// This function is called when OS_TASK_Terminate() is called.
if (pTask == &MyTask) {
free(MytaskBuffer);
}
}
...
int main(void) {
OS_TASK_AddTerminateHook(&_TerminateHook, TerminateHookFunc);
OS_TASK_RemoveAllTerminateHooks();
...
}
OS_TASK_RemoveTerminateHook()
Description
This function removes a hook function from the OS_ON_TERMINATE_HOOK list
which contains the list of functions that are called when a task is terminated.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_RemoveTerminateHook(OS_CONST_PTR OS_ON_TERMINATE_HOOK *pHook);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pHook | Pointer to a variable of type OS_ON_TERMINATE_HOOK. |
Additional information
OS_TASK_RemoveTerminateHook() removes the specified hook function which was previously
added by OS_TASK_AddTerminateHook().
Example
OS_ON_TERMINATE_HOOK _TerminateHook;
void TerminateHookFunc(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK* pTask) {
// This function is called when OS_TASK_Terminate() is called.
if (pTask == &MyTask) {
free(MytaskBuffer);
}
}
...
int main(void) {
OS_TASK_AddTerminateHook(&_TerminateHook, TerminateHookFunc);
OS_TASK_RemoveTerminateHook(&_TerminateHook);
...
}
OS_TASK_Resume()
Description
Decrements the suspend count of the specified task and resumes it if the
suspend count reaches zero.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_Resume(OS_TASK* pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. |
Additional information
The specified task’s suspend count is decremented. When the resulting value is zero,
the execution of the specified task is resumed.
If the task is not blocked by other task blocking mechanisms, the task is placed in
the READY state and continues operation according to the rules of the scheduler.
In debug builds of embOS, OS_TASK_Resume() checks the suspend count of the specified
task. If the suspend count is zero when OS_TASK_Resume() is called, OS_Error() is called
with error OS_ERR_RESUME_BEFORE_SUSPEND.
Example
Please refer to the example of OS_TASK_Suspend().
OS_TASK_ResumeAll()
Description
Decrements the suspend count of all tasks that have a nonzero suspend count and
resumes these tasks when their respective suspend count reaches zero.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_ResumeAll(void);
Additional information
This function may be helpful to synchronize or start multiple tasks at the same
time. The function resumes all tasks, no specific task must be addressed. The
function may be used together with the functions OS_TASK_SuspendAll() and
OS_TASK_SetInitialSuspendCnt().
The function may cause a task switch when a task with higher priority than the
calling task is resumed. The task switch will be executed after all suspended
tasks are resumed.
The function may be called even when no task is suspended.
Example
Please refer to the example of OS_TASK_SetInitialSuspendCnt().
OS_TASK_SetContextExtension()
Description
Makes global variables or processor registers task-specific.
The function may be used for a variety of purposes. Typical applications are:
- Global variables such as “errno” in the C library, making the C-lib functions thread-safe.
- Additional, optional CPU / registers such as MAC / EMAC registers (multiply and accumulate unit) if they are not saved in the task context per default.
- Coprocessor registers such as registers of a VFP (floating-point coprocessor).
- Data registers of an additional hardware unit such as a CRC calculation unit.
This allows the user to extend the task context as required. A major advantage is
that the task extension is task-specific. This means that the additional information
(such as floating-point registers) needs to be saved only by tasks that actually use
these registers. The advantage is that the task switching time of other tasks is not
affected. The same is true for the required stack space: Additional stack space is
required only for the tasks which actually save the additional registers.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_SetContextExtension
(OS_CONST_PTR OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT *pExtendContext);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pExtendContext | Pointer to the OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT structure which contains the addresses of the specific save and restore functions that save and restore the extended task context during task switches. |
Additional information
pExtendContext, pExtendContext->pfSave and pExtendContext->pfRestore must not be NULL.
An embOS debug build calls OS_Error(OS_ERR_EXTEND_CONTEXT) when one of the
function pointers is NULL).
The save and restore functions must be declared according the function type used in
the structure. The sample below shows how the task stack must be addressed to save
and restore the extended task context.
The embOS OS_LIBMODE_XR library mode does not support task context extension.
Note
embOS interrupts must not be enabled in the save and restore functions.
The OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT structure is defined as follows:
typedef struct OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT {
void* (*pfSave) ( void* pStack);
void* (*pfRestore)(const void* pStack);
} OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT;
Note
In embOS V4.16 and earlier the OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT structure was defined as follows:
typedef struct OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT_STRUCT {
void (*pfSave) ( void OS_STACKPTR * pStack);
void (*pfRestore)(const void OS_STACKPTR * pStack);
} OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT;
The Save/Restore functions did not return the stack pointer. When updating from embOS V4.16 and earlier to embOS V4.20 and later please
update your Save/Restore functions accordingly.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
//
// Custom structure with task context extension.
// In this case, the extended task context consists of just
// a single member, which is a global variable.
//
typedef struct {
int GlobalVar;
} CONTEXT_EXTENSION;
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task control blocks
static int GlobalVar;
static void OS_STACKPTR* _Save(void OS_STACKPTR* pStack) {
CONTEXT_EXTENSION* p;
p = (CONTEXT_EXTENSION*)pStack;
#if (OS_STACK_GROWS_TOWARD_HIGHER_ADDR == 1)
p++;
#else
p--;
#endif
p->GlobalVar = GlobalVar;
return (void OS_STACKPTR*)p;
}
static void OS_STACKPTR* _Restore(const void OS_STACKPTR* pStack) {
const CONTEXT_EXTENSION* p;
p = (CONTEXT_EXTENSION*)pStack;
#if (OS_STACK_GROWS_TOWARD_HIGHER_ADDR == 1)
p++;
#else
p--;
#endif
GlobalVar = p->GlobalVar;
return (void OS_STACKPTR*)p;
}
const OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT _SaveRestore = {
_Save, // Function pointer to save the task context
_Restore // Function pointer to restore the task context
};
static void HPTask(void) {
OS_TASK_SetContextExtension(&_SaveRestore);
GlobalVar = 1;
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(10);
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
OS_TASK_SetContextExtension(&_SaveRestore);
GlobalVar = 2;
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
OS_TASK_SetDefaultContextExtension()
Description
Sets the default task context extension.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_SetDefaultContextExtension
(OS_CONST_PTR OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT *pExtendContext);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pExtendContext | Pointer to the OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT structure which contains the addresses of the specific save and restore functions that save and restore the extended task context during task switches. |
Additional information
After calling this function all newly started tasks will automatically use
this context extension. The same task context extension is used for all tasks.
pExtendContext, pExtendContext->pfSave and pExtendContext->pfRestore must not be NULL.
An embOS debug build calls OS_Error(OS_ERR_EXTEND_CONTEXT) when one of the
function pointers is NULL).
Note
embOS interrupts must not be enabled in the save and restore functions.
Example
extern const OS_EXTEND_TASK_CONTEXT _SaveRestore;
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_SetDefaultContextExtension(&_SaveRestore);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
OS_TASK_SetDefaultStartHook()
Description
Sets a default hook routine which is executed before a task starts.
May be used to perform additional initialization for newly
created tasks.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_SetDefaultStartHook(OS_ROUTINE_VOID* pfRoutine);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pfRoutine | Pointer to the hook routine. If NULL is passed no hook routine gets executed. |
Additional information
After calling OS_TASK_SetDefaultStartHook() all newly created tasks
will automatically call this hook routine when the tasks are
started for the first time. The same hook function is used for all tasks.
Example
void _HookRoutine(void) { // This routine is automatically executed before
DoSomeThing(); // HPTask() gets executed
}
void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(10);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_SetDefaultStartHook(_HookRoutine); // Set task start hook routine
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
OS_TASK_SetInitialSuspendCnt()
Description
Sets the initial suspend count for newly created tasks to 1 or 0.
May be used to create tasks which are initially suspended.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_SetInitialSuspendCnt(OS_U8 SuspendCnt);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
SuspendCnt | 1: Tasks will be created in suspended state. 0: Tasks will be created normally, unsuspended. |
Additional information
Can be called at any time from main(), any task, ISR or software timer.
After calling this function with nonzero SuspendCnt, all newly created tasks will be
automatically suspended with a suspend count of one. This function may be used to
inhibit further task switches, which may be useful during system initialization.
Note
When this function is called from main() to initialize all tasks in suspended state, at
least one task must be resumed before the system is started by a call of OS_Start().
The initial suspend count should be reset to allow normal creation of tasks before the
system is started.
Example
//
// High priority task started first after OS_Start().
//
void InitTask(void) {
OS_TASK_SuspendAll(); // Prevent execution of all other existing tasks.
OS_TASK_SetInitialSuspendCnt(1); // Prevent execution of subsequently created tasks.
... // New tasks may be created, but will not execute.
... // Even when InitTask() blocks itself, no other task may execute.
OS_TASK_SetInitialSuspendCnt(0); // Reset initial suspend count for new tasks.
OS_TASK_ResumeAll(); // Resume all tasks that were blocked before or
// were created in suspended state. May cause a
// task switch.
while (1) {
... // Do the normal work.
}
}
OS_TASK_SetName()
Description
Allows modification of a task name at runtime.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_SetName( OS_TASK* pTask,
const char* sName);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. |
sName | Pointer to a null-terminated string which is used as task name. embOS does not copy the task name, but uses the pointer exclusively. |
Additional information
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
When using an embOS build without task name support, OS_TASK_SetName() performs no
modifications at all. The embOS OS_LIBMODE_XR library mode does not support task names.
Example
void Task(void) {
OS_TASK_SetName(NULL, "Initializer Task");
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(100);
}
}
OS_TASK_SetPriority()
Description
Assigns a priority to a specified task.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_SetPriority(OS_TASK* pTask,
OS_PRIO Priority);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK or NULL for current task. |
Priority | Priority of the task. Must be within the following range: 1 ≤ Priority ≤ 28 - 1 = 0xFF for 8/16-bit CPUs 1 ≤ Priority ≤ 232 - 1 = 0xFFFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs Higher values indicate higher priorities. The type OS_PRIO is defined as 32-bit value for 32-bit CPUs and 8-bit value for 8 or 16-bit CPUs per default. |
Additional information
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
Calling this function might lead to an immediate task switch.
Example
void Task(void) {
OS_TASK_SetPriority(NULL, 20); // Change priority of this task to 20.
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(100);
}
}
OS_TASK_SetTimeSlice()
Description
Assigns a specified time-slice period to a specified task.
Prototype
OS_U8 OS_TASK_SetTimeSlice(OS_TASK* pTask,
OS_U8 TimeSlice);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. |
TimeSlice | New time slice period for the task in system ticks. Must be within the following range: 0 ≤ TimeSlice ≤ 255. |
Return value
Previous time slice period of the task in system ticks.
Additional information
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
Setting the time slice period only affects tasks running in round-robin mode. The new
time slice period is interpreted as a reload value: It is used with the next activation
of the task, but does does not affect the remaining time slice of a running task.
A time slice value of zero is allowed, but disables round-robin task switches (see
Disabling preemptive task switches for tasks of equal priority).
OS_TASK_SetTimeSlice() assigns a time-slice only when using an embOS build with round-robin support.
The return value is valid only when using an embOS build without round-robin support.
The embOS OS_LIBMODE_XR library mode does not support round-robin.
In all other builds it will be 0.
Example
void Task(void) {
OS_TASK_SetTimeSlice(NULL, 4); // Give this task a higher time slice
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(100);
}
}
OS_TASK_Suspend()
Description
Suspends the specified task and increments a counter.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_Suspend(OS_TASK* pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. |
Additional information
If pTask is NULL, the current task suspends. If the function succeeds,
execution of the specified task is suspended and the task’s suspend count
is incremented. The specified task will be suspended immediately. It can
only be restarted by a call of OS_TASK_Resume() or OS_TASK_ResumeAll().
OS_TASK_Suspend() may be called from main() but only if pTask is not NULL.
Every task has a suspend count with a maximum value of 3.
If the suspend count is greater than zero, the task is suspended.
In debug builds of embOS, upon calling OS_TASK_Suspend() more often than the
maximum value without calling OS_TASK_Resume() the task’s internal suspend count
is not incremented and OS_Error() is called with error OS_ERR_SUSPEND_TOO_OFTEN.
Cannot be called from an interrupt handler or software timer as
this function may cause an immediate task switch. The debug build of embOS
will call the OS_Error() function when OS_TASK_Suspend() is not called from main() or a task.
Example
void HighPrioTask(void) {
OS_TASK_Suspend(NULL); // Suspends itself, low priority task will be executed
}
void LowPrioTask(void) {
OS_TASK_Resume(&HighPrioTCB); // Resumes the high priority task
}
OS_TASK_SuspendAll()
Description
Suspends all tasks except the running task.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_SuspendAll(void);
Additional information
This function may be used to inhibit task switches. It may be
useful during application initialization or supervising.
The calling task will not be suspended.
After calling OS_TASK_SuspendAll(), the calling task may block
or suspend itself. No other task will be activated unless one or
more tasks are resumed again. The tasks may be resumed individually
by a call of OS_TASK_Resume() or all at once by a call of OS_TASK_ResumeAll().
Example
Please refer to the example of OS_TASK_SetInitialSuspendCnt().
OS_TASK_Terminate()
Description
Ends (terminates) a task.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_Terminate(OS_TASK* pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. A value of NULL terminates the current task. |
Additional information
The specified task will terminate immediately. The memory used for stack and
task control block can be reassigned.
All resources which are held by a task are released upon its termination.
Any task may be terminated regardless of its state.
Example
void Task(void) {
OS_TASK_Terminate(&TCBHP); // Terminate HPTask()
DoSomething();
OS_TASK_Terminate(NULL); // Terminate itself
}
OS_TASK_Wake()
Description
Ends delay of a specified task immediately.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_Wake(OS_TASK* pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. |
Additional information
Places the specified task, which is already suspended for a certain amount
of time by a call of OS_TASK_Delay() or OS_TASK_DelayUntil(), back into the READY state.
The specified task will be activated immediately if it has a higher priority
than the task that had the highest priority before. If the specified task is
not in the WAITING state (e.g. when it has already been activated, or the
delay has already expired, or for some other reason), calling this function
has no effect.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task control blocks
static void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(10);
OS_TASK_Wake(&TCBHP); // Wake HPTask() which is in delay state
}
}
/*********************************************************************
*
* main()
*/
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
OS_TASK_Yield()
Description
Calls the scheduler to force a task switch.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_Yield(void);
Additional information
If the task is running on round-robin, it will be suspended
if there is another task with equal priority ready for execution.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task control blocks
static void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
DoSomething();
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
DoSomethingElse();
//
// This task doesn't need the complete time slice.
// Give another task with the same priority the chance to run
//
OS_TASK_Yield();
}
}
/*********************************************************************
*
* main()
*/
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 100, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
Software Timers
Introduction
A software timer is an object that calls a user-specified routine after a specified delay.
An unlimited number of software timers can be created.
embOS software timers can be stopped, started and re-triggered much like hardware timers.
When defining a timer, you specify a routine to be called after the expiration of the delay.
Timer routines are similar to interrupt routines: they have a priority higher than the priority of any task.
For that reason they should be kept short just like interrupt routines.
Software timers are called by embOS with interrupts enabled, so they can be interrupted by any hardware interrupt.
But software timers run to completion and cannot interrupt each other or be interrupted by a preemptive task switch.
Generally, software timer run in single-shot mode, which means they expire exactly once and call their callback routine exactly once.
By calling OS_TIMER_Restart() from within the callback routine, the timer is restarted
with its initial delay time and therefore functions as a periodic timer.
The state of timers can be checked by the functions OS_TIMER_GetStatus(),
OS_TIMER_GetRemainingPeriod() and OS_TIMER_GetPeriod().
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
#include "BSP.h"
static OS_TIMER Timer0, Timer1;
static void Callback0(void) {
BSP_ToggleLED(0);
OS_TIMER_Restart(&Timer0);
}
static void Callback1(void) {
BSP_ToggleLED(1);
OS_TIMER_Restart(&Timer1);
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
BSP_Init(); // Initialize LED ports
OS_TIMER_CREATE(&Timer0, Callback0, 50u);
OS_TIMER_CREATE(&Timer1, Callback1, 200u);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
Extended software timers
Sometimes it may be useful to pass a parameter to the timer callback function. This
allows the callback function to be shared between different software timers.
Since version 3.32m of embOS, the extended timer structure and related extended
timer functions were implemented to allow parameter passing to the callback function.
Except for the different callback function with parameter passing, extended timers
behave exactly the same as regular embOS software timers and may be used in parallel with these.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
#include "BSP.h"
static OS_TIMER Timer0, Timer1;
static void Callback(void* Led) {
BSP_ToggleLED((int)Led);
OS_TIMER_RestartEx(OS_TIMER_GetCurrentEx());
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
BSP_Init(); // Initialize LED ports
OS_TIMER_CREATEEX(&Timer0, Callback, 50u, (void*)0);
OS_TIMER_CREATEEX(&Timer1, Callback, 200u, (void*)1);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
Minimum timeout / period
Software timer periods elapse with the appropriate embOS system tick. This means that
the actual timeout period can actually be slightly shorter than the configured timeout period.
For example, if the system tick is configured to occur once every millisecond, and the timer is
configured for a timeout of 1, the actual timeout duration is somewhere between 0 and 1 millisecond.
The following diagram illustrates how software timer timeouts work. We can see that the timer
configuration is performed prior to the first system tick, that is: at system time 0. The timeout
period is configured to 5 system ticks, therefore the callback is called upon the 5th system tick.
For example, if the the system ticks occurs at 1 millisecond, 2 millisecond, (…), 5 millisecond, and the timer was started
at 0.8 millisecond, the actual timer period would equal 4.2 millisecond.
Maximum timeout / period
The timeout value is stored as an integer, thus a 16-bit value on 8/16-bit CPUs, a 32-bit
value on 32-bit CPUs. The comparisons are done as signed comparisons because
expired time-outs are permitted. This means that only 15 bits can be used on 8/16-bit
CPUs, 31 bits on 32-bit CPUs. Another factor to take into account is the maximum
time spent in critical regions. Timers may expire during critical regions, but because
the timer routine cannot be called from a critical region (timers are “put on hold”),
the maximum time that the system continuously spends in a critical region needs to
be deducted. In most systems, this is no more than a single tick. However, to be
safe, we have assumed that your system spends no more than a maximum of 255
consecutive system ticks in a critical region and defined a macro for the maximum timeout
value. This macro, OS_TIMER_MAX_TIME, defaults to 0x7F00 on 8/16-bit systems and
to 0x7FFFFF00 on 32-bit Systems as defined in RTOS.h. If your system spends more
than 255 consecutive ticks in a critical section, effectively disabling the scheduler
during this time (which is not recommended), you must ensure your application uses
shorter timeouts.
API functions
OS_TIMER_Create()
Description
Creates a software timer without starting it.
Prototype
void OS_TIMER_Create(OS_TIMER* pTimer,
OS_ROUTINE_VOID* pfTimerRoutine,
OS_TIME Period);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimer | Pointer to a software timer object of type OS_TIMER. |
pfTimerRoutine | Pointer to the callback routine to be called by the RTOS after expiration of the timer period. |
Period | Initial period in embOS system ticks. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Period ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Period ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Additional information
Once the period is expired, the callback routine will be called immediately
(unless the current task is in a critical region or has interrupts disabled).
The timer is not automatically started. This must be done explicitly
by a call of OS_TIMER_Start() or OS_TIMER_Restart().
Example
static OS_TIMER Timer;
static void Callback(void) {
BSP_ToggleLED(0);
OS_TIMER_Restart(&Timer); // Make timer periodic
}
void InitTask(void) {
OS_TIMER_Create(&Timer, Callback, 100u);
OS_TIMER_Start(&Timer);
}
Note
embOS offers a macro that calls the functions OS_TIMER_Create() and OS_TIMER_Start() sequentially, allowing to more easily create software timers.
As the macro does “hide” the called functions, however, we typically suggest to call these functions directly.
If the macro shall still be used, its definition is as follows:
#define OS_TIMER_CREATE(pTimer, cb, Period) \
OS_TIMER_Create(pTimer, cb, Period); \
OS_TIMER_Start(pTimer)
OS_TIMER_CreateEx()
Description
Creates an extended software timer without starting it.
Prototype
void OS_TIMER_CreateEx(OS_TIMER_EX* pTimerEx,
OS_ROUTINE_VOID_PTR* pfTimerRoutine,
OS_TIME Period,
void* pData);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimerEx | Pointer to an extended software timer object of type OS_TIMER_EX. |
pfTimerRoutine | Pointer to the callback routine to be called by the RTOS after expiration of the timer period. |
Period | Initial period in embOS system ticks. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Period ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Period ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
pData | A void pointer which is used as parameter for the extended timer callback function. |
Additional information
Once the period is expired, the callback routine will be called immediately
(unless the current task is in a critical region or has interrupts disabled).
The timer is not automatically started. This must be done explicitly
by a call of OS_TIMER_StartEx() or OS_TIMER_RestartEx().
Example
static OS_TIMER_EX TimerEx0, TimerEx1;
static void Callback(void* pData) {
BSP_ToggleLED((int)pData);
OS_TIMER_RestartEx(NULL); // Make timer periodic
}
void InitFunc(void) {
OS_TIMER_CreateEx(&TimerEx0, Callback, 50u, (void*)0);
OS_TIMER_CreateEx(&TimerEx1, Callback, 200u, (void*)1);
OS_TIMER_StartEx(&TimerEx0);
OS_TIMER_StartEx(&TimerEx1);
}
Note
embOS offers a macro that calls the functions OS_TIMER_CreateEx() and OS_TIMER_StartEx() sequentially, allowing to more easily create extended software timers.
As the macro does “hide” the called functions, however, we typically suggest to call these functions directly.
If the macro shall still be used, its definition is as follows:
#define OS_TIMER_CREATEEX(pTimer, cb, Period, pData) \
OS_TIMER_CreateEx(pTimer, cb, Period, pData); \
OS_TIMER_StartEx(pTimer)
OS_TIMER_Delete()
Description
Stops and deletes a software timer.
Prototype
void OS_TIMER_Delete(OS_TIMER* pTimer);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimer | Pointer to a software timer object of type OS_TIMER. |
Additional information
The timer is stopped and therefore removed from the linked list of running timers.
Example
static OS_TIMER Timer;
void Task(void) {
//
// Create and implicitly start timer
//
OS_TIMER_CREATE(&Timer, Callback, 100u);
...
//
// Delete timer
//
OS_TIMER_Delete(&Timer);
}
OS_TIMER_DeleteEx()
Description
Stops and deletes an extended software timer.
Prototype
void OS_TIMER_DeleteEx(OS_TIMER_EX* pTimerEx);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimerEx | Pointer to an extended software timer object of type OS_TIMER_EX. |
Additional information
The extended software timer is stopped and removed from the linked list of running
timers. In debug builds of embOS, the timer is also marked invalid.
Example
static OS_TIMER_EX TimerEx;
void Task(void) {
//
// Create and implicitly start timer
//
OS_TIMER_CREATEEX(&TimerEx, Callback, 100u, (void*)&TCB);
...
//
// Delete timer
//
OS_TIMER_DeleteEx(&TimerEx);
}
OS_TIMER_GetCurrent()
Description
Returns a pointer to the software timer object whose callback is
currently executing.
Prototype
OS_TIMER *OS_TIMER_GetCurrent(void);
Return value
= NULL | No software timer callback is currently being executed. |
≠ NULL | Pointer to the software timer object of type OS_TIMER. |
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
static OS_TIMER Timer0, Timer1;
static void Callback(void) {
OS_TIMER* pTimer = OS_TIMER_GetCurrent();
OS_TIMER_Restart(pTimer); // Make timer periodic
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TIMER_CREATE(&Timer0, Callback, 50u);
OS_TIMER_CREATE(&Timer1, Callback, 200u);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
OS_TIMER_GetCurrentEx()
Description
Returns a pointer to the extended software timer object whose callback is currently executing.
Prototype
OS_TIMER_EX* OS_TIMER_GetCurrentEx(void);
Return value
= NULL | No software timer callback is currently being executed. |
≠ NULL | Pointer to the software timer object of type OS_TIMER_EX. |
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
#include "BSP.h"
static OS_TIMER_EX TimerEx0, TimerEx1;
static void Callback(void* pData) {
BSP_ToggleLED((int)pData);
OS_TIMER* pTimerEx = OS_TIMER_GetCurrentEx();
OS_TIMER_RestartEx(pTimerEx); // Make timer periodic
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TIMER_CREATEEX(&TimerEx0, Callback, 50u, (void*)0);
OS_TIMER_CREATEEX(&TimerEx1, Callback, 200u, (void*)1);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
OS_TIMER_GetPeriod()
Description
Returns the reload value of a software timer.
Prototype
OS_TIME OS_TIMER_GetPeriod(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TIMER *pTimer);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimer | Pointer to a software timer object of type OS_TIMER. |
Return value
The returned value is the reload value of a software timer.
Additional information
The period returned is the reload value of the timer which was set as initial value
when the timer was created or which was modified by a call of OS_TIMER_SetPeriod().
This reload value will be used as time period when the timer is retriggered by
OS_TIMER_Restart().
Example
static void PrintPeriod((OS_TIMER* pTimer) {
int period;
period = OS_TIMER_GetPeriod(pTimer);
printf("Period %u\n", period);
}
OS_TIMER_GetPeriodEx()
Description
Returns the current reload value of an extended software timer.
Prototype
OS_TIME OS_TIMER_GetPeriodEx(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TIMER_EX* pTimerEx);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimerEx | Pointer to an extended software timer object of type OS_TIMER_EX. |
Return value
The returned value is the current reload value of an extended software timer.
Additional information
The period returned is the reload value of the timer which was set as initial value
when the timer was created or which was modified by a call of OS_TIMER_SetPeriodEx().
This reload value will be used as time period when the timer is re-triggered by OS_TIMER_RestartEx().
Example
static void PrintPeriodEx(OS_TIMER_EX* pTimerEx) {
int period;
period = OS_TIMER_GetPeriodEx(pTimerEx);
printf("Period %u\n", period);
}
OS_TIMER_GetRemainingPeriod()
Description
Returns the remaining timer value of a software timer.
Prototype
OS_TIME OS_TIMER_GetRemainingPeriod(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TIMER *pTimer);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimer | Pointer to a software timer object of type OS_TIMER. |
Return value
The returned timer value is the remaining timer time in embOS system ticks
until expiration of the timer.
Example
static void PrintRemainingPeriod((OS_TIMER* pTimer) {
int period;
period = OS_TIMER_GetRemainingPeriod(pTimer);
printf("Remaining %u\n", period);
}
OS_TIMER_GetRemainingPeriodEx()
Description
Returns the remaining timer value of an extended software timer.
Prototype
OS_TIME OS_TIMER_GetRemainingPeriodEx(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TIMER_EX* pTimerEx);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimerEx | Pointer to an extended software timer object of type OS_TIMER_EX. |
Return value
The returned time value is the remaining timer value in embOS system ticks until expiration of the extended software timer.
Example
static void PrintRemainingPeriodEx((OS_TIMER_EX* pTimer) {
int period;
period = OS_TIMER_GetRemainingPeriodEx(pTimer);
printf("Remaining %u\n", period);
}
OS_TIMER_GetStatus()
Description
Returns the current timer status of a software timer.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_TIMER_GetStatus(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TIMER *pTimer);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimer | Pointer to a software timer object of type OS_TIMER. |
Return value
Denotes whether the specified timer is running or not:
= 0 | Timer has stopped. |
≠ 0 | Timer is running. |
Example
static void PrintStatus(OS_TIMER* pTimer) {
if (OS_TIMER_GetStatus(pTimer) == 0) {
printf("Timer has stopped");
} else {
printf("Timer is running");
}
}
OS_TIMER_GetStatusEx()
Description
Returns the current timer status of an extended software timer.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_TIMER_GetStatusEx(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TIMER_EX* pTimerEx);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimerEx | Pointer to an extended software timer object of type OS_TIMER_EX. |
Return value
Denotes whether the specified timer is running or not:
= 0 | Timer has stopped. |
≠ 0 | Timer is running. |
Example
static void PrintStatusEx(OS_TIMER_EX* pTimerEx) {
if (OS_TIMER_GetStatusEx(pTimerEx) == 0) {
printf("Timer has stopped");
} else {
printf("Timer is running");
}
}
OS_TIMER_Restart()
Description
Restarts a software timer with its initial time value.
Prototype
void OS_TIMER_Restart(OS_TIMER* pTimer);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimer | Pointer to a software timer object of type OS_TIMER. |
Additional information
OS_TIMER_Restart() restarts the software timer using the initial time value
programmed at creation of the timer or which was set using the function
OS_TIMER_SetPeriod().
OS_TIMER_Restart() can be called regardless the state of the timer.
A running timer will continue using the full initial time.
A timer that was stopped before or had expired will be restarted.
If NULL is passed for pTimer, the currently running timer is restarted.
This can be used from the software timer callback function only.
If no timer is currently running, OS_Error() is called with the
error code OS_ERR_INV_TIMER.
Example
Please refer to the example for OS_TIMER_Create().
OS_TIMER_RestartEx()
Description
Restarts an extended software timer with its initial time value.
Prototype
void OS_TIMER_RestartEx(OS_TIMER_EX* pTimerEx);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimerEx | Pointer to an extended software timer object of type OS_TIMER_EX. |
Additional information
OS_TIMER_RestartEx() restarts the extended software timer using the initial time
value which was programmed at creation of the timer or which was set using the
function OS_TIMER_SetPeriodEx().
OS_TIMER_RestartEx() can be called regardless the state of the timer.
A running timer will continue using the full initial time.
A timer that was stopped before or had expired will be restarted.
If NULL is passed for pTimer, the currently running timer is restarted.
This can be used from the software timer callback function only.
If no timer is currently running, OS_Error() is called with the
error code OS_ERR_INV_TIMER.
Example
Please refer to the example for OS_TIMER_CreateEx().
OS_TIMER_SetPeriod()
Description
Sets a new timer reload value for a software timer.
Prototype
void OS_TIMER_SetPeriod(OS_TIMER* pTimer,
OS_TIME Period);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimer | Pointer to a software timer object of type OS_TIMER. |
Period | Timer period in embOS system ticks. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Period ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Period ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Additional information
OS_TIMER_SetPeriod() sets the initial time value of the specified software timer.
Period is the reload value of the timer to be used as initial value when the
timer is retriggered by OS_TIMER_Restart().
A call of OS_TIMER_SetPeriod() does not affect the remaining
time period of a software timer.
Example
static OS_TIMER Timer;
static void Callback(void) {
TogglePulseOutput(); // Toggle output
OS_TIMER_Restart(&Timer); // Make timer periodic
}
void InitTask(void) {
//
// Create and implicitly start timer with first pulse in 500 system ticks
//
OS_TIMER_CREATE(&Timer, Callback, 500u);
//
// Set timer period to 200 system ticks for further pulses
//
OS_TIMER_SetPeriod(&Timer, 200u);
}
OS_TIMER_SetPeriodEx()
Description
Sets a new timer reload value for an extended software timer.
Prototype
void OS_TIMER_SetPeriodEx(OS_TIMER_EX* pTimerEx,
OS_TIME Period);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimerEx | Pointer to an extended software timer object of type OS_TIMER_EX. |
Period | Initial period in embOS system ticks.
The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are:
1 ≤ Period ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs
1 ≤ Period ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs |
Additional information
OS_TIMER_SetPeriodEx() sets the initial time value of the specified extended software timer.
Period is the reload value of the timer to be used as initial value when the timer is
re-triggered the next time by OS_TIMER_RestartEx().
A call of OS_TIMER_SetPeriodEx() does not affect the remaining time period of an extended software timer.
Example
static OS_TIMER_EX Timer;
static OS_TASK TCB;
static void TimerPulse(void* pTask) {
if (pTask != NULL) {
OS_TASKEVENT_Set(0x01, (OS_TASK*)pTask);
}
OS_TIMER_RestartEx(&Timer); // Make timer periodic
}
void InitTask(void) {
//
// Create and implicitly start Pulse Timer with first pulse in 500 system ticks
//
OS_TIMER_CREATEEX(&Timer, TimerPulse, 500, (void*)&TCB);
//
// Set timer period to 200 system ticks for further pulses
//
OS_TIMER_SetPeriodEx(&Timer, 200);
}
OS_TIMER_Start()
Description
Starts a software timer.
Prototype
void OS_TIMER_Start(OS_TIMER* pTimer);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimer | Pointer to a software timer object of type OS_TIMER. |
Additional information
OS_TIMER_Start() is used for the following reasons:
- Start a timer which was created by OS_TIMER_Create(). The timer will start with its initial timer value.
- Restart a timer which was stopped by calling OS_TIMER_Stop(). In this case, the timer will continue with the remaining time value which was preserved upon stopping the timer.
Note
This function has no effect on running timers. It also has no effect on timers that are
not running, but have expired: use OS_TIMER_Restart() to restart those timers.
Example
Please refer to the example for OS_TIMER_Create().
OS_TIMER_StartEx()
Description
Starts an extended software timer.
Prototype
void OS_TIMER_StartEx(OS_TIMER_EX* pTimerEx);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimerEx | Pointer to an extended software timer object of type OS_TIMER_EX. |
Additional information
OS_TIMER_StartEx() is used for the following reasons:
- Start an extended software timer which was created by OS_TIMER_CreateEx(). The timer will start with its initial timer value.
- Restart a timer which was stopped by calling OS_TIMER_StopEx(). In this case, the timer will continue with the remaining time value which was preserved upon stopping the timer.
Note
This function has no effect on running timers. It also has no effect on timers that are
not running, but have expired. Use OS_TIMER_RestartEx() to restart those timers.
Example
Please refer to the example for OS_TIMER_CreateEx().
OS_TIMER_Stop()
Description
Stops a software timer.
Prototype
void OS_TIMER_Stop(OS_TIMER* pTimer);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimer | Pointer to a software timer object of type OS_TIMER. |
Additional information
The actual value of the software timer (the time until expiration)
is maintained until OS_TIMER_Start() lets the timer continue.
The function has no effect on timers that are not running, but have expired.
Example
static OS_TIMER TIMER100;
static void Task(void) {
OS_TIMER_Restart(&TIMER100); // Start the timer
...
OS_TIMER_Stop(&TIMER100); // Stop the timer
}
OS_TIMER_StopEx()
Description
Stops an extended software timer.
Prototype
void OS_TIMER_StopEx(OS_TIMER_EX* pTimerEx);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimerEx | Pointer to an extended software timer object of type OS_TIMER_EX. |
Additional information
The actual value of the extended software timer (the time until expiration) is
maintained until OS_TIMER_StartEx() lets the timer continue. The function has no
effect on timers that are not running, but have expired.
Example
static OS_TIMER_EX TIMER100;
static void Task(void) {
OS_TIMER_RestartEx(&TIMER100); // Start the timer
...
OS_TIMER_StopEx(&TIMER100); // Stop the timer
}
OS_TIMER_Trigger()
Description
Ends a software timer at once and calls the timer callback function.
Prototype
void OS_TIMER_Trigger(OS_TIMER* pTimer);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimer | Pointer to a software timer object of type OS_TIMER. |
Additional information
OS_TIMER_Trigger() can be called regardless of the state of the timer. A running
timer will be stopped and the callback function is called. For a timer that was stopped
before or had expired the callback function will not be executed.
Example
static OS_TIMER TIMERUartRx;
void TimerUart(void) {
HandleUartRx();
}
void UartRxIntHandler(void) {
OS_TIMER_Trigger(&TIMERUartRx); // Character received, stop the software timer
}
void UartSendNextCharachter(void) {
OS_TIMER_Start(&TIMERUartRx); // Send next UART character and wait for Rx character
}
int main(void) {
OS_TIMER_Create(&TIMERUartRx, TimerUart, 20);
}
OS_TIMER_TriggerEx()
Description
Ends an extended software timer at once and calls the timer callback function.
Prototype
void OS_TIMER_TriggerEx (OS_TIMER_EX* pTimerEx);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTimerEx | Pointer to an extended software timer object of type OS_TIMER_EX. |
Additional information
OS_TIMER_TriggerEx() can be called regardless of the state of the timer. A running
timer will be stopped and the callback function is called. For a timer that was stopped
before or had expired the callback function will not be executed.
Example
static OS_TIMER_EX TIMERUartRx;
static OS_U32 UartNum;
void TimerUart(void* pNum) {
HandleUartRx((OS_U32)pNum);
}
void UartRxIntHandler(void) {
OS_TIMER_TriggerEx(&TIMERUartRx); // Character received, stop the software timer
}
void UartSendNextCharachter(void) {
OS_TIMER_StartEx(&TIMERUartRx); // Send next UART character and wait for Rx character
}
int main(void) {
UartNum = 0;
OS_TIMER_CreateEx(&TIMERUartRx, TimerUart, 20, (void*)&UartNum);
}
Task Events
Introduction
Task events are another way of communicating between tasks. In contrast to semaphores
and mailboxes, task events are messages to a single, specified recipient. In
other words, a task event is sent to a specified task.
The purpose of a task event is to enable a task to wait for a particular event (or for
one of several events) to occur. This task can be kept inactive until the event is signaled
by another task, a software timer or an interrupt handler. An event can be, for
example, the change of an input signal, the expiration of a timer, a key press, the
reception of a character, or a complete command.
Every task has an individual bit mask, which by default is the width of an unsigned
integer, usually the word size of the target processor. This means that 32 or 8 different
events can be signaled to and distinguished by every task. By calling
OS_TASKEVENT_GetBlocked(), a task waits for one of the events specified as a bit mask. As soon
as one of the events occurs, this task must be signaled by calling OS_TASKEVENT_Set().
The waiting task will then be put in the READY state immediately. It will be activated
according to the rules of the scheduler as soon as it becomes the task with the highest
priority of all tasks in the READY state.
By changing the definition of OS_TASKEVENT, which is defined as unsigned long on
32-bit CPUs and unsigned char on 16 or 8-bit CPUs per default, the task events can
be expanded to 16 or 32 bits thus allowing more individual events, or reduced to
smaller data types on 32-bit CPUs.
Changing the definition of OS_TASKEVENT can only be done when using the embOS
sources in a project, or when the libraries are rebuilt from sources with the modified
definition.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task control blocks
static void HPTask(void) {
OS_TASKEVENT MyEvents;
while (1) {
MyEvents = OS_TASKEVENT_GetBlocked(3); // Wait for event bits 0 or 1
if (MyEvents & 1) {
_HandleEvent0();
} else
_HandleEvent1();
}
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(200);
OS_TASKEVENT_Set(&TCBHP, 1);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
API functions
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_TASKEVENT_Clear() | Returns the actual state of events and then clears all events of a specified task. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_TASKEVENT_ClearEx() | Returns the actual state of events and then clears the specified events for the specified task. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_TASKEVENT_Get() | Returns a list of events that have occurred for a specified task. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_TASKEVENT_GetBlocked() | Waits for one of the events specified in the bit mask and clears the event memory when the function returns. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_TASKEVENT_GetSingleBlocked() | Waits for one of the specified events and clears only those events that were specified in the event mask. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_TASKEVENT_GetSingleTimed() | Waits for one of the specified events for a given time and clears only those events that were specified in the event mask. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_TASKEVENT_GetTimed() | Waits for the specified events for a given time, and clears all task events when the function returns. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_TASKEVENT_Set() | Signals event(s) to a specified task. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_TASKEVENT_Clear()
Description
Returns the actual state of events and
then clears all events of a specified task.
Prototype
OS_TASKEVENT OS_TASKEVENT_Clear(OS_TASK* pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. The task whose event mask is to be returned, NULL means current task. |
Return value
All events that have been signaled before clearing.
If pTask is NULL, the function clears all events of the currently running task.
Additional information
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
Example
void Task(void) {
OS_TASKEVENT MyEvents;
MyEvents = OS_TASKEVENT_Clear(NULL);
while (1) {
//
// Wait for event 0 or 1 to be signaled
//
MyEvents = OS_TASKEVENT_GetBlocked(3);
}
}
OS_TASKEVENT_ClearEx()
Description
Returns the actual state of events and then clears
the specified events for the specified task.
Prototype
OS_TASKEVENT OS_TASKEVENT_ClearEx(OS_TASK* pTask,
OS_TASKEVENT EventMask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. The task whose event mask is to be returned, NULL means current task. |
EventMask | The bit mask containing the event bits which shall be cleared. |
Return value
All events that have been signaled before clearing.
If pTask is NULL, the function clears the events of the currently running task.
Additional information
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
Example
void Task(void) {
OS_TASKEVENT MyEvents;
MyEvents = OS_TASKEVENT_ClearEx(NULL, 1);
while (1) {
//
// Wait for event 0 or 1 to be signaled
//
MyEvents = OS_TASKEVENT_GetBlocked(3);
}
}
OS_TASKEVENT_Get()
Description
Returns a list of events that have occurred for a specified task.
Prototype
OS_TASKEVENT OS_TASKEVENT_Get(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. The task whose event mask is to be returned, NULL means current task. |
Return value
All events that have been signaled.
Additional information
By calling this function, all events remain signaled: event memory is not cleared.
This is one way for a task to query which events are signaled. The task is not
suspended if no events are signaled.
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
void PrintEvents(void) {
OS_TASKEVENT MyEvents;
MyEvents = OS_TASKEVENT_Get(NULL);
printf("Events %u\n", MyEvents);
}
OS_TASKEVENT_GetBlocked()
Description
Waits for one of the events specified in the bit mask and clears
the event memory when the function returns.
Prototype
OS_TASKEVENT OS_TASKEVENT_GetBlocked(OS_TASKEVENT EventMask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
EventMask | The event bit mask containing the event bits, which shall be waited for. |
Return value
All events that have been signaled.
Additional information
If none of the specified events are signaled, the task is suspended. The first of the
specified events will wake the task. These events are signaled by another task, a
software timer or an interrupt handler. Any bit that is set in the event mask enables
the corresponding event.
When a task waits on multiple events, all of the specified events shall be requested
by a single call of OS_TASKEVENT_GetBlocked() and all events must be be handled when the function
returns.
Note that all events of the task are cleared when the function returns, even those
events that were not set in the parameters in the EventMask. The calling function must handle
the returned value, otherwise events may get lost. Consecutive calls of OS_TASKEVENT_GetBlocked()
with different event masks will not work, as all events are cleared when the function returns.
If this is not desired, OS_TASKEVENT_GetSingleBlocked() may be used instead.
Example
void Task(void) {
OS_TASKEVENT MyEvents;
while(1) {
//
// Wait for event 0 or 1 to be signaled
//
MyEvents = OS_TASKEVENT_GetBlocked(3);
//
// Handle all events
//
if (MyEvents & 1) {
_HandleEvent0();
}
if (MyEvents & 2) {
_HandleEvent1();
}
}
}
For another example, see OS_TASKEVENT_Set().
OS_TASKEVENT_GetSingleBlocked()
Description
Waits for one of the specified events and clears
only those events that were specified in the event mask.
Prototype
OS_TASKEVENT OS_TASKEVENT_GetSingleBlocked(OS_TASKEVENT EventMask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
EventMask | The event bit mask containing the event bits, which shall be waited for and reset. |
Return value
All requested events that have been signaled and were specified in the EventMask.
Additional information
If none of the specified events are signaled, the task is suspended. The first of the
requested events will wake the task. These events are signaled by another task, a
software timer, or an interrupt handler. Any bit in the event mask may enable the
corresponding event. When the function returns, it delivers all of the requested
events. The requested events are cleared in the event state of the task. All other
events remain unchanged and will not be returned.
OS_TASKEVENT_GetSingleBlocked() may be used in consecutive calls with individual requests.
Only requested events will be handled, no other events can get lost.
When the function waits on multiple events, the returned value must be evaluated
because the function returns when at least one of the requested events was signaled.
When the function requests a single event, the returned value does not need to be
evaluated.
Example
void Task(void) {
OS_TASKEVENT MyEvents;
while(1) {
//
// Wait for event 0 or 1 to be signaled
//
MyEvents = OS_TASKEVENT_GetSingleBlocked(3);
//
// Handle all events
//
if (MyEvents & 1) {
_HandleEvent0();
}
if (MyEvents & 2) {
_HandleEvent1();
}
}
}
OS_TASKEVENT_GetSingleTimed()
Description
Waits for one of the specified events for a given time and clears
only those events that were specified in the event mask.
Prototype
OS_TASKEVENT OS_TASKEVENT_GetSingleTimed(OS_TASKEVENT EventMask,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
EventMask | The event bit mask containing the event bits, which shall be waited for and reset. |
Timeout | Maximum time in system ticks until the event must be signaled. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | No event available within the specified timeout. |
≠ 0 | All events that have been signaled. |
Additional information
If none of the specified events in the event mask are available, the task is suspended for the given
time. The first of the specified events will wake the task if the event is signaled by
another task, a software timer or an interrupt handler within the specified Timeout
time.
If no event is signaled within the specified timeout, the calling task gets activated
and return zero.
Any bit in the event mask may enable the corresponding event. All unmasked events remain unchanged.
Example
void Task(void) {
OS_TASKEVENT MyEvents;
while(1) {
//
// Wait for event 0 and 1 to be signaled within 10 system ticks
//
MyEvents = OS_TASKEVENT_GetSingleTimed(3, 10);
if (MyEvents == 0) {
_HandleTimeout();
} else {
if (MyEvents & 1) {
_HandleEvent0();
}
if (MyEvents & 2) {
_HandleEvent1();
}
}
}
}
OS_TASKEVENT_GetTimed()
Description
Waits for the specified events for a given time,
and clears all task events when the function returns.
Prototype
OS_TASKEVENT OS_TASKEVENT_GetTimed(OS_TASKEVENT EventMask,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
EventMask | The event bit mask containing the event bits, which shall be waited for. |
Timeout | Maximum time in system ticks until the events must be signaled. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | No event available within the specified timeout. |
≠ 0 | All events that have been signaled. |
Additional information
If none of the specified events in the event mask are available, the task is suspended for the given
time. The first of the specified events will wake the task if the event is signaled by
another task, a software timer or an interrupt handler within the specified Timeout
time.
If no event is signaled within the specified timeout, the calling task gets activated
and return zero.
Note that the function returns all events that were signaled until the task continues execution,
even those which were not requested. The calling function must handle the returned value, otherwise
events may get lost. Consecutive calls of OS_TASKEVENT_GetTimed() with different event masks will not
work, as all events are cleared when the function returns. If this is not desired,
OS_TASKEVENT_GetSingleTimed() may be used instead.
Example
void Task(void) {
OS_TASKEVENT MyEvents;
while(1) {
// Wait for event 0 and 1 to be signaled within 10 system ticks
MyEvents = OS_TASKEVENT_GetTimed(3, 10);
if ((MyEvents & 3) == 0) {
_HandleTimeout();
} else {
if (MyEvents & 1) {
_HandleEvent0();
}
if (MyEvents & 2) {
_HandleEvent1();
}
}
}
}
OS_TASKEVENT_Set()
Description
Signals event(s) to a specified task.
Prototype
void OS_TASKEVENT_Set(OS_TASK* pTask,
OS_TASKEVENT Event);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block of type OS_TASK. |
Event | The event bit mask containing the event bits, which shall be signaled. |
Additional information
If the specified task is waiting for one of these events, it will be put in the READY
state and activated according to the rules of the scheduler.
Example
The task that handles the serial input and the keyboard waits for a character to be
received either via the keyboard (EVENT_KEYPRESSED) or serial interface (EVENT_SERIN):
#define EVENT_KEYPRESSED (1u << 0)
#define EVENT_SERIN (1u << 1)
static OS_STACKPTR int Stack0[96]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCB0; // Data area for tasks (task control blocks)
void Task0(void) {
OS_TASKEVENT MyEvent;
while(1)
MyEvent = OS_TASKEVENT_GetBlocked(EVENT_KEYPRESSED | EVENT_SERIN)
if (MyEvent & EVENT_KEYPRESSED) {
// Handle key press
}
if (MyEvent & EVENT_SERIN) {
// Handle serial reception
}
}
}
void Key_ISR(void) { // ISR for external interrupt
OS_TASKEVENT_Set(&TCB0, EVENT_KEYPRESSED); // Notify task that key was pressed
}
void UART_ISR(void) { // ISR for UART interrupt
OS_TASKEVENT_Set(&TCB0, EVENT_SERIN); // Notify task that a character was received
}
void InitTask(void) {
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCB0, "HPTask", 100, Task0, Stack0);
}
Event Objects
Introduction
Event objects are another type of communication and synchronization object. In contrast
to task-events, event objects are standalone objects which are not owned by
any task.
The purpose of an event object is to enable one or multiple tasks to wait for a particular
event to occur. The tasks can be kept suspended until the event is set by another
task, a software timer, or an interrupt handler. An event can be, for example, the
change of an input signal, the expiration of a timer, a key press, the reception of a
character, or a complete command.
Compared to a task event, the signaling function does not need to know which task is
waiting for the event to occur.
Using event object API
There are two groups of event object API functions. The first group does not have “mask” as part
of their name and operates on the complete event object. These functions are OS_EVENT_Get(),
OS_EVENT_GetBlocked(), OS_EVENT_GetTimed(), OS_EVENT_Pulse(), and OS_EVENT_Set().
The second group does have “mask” as part of the API name and operates on a event object bit mask.
These functions are OS_EVENT_GetMask(), OS_EVENT_GetMaskBlocked(), OS_EVENT_GetMaskMode(),
OS_EVENT_GetMaskTimed(), OS_EVENT_SetMask(), and OS_EVENT_SetMaskMode().
Any event object is in non-signaled state when the event object value is zero,
and in signaled state when the event object value is unequal to zero.
We do not recommend to use both API groups on the same event object. For example, you must not wait for
an event object with OS_EVENT_GetBlocked() and signal that event object with OS_EVENT_SetMask(), but with OS_EVENT_Set().
Reset mode
Since version 3.88a of embOS, the reset behavior of the event can be controlled by
different reset modes which may be passed as parameter to the new function
OS_EVENT_CreateEx() or may be modified by a call of OS_EVENT_SetResetMode().
- OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_SEMIAUTO:
This reset mode is the default mode used with all previous versions of embOS.
The reset behavior unfortunately is not consistent and depends on the function
called to set or wait for an event. This reset mode is defined for compatibility
with older embOS versions (prior version 3.88a). Calling OS_EVENT_Create()
sets the reset mode to OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_SEMIAUTO to be compatible with
older embOS versions.
- OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_AUTO:
This mode sets the reset behavior of an event object to automatic clear. When an
event is set, all waiting tasks are resumed and the event is cleared automatically.
An exception to this is when a task called OS_EVENT_GetTimed() and the timeout
expired before the event was signaled, in which case the function returns
with timeout and the event is not cleared automatically.
- OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_MANUAL:
This mode sets the event to manual reset mode. When an event is set, all waiting
tasks are resumed and the event object remains signaled. The event must be
reset by one task which was waiting for the event.
Mask mode
Since version 4.34 of embOS, the mask bits behavior of the event object can be
controlled by different mask modes which may be passed to the new function
OS_EVENT_CreateEx() or may be modified by a call of OS_EVENT_SetMaskMode().
- OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_OR_LOGIC:
This mask mode is the default mode. Only one of the bits specified in the event
object bit mask must be signaled.
- OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_AND_LOGIC:
With this mode all specified event object mask bits must be signaled.
Examples
Activate a task from interrupt by an event object
The following code example shows usage of an event object which is signaled from an ISR handler to activate a task.
The waiting task should reset the event after waiting for it.
static OS_EVENT _Event;
static void _ISRHandler(void) {
OS_INT_Enter();
//
// Wake up task to do the rest of the work
//
OS_EVENT_Set(&_Event);
OS_INT_Leave();
}
static void Task(void) {
while (1) {
OS_EVENT_GetBlocked(&_Event);
//
// Do the rest of the work (which has not been done in the ISR)
//
...
}
}
Activating multiple tasks using a single event object
The following sample program shows how to synchronize multiple tasks with one event object.
#include "RTOS.h"
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128], StackHW[128];
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP, TCBHW;
static OS_EVENT HW_Event;
static void HPTask(void) {
//
// Wait until HW module is set up
//
OS_EVENT_GetBlocked(&HW_Event);
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
//
// Wait until HW module is set up
//
OS_EVENT_GetBlocked(&HW_Event);
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(200);
}
}
static void HWTask(void) {
//
// Wait until HW module is set up
//
OS_TASK_Delay(100);
//
// Init done, send broadcast to waiting tasks
//
OS_EVENT_Set(&HW_Event);
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(40);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHW, "HWTask", 25, HWTask, StackHW);
OS_EVENT_Create(&HW_Event);
OS_Start(); // Start multitasking
return 0;
}
Using event object mask bits
The following sample program shows how to use event object mask bits.
#include "RTOS.h"
#define EVENT1_BITMASK (1u << 0)
#define EVENT2_BITMASK (1u << 1)
static OS_STACKPTR int StackTask1[128], StackTask2[128], StackLP[128];
static OS_TASK TCBTask1, TCBTask2, TCBLP;
static OS_EVENT _Event;
static void Task1(void) {
OS_EVENT_GetMaskBlocked(&_Event, EVENT1_BITMASK);
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
}
}
static void Task2(void) {
OS_EVENT_GetMaskBlocked(&_Event, EVENT2_BITMASK);
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
OS_EVENT_SetMask(&_Event, EVENT1_BITMASK);
OS_EVENT_SetMask(&_Event, EVENT2_BITMASK);
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(200);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBTask1, "Task 1", 100, Task1, StackTask1);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBTask2, "Task 2", 100, Task2, StackTask2);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_EVENT_Create(&_Event);
OS_Start(); // Start multitasking
return 0;
}
API functions
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_EVENT_Create() | Creates an event object. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_EVENT_CreateEx() | Creates an extended event object and sets its reset behavior as well as mask bits behavior. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_EVENT_Delete() | Deletes an event object. | ● | ● | | | |
OS_EVENT_Get() | Retrieves current state of an event object without modification or suspension. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_EVENT_GetBlocked() | Waits for an event object and suspends the task until the event has been signaled. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_EVENT_GetMask() | Returns the bits of an event object that match the given EventMask. | ● | ● | ● | | |
OS_EVENT_GetMaskBlocked() | Waits for the specified event bits in EventMask, depending on the current mask mode. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_EVENT_GetMaskMode() | Retrieves the current mask mode (mask bits behavior) of an event object. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_EVENT_GetMaskTimed() | Waits for the specified event bits EventMask with timeout, depending on the current mask mode. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_EVENT_GetResetMode() | Returns the reset mode (reset behavior) of an event object. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_EVENT_GetTimed() | Waits for an event and suspends the task for a specified time or until the event has been signaled. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_EVENT_Pulse() | Signals an event object and resumes waiting tasks, then resets the event object to non-signaled state. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_EVENT_Reset() | Resets the specified event object to non-signaled state. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_EVENT_ResetMask() | Resets the specified mask bits in the event object to non-signaled state. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_EVENT_Set() | Sets an event object to signaled state, or resumes tasks which are waiting at the event object. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_EVENT_SetMask() | Sets the event mask bits of an event object. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_EVENT_SetMaskMode() | Sets the mask mode of an event object to OR/AND logic. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_EVENT_SetResetMode() | Sets the reset behavior of an event object to automatic, manual or semi-auto. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_EVENT_Create()
Description
Creates an event object.
Prototype
void OS_EVENT_Create(OS_EVENT* pEvent);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
Additional information
On creation, the event is set to non-signaled state.
The event is created with the default reset behavior which is semi-auto.
Since version 3.88a of embOS, the reset behavior of the event can be modified by a
call of the function OS_EVENT_SetResetMode().
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void HPTask(void) {
OS_EVENT_GetMaskBlocked(&_Event, 3); // Wait for bit 0 AND 1 to be set
}
void LPTask(void) {
OS_EVENT_SetMask(&_Event, 1); // Resumes HPTask due to OR logic
}
int main(void) {
...
OS_EVENT_Create(&_Event);
...
return 0;
}
OS_EVENT_CreateEx()
Description
Creates an extended event object and sets its
reset behavior as well as mask bits behavior.
Prototype
void OS_EVENT_CreateEx(OS_EVENT* pEvent,
unsigned int Mode);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
Mode | Specifies the reset and mask bits behavior of the event object. You can use one of the predefined reset modes: OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_SEMIAUTO OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_MANUAL OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_AUTO and one of the mask modes: OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_OR_LOGIC OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_AND_LOGIC which are described under additional information. |
Additional information
On creation, the event is set to non-signaled state.
Since version 3.88a of embOS, the reset behavior of the event can be controlled by
different reset modes which may be passed as parameter to the new function
OS_EVENT_CreateEx() or may be modified by a call of OS_EVENT_SetResetMode().
- OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_SEMIAUTO:
This reset mode is the default mode used with all previous versions of embOS.
The reset behavior unfortunately is not consistent and depends on the function
called to set or wait for an event. This reset mode is defined for compatibility
with older embOS versions (prior version 3.88a). Calling OS_EVENT_Create()
sets the reset mode to OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_SEMIAUTO to be compatible with
older embOS versions.
- OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_AUTO:
This mode sets the reset behavior of an event object to automatic clear. When an
event is set, all waiting tasks are resumed and the event is cleared automatically.
An exception to this is when a task called OS_EVENT_GetTimed() and the timeout
expired before the event was signaled, in which case the function returns
with timeout and the event is not cleared automatically.
- OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_MANUAL:
This mode sets the event to manual reset mode. When an event is set, all waiting
tasks are resumed and the event object remains signaled. The event must be
reset by one task which was waiting for the event.
Since version 4.34 of embOS, the mask bits behavior of the event object can be
controlled by different mask modes which may be passed to the new function
OS_EVENT_CreateEx() or may be modified by a call of OS_EVENT_SetMaskMode().
- OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_OR_LOGIC:
This mask mode is the default mode. Only one of the bits specified in the event
object bit mask must be signaled.
- OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_AND_LOGIC:
With this mode all specified event object mask bits must be signaled.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void HPTask(void) {
OS_EVENT_GetMaskBlocked(&_Event, 3); // Wait for bit 0 AND 1 to be set
}
void LPTask(void) {
OS_EVENT_SetMask(&_Event, 1); // Does not resume HPTask
OS_EVENT_SetMask(&_Event, 2); // Resume HPTask since both bits are now set
}
int main(void) {
...
OS_EVENT_CreateEx(&_Event, OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_AUTO |
OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_AND_LOGIC);
...
return 0;
}
OS_EVENT_Delete()
Description
Deletes an event object.
Prototype
void OS_EVENT_Delete(OS_EVENT* pEvent);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
Additional information
A debug build of embOS checks whether pEvent addresses a valid event
object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in case of an error.
Before deleting an event object, make sure that no task is waiting
for the event object.
If any task is waiting at the event object, a debug build of embOS
calls OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_DELETE.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void Task(void) {
...
OS_EVENT_Delete(&_Event);
...
}
OS_EVENT_Get()
Description
Retrieves current state of an event object without modification
or suspension.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_EVENT_Get(OS_CONST_PTR OS_EVENT *pEvent);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
Return value
= 0 | Event object is not set to signaled state. |
≠ 0 | Event object is set to signaled state. |
Additional information
By calling this function, the actual state of the event object remains unchanged.
pEvent must address an existing event object, which has been created before by a
call of OS_EVENT_Create().
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_Get(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses
a valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void Task(void) {
OS_BOOL Status;
Status = OS_EVENT_Get(&_Event);
printf("Event Object Status: %d\n", Status);
}
OS_EVENT_GetBlocked()
Description
Waits for an event object and suspends the task until the event
has been signaled.
Prototype
void OS_EVENT_GetBlocked(OS_EVENT* pEvent);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
Additional information
The state of the event object after calling OS_EVENT_GetBlocked() depends on the reset
mode of the event object which was set by creating the event object by a call of
OS_EVENT_CreateEx() or OS_EVENT_SetResetMode().
The event is consumed when OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_AUTO is selected.
The event is not consumed when OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_MANUAL is selected.
With OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_SEMIAUTO the event is consumed only when it was
already set before.
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_GetBlocked(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses a
valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void HPTask(void) {
OS_EVENT_GetBlocked(&_Event); // Suspends the task
}
void LPTask(void) {
OS_EVENT_Pulse(&_Event); // Signals the HPTask
}
OS_EVENT_GetMask()
Description
Returns the bits of an event object that match the given EventMask.
The returned event mask bits are consumed unless OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_MANUAL
is selected.
Prototype
OS_TASKEVENT OS_EVENT_GetMask(OS_EVENT* pEvent,
OS_TASKEVENT EventMask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
EventMask | The bit mask containing the event bits which shall be retrieved. |
Return value
All events that have been signaled and were specified in the EventMask.
Additional information
The state of the event object after calling OS_EVENT_GetMask() depends on the
reset mode of the event object which was set by creating the event object by a call of
OS_EVENT_CreateEx() or OS_EVENT_SetResetMode().
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_GetMask(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses
a valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void Task(void) {
OS_TASKEVENT EventMask;
EventMask = ~0; // Request all event bits
EventMask = OS_EVENT_GetMask(&_Event, EventMask);
printf("Signaled Event Bits: 0x%X\n", EventMask);
}
OS_EVENT_GetMaskBlocked()
Description
Waits for the specified event bits in EventMask, depending on
the current mask mode. The task is suspended until the event(s) have
been signaled.
It returns the bits of the event object that match the given EventMask.
The returned event mask bits are consumed unless OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_MANUAL
is selected.
Prototype
OS_TASKEVENT OS_EVENT_GetMaskBlocked(OS_EVENT* pEvent,
OS_TASKEVENT EventMask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
EventMask | The event bit mask containing the event bits, which shall be waited for. |
Return value
All requested events that have been signaled and were specified in the EventMask.
Additional information
The state of the event object after calling OS_EVENT_GetMaskBlocked() depends on the
reset mode of the event object which was set by creating the event object by a call of
OS_EVENT_CreateEx() or OS_EVENT_SetResetMode().
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_GetMaskBlocked(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses
a valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void Task(void) {
...
//
// Waits either for the first or second, or for
// both event bits to be signaled, depending on
// the specified mask mode.
//
OS_EVENT_GetMaskBlocked(&_Event, 0x3);
...
}
OS_EVENT_GetMaskMode()
Description
Retrieves the current mask mode (mask bits behavior) of an event object.
Prototype
OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE OS_EVENT_GetMaskMode(OS_CONST_PTR OS_EVENT *pEvent);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
Return value
The mask mode which is currently set.
Modes are defined in enum OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE.
OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_OR_LOGIC (0x00u): Mask bits are used with OR logic (default).
OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_AND_LOGIC (0x04u): Mask bits are used with AND logic.
Additional information
Since version 4.34 of embOS, the mask mode of an event object can be controlled by
the OS_EVENT_CreateEx() function or set after creation using the new function
OS_EVENT_SetMaskMode(). If needed, the current setting of the mask mode can be
retrieved with OS_EVENT_GetMaskMode().
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_GetMaskMode(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses
a valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void Task(void) {
OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE MaskMode;
MaskMode = OS_EVENT_GetMaskMode(&_Event);
if (MaskMode == OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_OR_LOGIC) {
printf("Logic: OR\n");
} else {
printf("Logic: AND\n");
}
}
OS_EVENT_GetMaskTimed()
Description
Waits for the specified event bits EventMask with timeout,
depending on the current mask mode. The task is suspended for the
specified time or until the event(s) have been signaled.
It returns the bits of the event object that match the given EventMask.
The returned event mask bits are consumed unless OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_MANUAL
is selected.
Prototype
OS_TASKEVENT OS_EVENT_GetMaskTimed(OS_EVENT* pEvent,
OS_TASKEVENT EventMask,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
EventMask | The event bit mask containing the event bits, which shall be waited for. |
Timeout | Maximum time in embOS system ticks until events must be signaled. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | Timeout. |
≠ 0 | All events that have been signaled and were specified in the EventMask. |
Additional information
The state of the event object after calling OS_EVENT_GetMaskTimed() depends on the
reset mode of the event object which was set by creating the event object by a call of
OS_EVENT_CreateEx() or OS_EVENT_SetResetMode().
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_GetMaskTimed(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses
a valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void Task(void) {
...
//
// Waits either for the first or second, or for
// both event bits to be signaled, depending on
// the specified mask mode. The task resumes after
// 1000 system ticks, if the needed event bits were not
// signaled.
//
OS_EVENT_GetMaskTimed(&_Event, 0x3, 1000);
...
}
OS_EVENT_GetResetMode()
Description
Returns the reset mode (reset behavior) of an event object.
Prototype
OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE OS_EVENT_GetResetMode(OS_CONST_PTR OS_EVENT *pEvent);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
Return value
The reset mode which is currently set.
Modes are defined in enum OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE.
OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_SEMIAUTO (0x00u): As previous mode (default).
OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_MANUAL (0x01u): Event remains set, has to be reset by task.
OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_AUTO (0x02u): Event is reset automatically.
Additional information
Since version 3.88a of embOS, the reset mode of an event object can be controlled
by the new OS_EVENT_CreateEx() function or set after creation using the new function
OS_EVENT_SetResetMode(). If needed, the current setting of the reset mode can
be retrieved with OS_EVENT_GetResetMode().
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_GetResetMode(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses a
valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void Task(void) {
OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE ResetMode;
ResetMode = OS_EVENT_GetResetMode(&_Event);
if (ResetMode == OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_SEMIAUTO) {
printf("Reset Mode: SEMIAUTO\n");
} else if (ResetMode == OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_MANUAL) {
printf("Reset Mode: MANUAL\n");
} else {
printf("Reset Mode: AUTO\n");
}
}
OS_EVENT_GetTimed()
Description
Waits for an event and suspends the task for a specified time or until
the event has been signaled. The event is consumed unless
OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_MANUAL is selected.
Prototype
char OS_EVENT_GetTimed(OS_EVENT* pEvent,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
Timeout | Maximum time in embOS system ticks until the event must be signaled. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | Success, the event was signaled within the specified time. |
≠ 0 | If the event was not signaled within the specified time. |
Additional information
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_GetTimed(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses a
valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void Task(void) {
...
if (OS_EVENT_GetTimed(&_Event, 1000) == 0) {
// event was signaled within timeout time, handle event
} else {
// event was not signaled within timeout time, handle timeout
}
...
}
OS_EVENT_Pulse()
Description
Signals an event object and resumes waiting tasks, then resets
the event object to non-signaled state.
Prototype
void OS_EVENT_Pulse(OS_EVENT* pEvent);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
Additional information
If any tasks are waiting at the event object, the tasks are resumed. The event object
remains in non-signaled state, regardless the reset mode.
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_Pulse(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses a
valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void HPTask(void) {
OS_EVENT_GetBlocked(&_Event); // Suspends the task
}
void LPTask(void) {
OS_EVENT_Pulse(&_Event); // Signals the HPTask
}
OS_EVENT_Reset()
Description
Resets the specified event object to non-signaled state.
Prototype
void OS_EVENT_Reset(OS_EVENT* pEvent);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
Additional information
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_Reset(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses a
valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void Task(void) {
...
OS_EVENT_Reset(&_Event);
...
}
OS_EVENT_ResetMask()
Description
Resets the specified mask bits in the event object to non-signaled state.
Prototype
void OS_EVENT_ResetMask(OS_EVENT* pEvent,
OS_TASKEVENT EventMask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
EventMask | The event bit mask containing the event bits which shall be cleared. |
Additional information
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_ResetMask(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses a
valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error. OS_EVENT_ResetMask() resets only the event mask bits specified in
EventMask.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void Task(void) {
...
OS_EVENT_ResetMask(&_Event, 1);
...
}
OS_EVENT_Set()
Description
Sets an event object to signaled state, or resumes tasks which
are waiting at the event object.
Prototype
void OS_EVENT_Set(OS_EVENT* pEvent);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
Additional information
If no tasks are waiting at the event object, the event object is set to signaled state.
Any task that is already waiting for the event object will be resumed. The state of the
event object after calling OS_EVENT_Set() then depends on the reset mode of the
event object.
- With reset mode OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_SEMIAUTO:
This is the default mode when the event object was created with OS_EVENT_Create().
This was the only mode available in embOS versions prior version 3.88a. If tasks
were waiting, the event is reset when the waiting tasks are resumed.
- With reset mode OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_AUTO:
The event object is automatically reset when waiting tasks are resumed and continue
operation.
- With reset mode OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_MANUAL:
The event object remains signaled when waiting tasks are resumed and continue
operation. The event object must be reset by the calling task.
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_Set(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses a
valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error.
Example
Examples on how to use the OS_EVENT_Set() function are shown in Examples.
OS_EVENT_SetMask()
Description
Sets the event mask bits of an event object.
Prototype
void OS_EVENT_SetMask(OS_EVENT* pEvent,
OS_TASKEVENT EventMask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
EventMask | The event bit mask containing the event bits, which shall be signaled. |
Additional information
Any task that is already waiting for matching event mask bits on this event
object will be resumed. OS_EVENT_SetMask() does not clear any event mask bits.
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_SetMask(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses a
valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void Task(void) {
OS_TASKEVENT EventMask;
...
EventMask = 1 << ((sizeof(OS_TASKEVENT) * 8) - 1); // Set MSB event bit
OS_EVENT_SetMask(&_Event, EventMask); // Signal MSB event bit
...
}
OS_EVENT_SetMaskMode()
Description
Sets the mask mode of an event object to OR/AND logic.
Prototype
void OS_EVENT_SetMaskMode(OS_EVENT* pEvent,
OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE MaskMode);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
MaskMode | Event Mask mode. Modes are defined in enum OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE. OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_OR_LOGIC (0x00u): Mask bits are used with OR logic (default). OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_AND_LOGIC (0x04u): Mask bits are used with AND logic. |
Additional information
Since version 4.34 of embOS, the mask bits behavior of the event object can be controlled
by different mask modes which may be passed to the new function OS_EVENT_CreateEx() or
may be modified by a call of OS_EVENT_SetMaskMode(). The following mask modes are defined
and can be used as parameter:
- OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_OR_LOGIC:
This mask mode is the default mode. Only one of the bits specified in the event
object bit mask must be signaled.
- OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_AND_LOGIC:
With this mode all specified event mask bits must be signaled.
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_SetMaskMode(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses a
valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void Task(void) {
...
// Set the mask mode for the event object to AND logic
OS_EVENT_SetMaskMode(&_Event, OS_EVENT_MASK_MODE_AND_LOGIC);
...
}
OS_EVENT_SetResetMode()
Description
Sets the reset behavior of an event object to automatic, manual
or semi-auto.
Prototype
void OS_EVENT_SetResetMode(OS_EVENT* pEvent,
OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE ResetMode);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pEvent | Pointer to an event object of type OS_EVENT. |
ResetMode | Controls the reset mode of the event object. OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_SEMIAUTO (0x00u): As previous mode (default). OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_MANUAL (0x01u): Event remains set, has to be reset by task. OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_AUTO (0x02u): Event is reset automatically. |
Additional information
Implementation of event objects in embOS versions before 3.88a unfortunately was
not consistent with respect to the state of the event after calling OS_EVENT_Set()
or OS_EVENT_GetBlocked() functions. The state of the event was different when tasks were
waiting or not.
Since embOS version 3.88a, the state of the event (reset behavior) can be controlled
after creation by the new function OS_EVENT_SetResetMode(), or during creation by
the new OS_EVENT_CreateEx() function. The following reset modes are defined and can
be used as parameter:
- OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_SEMIAUTO:
This reset mode is the default mode used with all previous versions of embOS.
The reset behavior unfortunately is not consistent and depends on the function
called to set or wait for an event. This reset mode is defined for compatibility
with older embOS versions (prior version 3.88a). Calling OS_EVENT_Create()
sets the reset mode to OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_SEMIAUTO to be compatible with
older embOS versions.
- OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_AUTO:
This mode sets the reset behavior of an event object to automatic clear. When an
event is set, all waiting tasks are resumed and the event is cleared automatically.
An exception to this is when a task called OS_EVENT_GetTimed() and the timeout
expired before the event was signaled, in which case the function returns
with timeout and the event is not cleared automatically.
- OS_EVENT_RESET_MODE_MANUAL:
This mode sets the event to manual reset mode. When an event is set, all waiting
tasks are resumed and the event object remains signaled. The event must be
reset by one task which was waiting for the event.
pEvent addresses an existing event object, which must be created before the call of
OS_EVENT_SetResetMode(). A debug build of embOS will check whether pEvent addresses a
valid event object and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID in
case of an error.
Example
static OS_EVENT _Event;
void Task(void) {
// Set the reset mode for the event object to manual
OS_EVENT_SetResetMode(&_Event, OS_EVENT_RESET_MANUAL);
}
Mutexes
Introduction
Mutexes are used for managing resources by avoiding conflicts caused
by simultaneous use of a resource. The resource managed can be of any kind: a part
of the program that is not reentrant, a piece of hardware like the display, a flash
memory that can only be written to by a single task at a time, a motor in a CNC control
that can only be controlled by one task at a time, and a lot more.
The basic procedure is as follows:
Any task that uses a resource first claims it calling the OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked() or OS_MUTEX_Lock()
routines of embOS. If the mutex is available, the program execution of the task
continues, but the mutex is blocked for other tasks. If a second task now tries to
acquire the same mutex while it is in use by the first task, this second task is suspended
until the first task releases the mutex. However, if the first task that uses
the mutex calls OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked() again for that mutex, it is not suspended because the
mutex is blocked only for other tasks.
The following diagram illustrates the process of using a mutex:
A mutex contains a counter that keeps track of how many times the
mutex has been claimed by calling OS_MUTEX_Lock() or OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked() by a particular task.
It is released when that counter reaches zero, which means the OS_MUTEX_Unlock() routine
must be called exactly the same number of times as OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked() or OS_MUTEX_Lock(). If it
is not, the mutex remains blocked for other tasks.
On the other hand, a task cannot release a mutex that it does not own by calling
OS_MUTEX_Unlock(). In debug builds of embOS, a call of OS_MUTEX_Unlock() for a mutex that is
not owned by this task will result in a call to the error handler OS_Error().
Example of using a mutex
Here, two tasks access a (debug) terminal completely independently from each other.
The terminal is a resource that needs to be protected with a mutex.
One task may not interrupt another task which is writing to the terminal, as otherwise
the following might occur:
- Task A begins writing to the terminal
- Task B interrupts Task A and writes to the terminal
- Task A is resumed and its output is written at a wrong position
To avoid this type of situation, every time the terminal is to be accessed by a task it
is first claimed by a call to OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked() (and is automatically waited for if the mutex
is blocked). After the terminal has been written to, it is released by a call to
OS_MUTEX_Unlock().
The sample application file OS_Mutexes.c delivered in the application samples folder of
embOS demonstrates how mutex can be used in the above scenario:
#include "RTOS.h"
#include <stdio.h>
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task-control-blocks
static OS_MUTEX Mutex;
static void _Write(char const* s) {
OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked(&Mutex);
printf(s);
OS_MUTEX_Unlock(&Mutex);
}
static void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
_Write("HPTask\n");
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
_Write("LPTask\n");
OS_TASK_Delay(200);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize hardware for embOS
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_MUTEX_Create(&Mutex); // Creates mutex
OS_Start(); // Start multitasking
return 0;
}
Priority inversion / priority inheritance
embOS supports priority inheritance as a solution for the priority inversion problem when a mutex is used by multiple tasks.
Please have a look in the chapter Priority inversion / priority inheritance for more details.
Deadlock
Occasionally, you might want to access two resources at once.
Perhaps you are using one of the resources, and then discover that the other resource is needed as well.
A problem exists if two tasks attempt to claim both resources but lock the associated mutexes in different orders.
HPTask runs first, claims Mutex_A and then calls OS_TASK_Delay() which executes a task switch to LPTask.
LPTask claims Mutex_B and tries to claim Mutex_A.
Since Mutex_A is already acquired by HPTask it cannot be acquired by LPTask and LPTask is blocked.
When the delay has expired HPTask tries to claim Mutex_B which is already acquired by LPTask.
Both tasks are blocked now.
static void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked(&Mutex_A);
OS_TASK_Delay(1);
OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked(&Mutex_B);
OS_MUTEX_Unlock(&Mutex_B);
OS_MUTEX_Unlock(&Mutex_A);
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked(&Mutex_B);
OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked(&Mutex_A);
OS_MUTEX_Unlock(&Mutex_A);
OS_MUTEX_Unlock(&Mutex_B);
}
}
The best way to avoid this problem is to make sure that when tasks lock multiple mutexes, the tasks do so in the same order.
When locks are always taken in a prescribed order, deadlock should not occur.
However, this technique cannot always be used.
Sometimes, you must take the mutexes in an order other than prescribed.
To prevent deadlock in such a situation, use OS_MUTEX_Lock() instead of the blocking API.
One task must release its mutexes when the task discovers that deadlock would otherwise be inevitable.
static void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked(&Mutex_A);
OS_TASK_Delay(1);
OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked(&Mutex_B);
OS_MUTEX_Unlock(&Mutex_B);
OS_MUTEX_Unlock(&Mutex_A);
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked(&Mutex_B);
if (OS_MUTEX_Lock(&Mutex_A) == 0) {
OS_MUTEX_Unlock(&Mutex_B);
} else {
OS_MUTEX_Unlock(&Mutex_A);
OS_MUTEX_Unlock(&Mutex_B);
}
OS_TASK_Delay(1);
}
}
API functions
OS_MUTEX_Create()
Description
Creates a mutex.
Prototype
void OS_MUTEX_Create(OS_MUTEX* pMutex);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMutex | Pointer to a mutex object of type OS_MUTEX. |
Additional information
After creation, the mutex is not locked. The mutex counter value is zero.
Example
static OS_MUTEX _Mutex;
int main(void) {
...
OS_MUTEX_Create(&_Mutex);
...
return 0;
}
OS_MUTEX_Delete()
Description
Deletes a specified mutex. The memory of that mutex may be
reused for other purposes or may be used for creating another mutex
using the same memory.
Prototype
void OS_MUTEX_Delete(OS_MUTEX* pMutex);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMutex | Pointer to a mutex object of type OS_MUTEX. |
Additional information
A debug build of embOS checks whether pMutex addresses a valid mutex
and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_INV_MUTEX in case of an error.
Before deleting a mutex, make sure that no task is claiming the mutex.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() with the error code
OS_ERR_MUTEX_DELETE if a mutex is still in use.
Example
static OS_MUTEX _Mutex;
int Task(void) {
...
OS_MUTEX_Delete(&_Mutex);
...
return 0;
}
OS_MUTEX_GetOwner()
Description
Returns the mutex owner if any. When a task is currently using
(blocking) the mutex the task Id (address of task according
task control block) is returned.
Prototype
OS_TASK *OS_MUTEX_GetOwner(OS_CONST_PTR OS_MUTEX *pMutex);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMutex | Pointer to a mutex object of type OS_MUTEX. |
Return value
= NULL | The mutex is not used by any task. |
≠ NULL | Task Id (address of the task control block). |
Additional information
If a mutex was used in main() the return value of OS_MUTEX_GetOwner()
is ambiguous. The return value NULL can mean it is currently used in main() or it is
currently unused. Therefore, OS_MUTEX_GetOwner() must not be used to check if a
mutex is available. Please use OS_MUTEX_GetValue() instead.
It is also good practice to free all used mutexes in main() before calling
OS_Start().
Example
Please find an example at OS_MUTEX_GetValue().
OS_MUTEX_GetValue()
Description
Returns the value of the usage counter of a specified mutex.
Prototype
int OS_MUTEX_GetValue(OS_CONST_PTR OS_MUTEX *pMutex);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMutex | Pointer to a mutex object of type OS_MUTEX. |
Return value
The counter value of the mutex.
A value of zero means the mutex is available.
Example
static OS_MUTEX _Mutex;
void CheckMutex(void) {
int Value;
OS_TASK* Owner;
Value = OS_MUTEX_GetValue(&_Mutex);
if (Value == 0) {
printf("Mutex is currently unused");
} else {
Owner = OS_MUTEX_GetOwner(&_Mutex);
if (Owner == NULL) {
printf("Mutex was used in main()");
} else {
printf("Mutex is currently used in task 0x%X", Owner);
}
}
}
OS_MUTEX_IsMutex()
Description
Returns whether a mutex has already been created.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_MUTEX_IsMutex(OS_CONST_PTR OS_MUTEX *pMutex);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMutex | Pointer to a mutex object of type OS_MUTEX. |
Return value
= 0 | Mutex has not been created or was deleted. |
≠ 0 | Mutex has already been created. |
Additional information
OS_MUTEX_IsMutex() returns 1 if a mutex was created with OS_MUTEX_Create() and not yet
deleted with OS_MUTEX_Delete().
OS_MUTEX_IsMutex() returns 0 if a mutex was not yet created with OS_MUTEX_Create() or
it was deleted with OS_MUTEX_Delete().
Example
static OS_MUTEX _Mutex;
int main(void) {
...
if (OS_MUTEX_IsMutex(&_Mutex) != (OS_BOOL)0) {
printf("Mutex has already been created");
} else {
printf("Mutex has not yet been created");
}
...
return 0;
}
OS_MUTEX_Lock()
Description
Requests a specified mutex and blocks it for other tasks if it
is available. Continues execution in any case.
Prototype
char OS_MUTEX_Lock(OS_MUTEX* pMutex);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMutex | Pointer to a mutex object of type OS_MUTEX. |
Return value
= 0 | Mutex was not available. |
≠ 0 | Mutex was available, now in use by calling task. |
Additional information
The following diagram illustrates how OS_MUTEX_Lock() works:
Example
if (OS_MUTEX_Lock(&Mutex_LCD)) {
DispTime(); // Access the resource LCD
OS_MUTEX_Unlock(&Mutex_LCD); // Resource LCD is no longer needed
} else {
... // Do something else
}
OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked()
Description
Claims a mutex and blocks it for other tasks.
Prototype
int OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked(OS_MUTEX* pMutex);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMutex | Pointer to a mutex object of type OS_MUTEX. |
Return value
The counter value of the mutex.
A value greater than one denotes the mutex was already locked by the calling task.
Additional information
The following situations are possible:
- Case A: The mutex is not in use.
If the mutex is not used by a task, which means the counter of the mutex
is zero, the mutex will be blocked for other tasks by incrementing the counter
and writing a unique code for the task that uses it into the mutex.
- Case B: The mutex is used by this task.
The counter of the mutex is incremented. The program continues without a break.
- Case C: The mutex is being used by another task.
The execution of this task is suspended until the mutex is released.
In the meantime if the task blocked by the mutex has a higher priority
than the task blocking the mutex, the blocking task is assigned the priority
of the task requesting the mutex. This is called priority inheritance.
Priority inheritance can only temporarily increase the priority of a task, never
reduce it.
An unlimited number of tasks can wait for a mutex. According to the
rules of the scheduler, of all the tasks waiting for the mutex the task with the highest
priority will acquire the mutex and continue program execution.
Example
static OS_MUTEX _Mutex;
void Task(void) {
...
OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked(&_Mutex);
...
OS_MUTEX_Unlock(&_Mutex);
...
}
The following diagram illustrates how OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked() works:
OS_MUTEX_LockTimed()
Description
Tries to claim a mutex and blocks it for other tasks if it is
available within a specified time.
Prototype
int OS_MUTEX_LockTimed(OS_MUTEX* pMutex,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMutex | Pointer to a mutex object of type OS_MUTEX. |
Timeout | Maximum time in system ticks until the mutex must be available. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | Failed, mutex not available before timeout. |
≠ 0 | Success, mutex available, current usage count of mutex. |
A value greater than one denotes the mutex was already locked by the calling task.
Additional information
The following situations are possible:
- Case A: The mutex is not in use.
If the mutex is not used by a task, which means the counter of the mutex
is zero, the mutex will be blocked for other tasks by incrementing the counter
and writing a unique code for the task that uses it into the mutex.
- Case B: The mutex is used by this task.
The counter of the mutex is incremented. The program continues without a break.
- Case C: The mutex is being used by another task.
The execution of this task is suspended until the mutex is released
or the timeout time expired. In the meantime if the task blocked by the mutex
mutex has a higher priority than the task blocking the mutex, the blocking
task is assigned the priority of the task requesting the mutex. This
is called priority inheritance. Priority inheritance can only temporarily increase
the priority of a task, never reduce it.
If the mutex becomes available during the timeout, the calling task
claims the mutex and the function returns a value greater than zero, otherwise,
if the mutex does not become available, the function returns zero.
When the calling task is blocked by higher priority tasks for a period longer than the
timeout value, it may happen that the mutex becomes available before
the calling task is resumed. Anyhow, the function will not claim the mutex
because it was not available within the requested time.
An unlimited number of tasks can wait for a mutex. According to the
rules of the scheduler, of all the tasks waiting for the mutex the task with the
highest priority will acquire the mutex and continue program execution.
Example
static OS_MUTEX _Mutex;
void Task(void) {
...
if (OS_MUTEX_LockTimed(&_Mutex, 100)) {
... // Mutex acquired
} else {
... // Timeout
}
...
}
OS_MUTEX_Unlock()
Description
Releases a mutex currently in use by a task.
Prototype
void OS_MUTEX_Unlock(OS_MUTEX* pMutex);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMutex | Pointer to a mutex object of type OS_MUTEX. |
Additional information
OS_MUTEX_Unlock() may be used on a mutex only after that mutex has been locked by
calling OS_MUTEX_Lock(), OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked(), or OS_MUTEX_LockTimed().
OS_MUTEX_Unlock() decrements the usage counter of the mutex, which must never become
negative. If the counter becomes negative, debug builds will call the embOS error
handler OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_UNUSE_BEFORE_USE.
In a debug build OS_Error() will also be called if OS_MUTEX_Unlock() is called from
a task which does not own the mutex. The error code in this case is OS_ERR_MUTEX_OWNER.
Example
Please find an example at OS_MUTEX_Lock().
Semaphores
Introduction
A semaphore is a mechanism that can be used to provide synchronization of tasks.
Semaphores which allow an arbitrary resource count are called counting semaphores,
while semaphores which are restricted to the values 0 and 1 are called binary semaphores.
One way to use semaphores is for signaling from one task (or ISR/software timer) to another task.
For example, if two tasks need to execute the same total number of times over the long run:
A counting semaphore can be created with an initial count of zero (no ’tokens’ in it).
Every time the first task runs, it puts a token into the semaphore, thus incrementing the semaphore’s count.
The second task of the pair waits at the semaphore for tokens to appear, and runs once for each new token,
thus consuming the token and decrementing the semaphore’s count.
If the first task runs with moderate bursts, the second task will eventually ’catch up’ to the same total number of executions.
Binary semaphores can be used for signaling from task to task, too, in situations where signals (counts, tokens) will not accumulate or need not be counted.
Counting semaphores are also used for regulating the access of tasks to multiple equivalent serially-shareable resources.
For instance, 10 tasks may wish to share 4 identical printers.
In this case, a counting semaphore can be created and initialized with 4 tokens.
Tasks are then programmed to take a token before printing, and return the token after printing is done.
Example of using counter semaphore for signaling
Here, an interrupt is issued every time data is received from a peripheral source.
The interrupt service routine then signals the arrival of data to a worker task, which subsequently processes that data.
When the worker task is blocked from execution, e.g. by a higher-priority task, the semaphore’s counter effectively tracks
the number of data packets to be processed by the worker task, which will be executed for that exact number of times when resumed.
The following sample application shows how semaphores can be used in the above scenario:
#include "RTOS.h"
#include <stdio.h>
static OS_STACKPTR int Stack[128]; // Task stack
static OS_TASK TCB; // Task control block
static OS_SEMAPHORE Sema; // Semaphore
static OS_TIMER Timer; // Timer to emulate interrupt
static void Task(void) {
while(1) {
OS_SEMAPHORE_TakeBlocked(&Sema); // Wait for signaling of received data
printf("Task is processing data\n"); // Act on received data
}
}
static void TimerCallback(void) {
// Software timer function to emulate an interrupt
OS_SEMAPHORE_Give(&Sema); // Signal data reception
OS_TIMER_Restart(&Timer);
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TIMER_Create(&Timer, TimerCallback, 10);
OS_TIMER_Start(&Timer);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCB, "Task", 100, Task, Stack);
OS_SEMAPHORE_Create(&Sema, 0); // Creates semaphore
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
Example of using semaphore for regulating the access to shareable resources:
Ten tasks need to print messages on four available printers. The access to the printer must not be interrupted by another task.
It is not essential for a task which actual printer is used and the Printer() function does not care about this aspect (this is a limitation of the example but not relevant).
The example creates the semaphore with 4 tokens. Each token represents one printer. If a task wants to use one of the printers it takes one token and give it back after the print job is done.
When no token (printer) is available the task is suspended until a token is again available.
#include "RTOS.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#define NUM_PRINTERS 4
#define NUM_TASKS 10
static OS_STACKPTR int Stack[NUM_TASKS][128]; // Task stack
static OS_TASK TCB[NUM_TASKS]; // Task control block
static OS_SEMAPHORE Sema; // Semaphore
static void Print(const char* s) {
OS_SEMAPHORE_TakeBlocked(&Sema);
// Print message on one of the available printers
OS_SEMAPHORE_Give(&Sema);
}
static void Task(void) {
while(1) {
Print("Hello World");
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_U32 i;
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
for (i = 0u; i < NUM_TASKS; i++) {
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCB[i], "Task", 100, Task, Stack[i]);
}
OS_SEMAPHORE_Create(&Sema, NUM_PRINTERS); // Creates semaphore
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
API functions
OS_SEMAPHORE_Create()
Description
Creates a semaphore with a specified initial count value.
Prototype
void OS_SEMAPHORE_Create(OS_SEMAPHORE* pSema,
OS_UINT InitValue);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSema | Pointer to a semaphore object of type OS_SEMAPHORE. |
InitValue | Initial count value of the semaphore: 0 ≤ InitValue ≤ 216 - 1 = 0xFFFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 0 ≤ InitValue ≤ 232 - 1 = 0xFFFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Example
static OS_SEMA _Sema;
int main(void) {
...
OS_SEMAPHORE_Create(&_Sema, 8);
...
return 0;
}
Note
embOS offers a macro that calls OS_SEMAPHORE_Create() with an initial count value of 0, allowing to more easily create semaphores.
If the macro shall be used, its definition is as follows:
#define OS_SEMAPHORE_CREATE(ps) OS_SEMAPHORE_Create((ps), 0)
OS_SEMAPHORE_Delete()
Description
Deletes a semaphore.
Prototype
void OS_SEMAPHORE_Delete(OS_SEMAPHORE* pSema);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSema | Pointer to a semaphore object of type OS_SEMAPHORE. |
Additional information
A debug build of embOS checks whether pSema addresses a valid semaphore
and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_INV_SEMAPHORE in case of an error.
Before deleting a semaphore, make sure that no task is waiting for it.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() with the error code
OS_ERR_SEMAPHORE_DELETE if any tasks is waiting for the semaphore.
Example
static OS_SEMA _Sema;
void Task(void) {
...
OS_SEMAPHORE_Delete(&_Sema);
...
}
OS_SEMAPHORE_GetValue()
Description
Returns the current counter value of a specified semaphore.
Prototype
int OS_SEMAPHORE_GetValue(OS_CONST_PTR OS_SEMAPHORE *pSema);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSema | Pointer to a semaphore object of type OS_SEMAPHORE. |
Return value
The current counter value of the semaphore.
Example
static OS_SEMA _Sema;
void PrintSemaValue(void) {
int Value;
Value = OS_SEMAPHORE_GetValue(&_Sema);
printf("Sema Value: %d\n", Value)
}
OS_SEMAPHORE_SetValue()
Description
Sets the counter value of a specified semaphore.
Prototype
OS_U8 OS_SEMAPHORE_SetValue(OS_SEMAPHORE* pSema,
OS_UINT Value);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSema | Pointer to a semaphore object of type OS_SEMAPHORE. |
Value | Count value of the semaphore: 0 ≤ Value ≤ 216 - 1 = 0xFFFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 0 ≤ Value ≤ 232 - 1 = 0xFFFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0: In any case. The return value can safely be ignored.
Example
static OS_SEMA _Sema;
void Task(void) {
...
OS_SEMAPHORE_SetValue(&_Sema, 0);
...
}
OS_SEMAPHORE_Give()
Description
Increments the counter of a semaphore.
Prototype
void OS_SEMAPHORE_Give(OS_SEMAPHORE* pSema);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSema | Pointer to a semaphore object of type OS_SEMAPHORE. |
Additional information
OS_SEMAPHORE_Give() signals an event to a semaphore by incrementing its counter. If
one or more tasks are waiting for an event to be signaled to this semaphore, the task
with the highest priority becomes the running task. The counter can have a maximum
value of 0xFFFF for 8/16-bit CPUs or 0xFFFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. It is the
responsibility of the application to make sure that this limit is not exceeded. A debug
build of embOS detects a counter overflow and calls OS_Error() with error code
OS_ERR_SEMAPHORE_OVERFLOW if an overflow occurs.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Semaphores.
OS_SEMAPHORE_GiveMax()
Description
Increments the counter of a semaphore up to a specified maximum value.
Prototype
void OS_SEMAPHORE_GiveMax(OS_SEMAPHORE* pSema,
OS_UINT MaxValue);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSema | Pointer to a semaphore object of type OS_SEMAPHORE. |
MaxValue | Count value of the semaphore: 1 ≤ MaxValue ≤ 216 - 1 = 0xFFFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ MaxValue ≤ 232 - 1 = 0xFFFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Additional information
As long as current value of the semaphore counter is below the specified maximum
value, OS_SEMAPHORE_GiveMax() signals an event to a semaphore by incrementing its
counter. If one or more tasks are waiting for an event to be signaled to this semaphore,
the tasks are placed into the READY state and the task with the highest priority
becomes the running task.
Calling OS_SEMAPHORE_GiveMax() with a MaxValue of 1 makes a counting semaphore
behave like a binary semaphore.
Example
static OS_SEMA _Sema;
void Task(void) {
...
OS_SEMAPHORE_GiveMax(&_Sema, 8);
...
}
OS_SEMAPHORE_Take()
Description
Decrements the counter of a semaphore, if it was signaled.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_SEMAPHORE_Take(OS_SEMAPHORE* pSema);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSema | Pointer to a semaphore object of type OS_SEMAPHORE. |
Return value
= 0 | Failed, semaphore was not signaled before the call. |
≠ 0 | Success, semaphore was available and counter was decremented once. |
Additional information
If the counter of the semaphore is not zero, the counter is decremented and program
execution continues.
If the counter is zero, OS_SEMAPHORE_Take() does not wait and does not modify the
semaphore counter.
Example
static OS_SEMA _Sema;
void Task(void) {
...
if (OS_SEMAPHORE_Take(&_Sema) != 0) {
printf("Semaphore decremented successfully.\n");
} else {
printf("Semaphore not signaled.\n");
}
...
}
OS_SEMAPHORE_TakeBlocked()
Description
Decrements the counter of a semaphore.
Prototype
void OS_SEMAPHORE_TakeBlocked(OS_SEMAPHORE* pSema);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSema | Pointer to a semaphore object of type OS_SEMAPHORE. |
Additional information
If the counter of the semaphore is not zero, the counter is decremented and program
execution continues.
If the counter is zero, OS_SEMAPHORE_TakeBlocked() waits until the counter is incremented by
another task, a timer or an interrupt handler by a call to OS_SEMAPHORE_Give(). The
counter is then decremented and program execution continues.
An unlimited number of tasks can wait for a semaphore. According to the rules of the
scheduler, of all the tasks waiting for the semaphore, the task with the highest priority
will continue program execution.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Semaphores.
OS_SEMAPHORE_TakeTimed()
Description
Decrements a semaphore counter if the semaphore is available within a specified time.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_SEMAPHORE_TakeTimed(OS_SEMAPHORE* pSema,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSema | Pointer to a semaphore object of type OS_SEMAPHORE. |
Timeout | Maximum time in system ticks until the semaphore must be available. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | Failed, semaphore not available before timeout. |
≠ 0 | Success, semaphore was available and counter decremented. |
Additional information
If the counter of the semaphore is not zero, the counter is decremented and program
execution continues.
If the counter is zero, OS_SEMAPHORE_TakeTimed() waits until the semaphore is signaled by
another task, a timer, or an interrupt handler by a call to OS_SEMAPHORE_Give(). The
counter is then decremented and program execution continues. If the semaphore was
not signaled within the specified time the program execution continues, but returns a
value of zero. An unlimited number of tasks can wait for a semaphore. According to
the rules of the scheduler, of all the tasks waiting for the semaphore, the task with
the highest priority will continue program execution.
When the calling task is blocked by higher priority tasks for a period longer than the
timeout value, it may happen that the semaphore becomes available after
the timeout expired, but before the calling task is resumed. Anyhow, the function
returns with timeout, because the semaphore was not available within the requested
time. In this case, the state of the semaphore is not modified by OS_SEMAPHORE_TakeTimed().
Example
static OS_SEMA _Sema;
void Task(void) {
...
if (OS_SEMAPHORE_TakeTimed(&_Sema, 100)) {
... // Semaphore acquired
} else {
... // Timeout
}
...
}
Readers-Writer Locks
Introduction
A readers-writer lock is a synchronization primitive that solves the readers-writer problem.
A readers-writer lock allows concurrent access for read-only operations, while write operations require exclusive access.
This means that multiple tasks can read the data in parallel but an exclusive lock is needed for writing or modifying data.
When a writer is writing the data, all other writers or readers will be blocked until the writer has finished writing.
A common use might be to control access to a data structure in memory that cannot be updated atomically and is invalid
(and should not be read by another task) until the update is complete.
An embOS readers-writer lock is implemented using semaphores and mutexes.
#include "RTOS.h"
#include "stdio.h"
#define NUM_READERS 2
static OS_STACKPTR int StackRd1[128], StackRd2[128], StackWr[128];
static OS_TASK TCBRd1, TCBRd2, TCBWr;
static OS_RWLOCK Lock;
static OS_U32 GlobalVar;
static void RdTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_RWLOCK_RdLockBlocked(&Lock);
printf("%u\n", GlobalVar);
OS_RWLOCK_RdUnlock(&Lock);
}
}
static void WrTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_RWLOCK_WrLockBlocked(&Lock);
GlobalVar++;
OS_RWLOCK_WrUnlock(&Lock);
OS_TASK_Delay(10);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBRd1, "Reader Task 1", 100, RdTask, StackRd1);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBRd2, "Reader Task 2", 100, RdTask, StackRd2);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBWr, "Writer Task" , 101, WrTask, StackWr);
OS_RWLOCK_Create(&Lock, NUM_READERS);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
API functions
OS_RWLOCK_Create()
Description
Creates a readers-writer lock.
Prototype
void OS_RWLOCK_Create(OS_RWLOCK* pLock,
OS_UINT NumReaders);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pLock | Pointer to a readers-writer lock object of type OS_RWLOCK. |
NumReaders | Number of reader tasks. Maximum number is: 0 ≤ InitValue ≤ 216 - 1 = 0xFFFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 0 ≤ InitValue ≤ 232 - 1 = 0xFFFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Additional information
If you use readers-writer lock from an unprivileged task you need not
only access to the lock object itself but also to the semaphore and
the mutex member. Please see embOS-MPU example below.
Example
#define NUM_READERS 2
static OS_RWLOCK Lock;
int main(void) {
...
OS_RWLOCK_Create(&Lock, NUM_READERS);
...
return 0;
}
Example using embOS-MPU
static OS_RWLOCK Lock;
static const OS_MPU_OBJ _aList[] = {{&Lock, OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_RWLOCK},
{&Lock.Semaphore, OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_SEMA},
{&Lock.Mutex, OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_MUTEX},
{NULL, OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_INVALID}};
static void Task(void) {
OS_MPU_SetAllowedObjects(&TCB, _aList);
OS_MPU_SwitchToUnprivState();
while (1) {
OS_RWLOCK_RdLockBlocked(&Lock);
ReadData();
OS_RWLOCK_RdUnlock(&Lock);
};
}
OS_RWLOCK_Delete()
Description
Deletes a readers-writer lock.
Prototype
void OS_RWLOCK_Delete(OS_RWLOCK* pLock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pLock | Pointer to a readers-writer lock object of type OS_RWLOCK. |
Additional information
A debug build of embOS checks whether pLock addresses a valid
readers-writer lock and will call OS_Error() with error code
OS_ERR_RWLOCK_INVALID in case of an error.
Before deleting a readers-writer lock, make sure that no task
is waiting for it.
Example
static OS_RWLOCK Lock;
void Task(void) {
...
OS_RWLOCK_Delete(&Lock);
...
}
OS_RWLOCK_RdLock()
Description
Claims a lock and blocks it for writer tasks.
Reader tasks can still access the guarded object.
OS_RWLOCK_RdLock() returns at once in any case.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_RWLOCK_RdLock(OS_RWLOCK* pLock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pLock | Pointer to a readers-writer lock object of type OS_RWLOCK. |
Return value
= 0 | Failed, lock could not be claimed. |
≠ 0 | Success, lock was available. |
Example
static OS_RWLOCK Lock;
void Task(void) {
OS_BOOL r;
r = OS_RWLOCK_RdLock(&Lock);
if (r != 0) {
ReadSomeData();
OS_RWLOCK_RdUnlock(&Lock);
}
}
OS_RWLOCK_RdLockBlocked()
Description
Claims a lock and blocks it for writer tasks.
Reader tasks can still access the guarded object.
OS_RWLOCK_RdLockBlocked() suspends the current task and returns once
a read lock is available.
Prototype
void OS_RWLOCK_RdLockBlocked(OS_RWLOCK* pLock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pLock | Pointer to a readers-writer lock object of type OS_RWLOCK. |
Example
static OS_RWLOCK Lock;
void Task(void) {
OS_RWLOCK_RdLockBlocked(&Lock);
ReadSomeData();
OS_RWLOCK_RdUnlock(&Lock);
}
OS_RWLOCK_RdLockTimed()
Description
Claims a lock if the lock is available within the specified timeout
and blocks it for writer tasks.
Reader tasks can still access the guarded object.
OS_RWLOCK_RdLockTimed() suspends the current task and returns once
a reader lock is available or the timeout has expired.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_RWLOCK_RdLockTimed(OS_RWLOCK* pLock,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pLock | Pointer to a readers-writer lock object of type OS_RWLOCK. |
Timeout | Maximum time in system ticks until the lock must be available. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | Failed, lock could not be claimed within the timeout. |
≠ 0 | Success, lock was available. |
Example
static OS_RWLOCK Lock;
void Task(void) {
OS_BOOL r;
r = OS_RWLOCK_RdLockTimed(&Lock, 100);
if (r != 0) {
ReadSomeData();
OS_RWLOCK_RdUnlock(&Lock);
}
}
OS_RWLOCK_RdUnlock()
Description
Releases a lock currently used by the reader task.
Prototype
void OS_RWLOCK_RdUnlock(OS_RWLOCK* pLock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pLock | Pointer to a readers-writer lock object of type OS_RWLOCK. |
Example
static OS_RWLOCK Lock;
void Task(void) {
OS_RWLOCK_RdLockBlocked(&Lock);
ReadSomeData();
OS_RWLOCK_RdUnlock(&Lock);
}
OS_RWLOCK_WrLock()
Description
Claims a lock and blocks it for writer and reader tasks.
OS_RWLOCK_WrLock() returns at once in any case.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_RWLOCK_WrLock(OS_RWLOCK* pLock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pLock | Pointer to a readers-writer lock object of type OS_RWLOCK. |
Return value
= 0 | Failed, writer lock could not be claimed. |
≠ 0 | Success, writer lock was available. |
Example
static OS_RWLOCK Lock;
void Task(void) {
OS_BOOL r;
r = OS_RWLOCK_WrLock(&Lock);
if (r != 0) {
WriteSomeData();
OS_RWLOCK_WrUnlock(&Lock);
}
}
OS_RWLOCK_WrLockBlocked()
Description
Claims a lock and blocks it for writer and reader tasks.
OS_RWLOCK_WrLockBlocked() suspends the current task and returns once
the write lock is available.
Prototype
void OS_RWLOCK_WrLockBlocked(OS_RWLOCK* pLock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pLock | Pointer to a readers-writer lock object of type OS_RWLOCK. |
Example
static OS_RWLOCK Lock;
void Task(void) {
OS_RWLOCK_WrLockBlocked(&Lock);
WriteSomeData();
OS_RWLOCK_WrUnlock(&Lock);
}
OS_RWLOCK_WrLockTimed()
Description
Claims a lock if the lock is available within the specified timeout
and blocks it for writer and reader tasks. It requires all readers
to relinquish their locks before the writer lock can be acquired.
OS_RWLOCK_WrLockTimed() suspends the current task and returns once
the writer lock is available or the timeout has expired.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_RWLOCK_WrLockTimed(OS_RWLOCK* pLock,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pLock | Pointer to a readers-writer lock object of type OS_RWLOCK. |
Timeout | Maximum time in system ticks until the lock must be available. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | Failed, lock could not be claimed. |
≠ 0 | Success, lock was available. |
Example
static OS_RWLOCK Lock;
void Task(void) {
OS_BOOL r;
r = OS_RWLOCK_WrLockTimed(&Lock, 100);
if (r != 0) {
WriteSomeData();
OS_RWLOCK_WrUnlock(&Lock);
}
}
OS_RWLOCK_WrUnlock()
Description
Releases a lock currently used by the writer task.
Prototype
void OS_RWLOCK_WrUnlock(OS_RWLOCK* pLock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pLock | Pointer to a readers-writer lock object of type OS_RWLOCK. |
Example
static OS_RWLOCK Lock;
void Task(void) {
OS_RWLOCK_WrLockBlocked(&Lock);
WriteSomeData();
OS_RWLOCK_WrUnlock(&Lock);
}
Mailboxes
Introduction
In the preceding chapters, task synchronization by the use of semaphores was
described. Unfortunately, semaphores cannot transfer data from one task to another.
If we need to transfer data between tasks for example via a buffer, we could use a
mutex every time we accessed the buffer. But doing so would make the
program less efficient. Another major disadvantage would be that we could not
access the buffer from an interrupt handler, because the interrupt handler is not
allowed to wait for the mutex.
One solution would be the usage of global variables. In this case we would need to
disable interrupts each time and in each place that we accessed these variables. This
is possible, but it is a path full of pitfalls. It is also not easy for a task to wait for a
character to be placed in a buffer without polling the global variable that contains the
number of characters in the buffer. Again, there is solution -- the task could be notified
by an event signaled to the task each time a character is placed in the buffer.
This is why there is an easier way to do this with a real-time OS:
The use of mailboxes.
A mailbox is a buffer that is managed by the real-time operating system. The buffer
behaves like a normal buffer; you can deposit something (called a message) and
retrieve it later. Mailboxes usually work as FIFO: first in, first out. So a message that
is deposited first will usually be retrieved first. “Message” might sound abstract, but
very simply it means “item of data”. It will become clearer in the typical applications
explained in the following section.
Limitations:
Both the number of mailboxes and buffers are limited only by the amount of available memory.
However, the number of messages per mailbox, the message size per mailbox, and the buffer size per mailbox are limited by software design.
Number of messages on 8 or 16-bit CPUs:
1 <= x <= 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF
Number of messages on 32-bit CPUs:
1 <= x <= 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF
Message size in bytes on 8 or 16-bit CPUs:
1 <= x <= 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF
Message size in bytes on 32-bit CPUs:
1 <= x <= 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF
Maximum buffer size in bytes for one mailbox on 8 or 16-bit CPUs:
216 = 0xFFFF
Maximum buffer size in bytes for one mailbox on 32-bit CPUs:
232 = 0xFFFFFFFF
These limitations have been placed on mailboxes to guarantee efficient coding and
also to ensure efficient management. These limitations are typically not a problem.
A mailbox can be used by more than one producer, but must be used by one consumer
only. This means that more than one task or interrupt handler is allowed to
deposit new data into the mailbox, but it does not make sense to retrieve messages
by multiple tasks.
Single-byte mailbox functions
In many (if not the most) situations, mailboxes are used simply to hold and transfer single-byte messages.
This is the case, for example, with a mailbox that takes the character received or sent via serial interface, or typically with a mailbox used as a keyboard buffer.
In some of these cases, time is very critical, especially if a lot of data is transferred in short periods of time.
To minimize the overhead caused by the mailbox management of embOS, variations
on some mailbox functions are available for single-byte mailboxes. The general functions
OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked(), OS_MAILBOX_Put(), OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked(), and OS_MAILBOX_Get() can
transfer messages of sizes between 1 and 32,767 bytes each.
Their single-byte equivalents OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked1(), OS_MAILBOX_Put1(), OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked1(),
and OS_MAILBOX_Get1() work the same way with the exception that they execute
much faster because management is simpler. It is recommended to use the single-byte
versions if you transfer a lot of single-byte data via mailboxes.
The routines OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked1(), OS_MAILBOX_Put1(), OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked1(), and
OS_MAILBOX_Get1() work exactly the same way as their universal equivalents.
The only difference is that they must only be used for single-byte mailboxes.
Example
#define MAX_MSG_SIZE (9) // Max. number of bytes per message
#define MAX_MSG_NUM (2) // Max. number of messages per Mailbox
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task control blocks
static OS_MAILBOX MyMailbox;
static char MyMailboxBuffer[MAX_MSG_SIZE * MAX_MSG_NUM];
static void HPTask(void) {
char aData[MAX_MSG_SIZE];
while (1) {
OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked(&MyMailbox, (void *)aData);
OS_COM_SendString(aData);
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked(&MyMailbox, "Hello\0 ");
OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked(&MyMailbox, "World !\n");
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_MAILBOX_Create(&MyMailbox, MAX_MSG_SIZE, MAX_MSG_NUM, &MyMailboxBuffer);
OS_COM_SendString("embOS OS_Mailbox example");
OS_COM_SendString("\n\nDemonstrating message passing\n");
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
API functions
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_MAILBOX_Clear() | Clears all messages in the specified mailbox. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_MAILBOX_Create() | Creates a new mailbox. | ● | ● | | | |
OS_MAILBOX_Delete() | Deletes a specified mailbox. | ● | ● | | | |
OS_MAILBOX_Get() | Retrieves a new message of a predefined size from a mailbox if a message is available. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_MAILBOX_Get1() | Retrieves a new message of size 1 from a mailbox if a message is available. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked() | Retrieves a new message of a predefined size from a mailbox. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked1() | Retrieves a new message of size 1 from a mailbox. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_MAILBOX_GetMessageCnt() | Returns the number of messages currently available in a specified mailbox. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_MAILBOX_GetTimed() | Retrieves a new message of a predefined size from a mailbox if a message is available within a given time. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_MAILBOX_GetTimed1() | Retrieves a new message of size 1 from a mailbox if a message is available within a given time. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_MAILBOX_GetPtr() | Retrieves a pointer to a new message of a predefined size from a mailbox, if a message is available. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_MAILBOX_GetPtrBlocked() | Retrieves a pointer to a new message of a predefined size from a mailbox. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_MAILBOX_IsInUse() | Delivers information whether the mailbox is currently in use. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_MAILBOX_Peek() | Peeks a message from a mailbox without removing the message. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_MAILBOX_Purge() | Deletes the last retrieved message in a mailbox. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_MAILBOX_Put() | Stores a new message of a predefined size in a mailbox if the mailbox is able to accept one more message. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_MAILBOX_Put1() | Stores a new message of size 1 in a mailbox if the mailbox is able to accept one more message. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked() | Stores a new message of a predefined size in a mailbox. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked1() | Stores a new message of size 1 in a mailbox. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_MAILBOX_PutFront() | Stores a new message of a predefined size into a mailbox in front of all other messages if the mailbox is able to accept one more message. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_MAILBOX_PutFront1() | Stores a new message of size 1 into a mailbox in front of all other messages if the mailbox is able to accept one more message. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_MAILBOX_PutFrontBlocked() | Stores a new message of a predefined size at the beginning of a mailbox in front of all other messages. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_MAILBOX_PutFrontBlocked1() | Stores a new message of size 1 at the beginning of a mailbox in front of all other messages. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_MAILBOX_PutTimed() | Stores a new message of a predefined size in a mailbox if the mailbox is able to accept one more message within a given time. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_MAILBOX_PutTimed1() | Stores a new message of size 1 in a mailbox if the mailbox is able to accept one more message within a given time. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_MAILBOX_WaitBlocked() | Waits until a message is available, but does not retrieve the message from the mailbox. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_MAILBOX_WaitTimed() | Waits until a message is available or the timeout has expired, but does not retrieve the message from the mailbox. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_MAILBOX_Clear()
Description
Clears all messages in the specified mailbox.
Prototype
void OS_MAILBOX_Clear(OS_MAILBOX* pMB);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
Additional information
When the mailbox is in use, a debug build of embOS will call
OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_MB_INUSE.
OS_MAILBOX_Clear() may cause a task switch.
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBKey;
void ClearKeyBuffer(void) {
OS_MAILBOX_Clear(&_MBKey);
}
OS_MAILBOX_Create()
Description
Creates a new mailbox.
Prototype
void OS_MAILBOX_Create(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
OS_U16 sizeofMsg,
OS_UINT maxnofMsg,
void* Buffer);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
sizeofMsg | Size of a message in bytes. Valid values are 1 ≤ sizeofMsg ≤ 32,767. |
maxnofMsg | Maximum number of messages. Valid values are 1 ≤ MaxnofMsg ≤ 32,767 on 8 or 16-bit CPUs, or 1 ≤ MaxnofMsg ≤ 2,147,483,647 on 32-bit CPUs. |
Buffer | Pointer to a memory area used as buffer. The buffer must be big enough to hold the given number of messages of the specified size: sizeofMsg * maxnoMsg bytes. For 8/16-bit CPUs the total buffer size for one mailbox is limited to 65,536 Bytes. |
Example
Mailbox used as keyboard buffer:
static OS_MAILBOX _MBKey;
char MBKeyBuffer[6];
void InitKeyMan(void) {
//
// Create mailbox, functioning as type ahead buffer
//
OS_MAILBOX_Create(&_MBKey, 1, sizeof(MBKeyBuffer), &MBKeyBuffer);
}
Mailbox used for transferring complex commands from one task to another:
/*
* Example of mailbox used for transferring commands to a task
* that controls a motor
*/
typedef struct {
char Cmd;
int Speed[2];
int Position[2];
} MOTORCMD;
OS_MAILBOX MBMotor;
#define NUM_MOTORCMDS 4
char BufferMotor[sizeof(MOTORCMD) * NUM_MOTORCMDS];
void MOTOR_Init(void) {
/* Create mailbox that holds commands messages */
OS_MAILBOX_Create(&MBMotor, sizeof(MOTORCMD), NUM_MOTORCMDS, &BufferMotor);
}
OS_MAILBOX_Delete()
Description
Deletes a specified mailbox.
Prototype
void OS_MAILBOX_Delete(OS_MAILBOX* pMB);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
Additional information
A debug build of embOS checks whether pMB addresses a valid mailbox
and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_INV_MAILBOX in case
of an error.
When the mailbox is currently in use, a debug build of embOS will
call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_MB_INUSE.
Before deleting a mailbox, make sure that no task is waiting for it.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() with the error code
OS_ERR_MAILBOX_DELETE if any tasks is waiting for the mailbox.
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBSerIn;
void Cleanup(void) {
OS_MAILBOX_Delete(&_MBSerIn);
}
OS_MAILBOX_Get()
Description
Retrieves a new message of a predefined size from a mailbox if
a message is available.
Prototype
char OS_MAILBOX_Get(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
void* pDest);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pDest | Pointer to the memory area that the message should be stored at. Make sure that it points to a valid memory area and that there is sufficient space for an entire message. The message size (in bytes) was defined when the mailbox was created. |
Return value
= 0 | Success; message retrieved. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be retrieved (mailbox is empty); destination remains unchanged. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is empty, no message is retrieved and the memory area
where pDest points to remains unchanged, but the program execution
continues. This function never suspends the calling task. It may
therefore also be called from an interrupt routine.
Example
#define MESSAGE_SIZE 4
static OS_MAILBOX _MBData;
static char _Buffer[MESSAGE_SIZE];
char GetData(void) {
return OS_MAILBOX_Get(&_MBData, &_Buffer);
}
OS_MAILBOX_Get1()
Description
Retrieves a new message of size 1 from a mailbox if
a message is available.
Prototype
char OS_MAILBOX_Get1(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
char* pDest);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pDest | Pointer to the memory area that the message should be stored at. Make sure that it points to a valid memory area and that there is sufficient space for an entire message. The message size (in bytes) was defined when the mailbox was created. |
Return value
= 0 | Success; message retrieved. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be retrieved (mailbox is empty); destination remains unchanged. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is empty, no message is retrieved and the memory area
where pDest points to remains unchanged, but the program execution
continues. This function never suspends the calling task. It may
therefore also be called from an interrupt routine.
See Single-byte mailbox functions for differences between OS_MAILBOX_Get() and OS_MAILBOX_Get1().
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBKey;
//
// If a key has been pressed, it is taken out of the mailbox
// and returned to caller. Otherwise zero is returned.
//
char GetKey(void) {
char c = 0;
OS_MAILBOX_Get1(&_MBKey, &c);
return c;
}
OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked()
Description
Retrieves a new message of a predefined size from a mailbox.
Prototype
void OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
void* pDest);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pDest | Pointer to the memory area that the message should be stored at. Make sure that it points to a valid memory area and that there is sufficient space for an entire message. The message size (in bytes) was defined when the mailbox was created. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is empty, the task is suspended until the mailbox receives a new message.
Because this routine might require a suspension, it must not be called from an interrupt
routine. Use OS_MAILBOX_Get()/OS_MAILBOX_Get1() instead if you need to retrieve data
from a mailbox from within an interrupt routine.
Example
#define MESSAGE_SIZE 4
static OS_MAILBOX _MBData;
static char _Buffer[MESSAGE_SIZE];
char WaitData(void) {
return OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked(&_MBData, &_Buffer);
}
OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked1()
Description
Retrieves a new message of size 1 from a mailbox.
Prototype
void OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked1(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
char* pDest);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pDest | Pointer to the memory area that the message should be stored at. Make sure that it points to a valid memory area and that there is sufficient space for an entire message. The message size (in bytes) was defined when the mailbox was created. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is empty, the task is suspended until the mailbox receives a new message.
Because this routine might require a suspension, it must not be called from an interrupt
routine. Use OS_MAILBOX_Get()/OS_MAILBOX_Get1() instead if you need to retrieve data
from a mailbox from within an interrupt routine.
See Single-byte mailbox functions for differences between OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked() and OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked1().
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBKey;
char WaitKey(void) {
char c;
OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked1(&_MBKey, &c);
return c;
}
OS_MAILBOX_GetMessageCnt()
Description
Returns the number of messages currently available in a specified mailbox.
Prototype
OS_UINT OS_MAILBOX_GetMessageCnt(OS_CONST_PTR OS_MAILBOX *pMB);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
Return value
The number of messages currently available in the mailbox.
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBData;
void PrintAvailableMessages() {
OS_UINT NumOfMsgs;
NumOfMsgs = OS_MAILBOX_GetMessageCnt(&_MBData);
printf("Mailbox contains %u messages.\n", NumOfMsgs);
}
OS_MAILBOX_GetTimed()
Description
Retrieves a new message of a predefined size from a mailbox if
a message is available within a given time.
Prototype
char OS_MAILBOX_GetTimed(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
void* pDest,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pDest | Pointer to the memory area that the message should be stored at. Make sure that it points to a valid memory area and that there is sufficient space for an entire message. The message size (in bytes) was defined when the mailbox was created. |
Timeout | Maximum time in system ticks until the requested message must be available. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | Success; message retrieved. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be retrieved (mailbox is empty); destination remains unchanged. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is empty, no message is retrieved and the task is suspended
for the given timeout. The task continues execution according to the rules
of the scheduler as soon as a message is available within the given timeout, or
after the timeout value has expired. If the timeout has expired and no message
was available within the timeout the memory area where pDest points to remains unchanged.
When the calling task is blocked by higher priority tasks for a period longer than the
timeout value, it may happen that message becomes available after the timeout expired,
but before the calling task is resumed. Anyhow, the function returns with timeout,
because the message was not available within the requested time. In this case, no message is
retrieved from the mailbox.
Example
#define MESSAGE_SIZE 4
static OS_MAILBOX _MBData;
static char _Buffer[MESSAGE_SIZE];
char WaitData(void) {
//
// Wait for up to 10 system ticks
//
return OS_MAILBOX_GetTimed(&_MBData, &_Buffer, 10);
}
OS_MAILBOX_GetTimed1()
Description
Retrieves a new message of size 1 from a mailbox if
a message is available within a given time.
Prototype
char OS_MAILBOX_GetTimed1(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
char* pDest,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pDest | Pointer to the memory area that the message should be stored at. Make sure that it points to a valid memory area and that there is sufficient space for an entire message. The message size (in bytes) was defined when the mailbox was created. |
Timeout | Maximum time in system ticks until the requested message must be available. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | Success; message retrieved. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be retrieved (mailbox is empty); destination remains unchanged. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is empty, no message is retrieved and the task is suspended
for the given timeout. The task continues execution according to the rules
of the scheduler as soon as a message is available within the given timeout, or
after the timeout value has expired. If the timeout has expired and no message
was available within the timeout the memory area where pDest points to remains unchanged.
When the calling task is blocked by higher priority tasks for a period longer than the
timeout value, it may happen that message becomes available after the timeout expired,
but before the calling task is resumed. Anyhow, the function returns with timeout,
because the message was not available within the requested time. In this case, no message is
retrieved from the mailbox.
See Single-byte mailbox functions for differences between OS_MAILBOX_GetTimed() and OS_MAILBOX_GetTimed1().
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBKey;
//
// If a key has been pressed, it is taken out of the mailbox
// and returned to caller. Otherwise zero is returned.
//
char GetKey(void) {
char c = 0;
OS_MAILBOX_GetTimed1(&_MBKey, &c, 10); // Wait for 10 system ticks
return c;
}
OS_MAILBOX_GetPtr()
Description
Retrieves a pointer to a new message of a predefined size from a mailbox,
if a message is available. Non blocking function.
Prototype
char OS_MAILBOX_GetPtr(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
void** ppDest);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
ppDest | Pointer to the memory area that a pointer to the message should be stored at. The message size (in bytes) was defined when the mailbox was created. |
Return value
= 0 | Success; message retrieved. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be retrieved (mailbox is empty); destination remains unchanged. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is empty, no message is retrieved and ppDest remains unchanged, but
the program execution continues. This function never suspends the calling task. It
may therefore also be called from an interrupt routine.
The retrieved message is not removed from the mailbox, this must be done by a call
of OS_MAILBOX_Purge() after the message was processed. Only one message can be processed
at a time. As long as the message is not removed from the mailbox, the mailbox is
marked “in use”. Following calls of OS_MAILBOX_Clear(), OS_MAILBOX_Delete(), OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked*() and
OS_MAILBOX_GetPtrBlocked*() functions are not allowed until OS_MAILBOX_Purge() is called and will
call OS_Error() in debug builds of embOS.
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBKey;
void PrintMessage(void) {
char* p;
char r;
r = OS_MAILBOX_GetPtr(&_MBKey, (void**)&p);
if (r == 0) {
printf("%d\n", *p);
OS_MAILBOX_Purge(&_MBKey);
}
}
OS_MAILBOX_GetPtrBlocked()
Description
Retrieves a pointer to a new message of a predefined size from a mailbox.
Prototype
void OS_MAILBOX_GetPtrBlocked(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
void** ppDest);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
ppDest | Pointer to the memory area that a pointer to the message should be stored at. The message size (in bytes) was defined when the mailbox was created. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is empty, the task is suspended until the mailbox receives a new message.
Because this routine might require a suspension, it must not be called from an interrupt
routine. Use OS_MAILBOX_GetPtr() instead if you need to retrieve data from a mailbox
from within an interrupt routine.
The retrieved message is not removed from the mailbox, this must be done by a call of
OS_MAILBOX_Purge() after the message was processed. Only one message can be processed at a
time. As long as the message is not removed from the mailbox, the mailbox is marked
“in use”. Following calls of OS_MAILBOX_Clear(), OS_MAILBOX_Delete(), OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked*() and OS_MAILBOX_GetPtrBlocked*()
functions are not allowed until OS_MAILBOX_Purge() is called and will call OS_Error()
in debug builds of embOS.
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBKey;
void PrintMessage(void) {
char* p;
OS_MAILBOX_GetPtrBlocked(&_MBKey, (void**)&p);
printf("%d\n", *p);
OS_MAILBOX_Purge(&_MBKey);
}
OS_MAILBOX_IsInUse()
Description
Delivers information whether the mailbox is currently in use.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_MAILBOX_IsInUse(OS_CONST_PTR OS_MAILBOX *pMB);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
Return value
= 0 | Mailbox is not in use. |
≠ 0 | Mailbox is in use and may not be deleted or cleared. |
Additional information
A mailbox must not be cleared or deleted when it is in use. In use means a
task or function currently holds a pointer to a message in the mailbox.
OS_MAILBOX_IsInUse() can be used to examine the state of the mailbox before it can
be cleared or deleted, as these functions must not be performed as long as
the mailbox is used.
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBKey;
void PrintMessage(void) {
OS_BOOL IsInUse;
IsInUse = OS_MAILBOX_IsInUse(&_MBKey);
if (IsInUse == 0u) {
printf("Mailbox is not in use.\n");
OS_MAILBOX_Clear(&_MBKey);
} else {
printf("Mailbox is in use.\n");
}
}
OS_MAILBOX_Peek()
Description
Peeks a message from a mailbox without removing the message. The message is
copied to *pDest if one was available.
Prototype
char OS_MAILBOX_Peek(OS_CONST_PTR OS_MAILBOX *pMB,
void* pDest);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pDest | Pointer to a buffer that should receive the message. |
Return value
= 0 | Success, message was available and is copied to *pDest. |
≠ 0 | Mail could not be retrieved (mailbox is empty). |
Additional information
This function is non-blocking and never suspends the calling task.
It may therefore be called from an interrupt routine.
If no message was available the memory area where pDest points to remains
unchanged.
Example
#define MESSAGE_SIZE 4
static OS_MAILBOX _MBData;
static char _Buffer[MESSAGE_SIZE];
char PeekData(void) {
return OS_MAILBOX_Peek(&_MBData, &_Buffer);
}
OS_MAILBOX_Purge()
Description
Deletes the last retrieved message in a mailbox.
Prototype
void OS_MAILBOX_Purge(OS_MAILBOX* pMB);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
Additional information
This routine should be called by the task that retrieved the last message
from the mailbox, after the message is processed.
Once a message was retrieved by a call of OS_MAILBOX_GetPtrBlocked() or
OS_MAILBOX_GetPtr(), the message must be removed from the mailbox by a
call of OS_MAILBOX_Purge() before a following message can be retrieved from
the mailbox. Following calls of OS_MAILBOX_Clear(), OS_MAILBOX_Delete(), OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked*()
and OS_MAILBOX_GetPtrBlocked*() functions are not allowed until OS_MAILBOX_Purge() is
called and will call OS_Error() in debug builds of embOS.
Consecutive calls of OS_MAILBOX_Purge() or calling OS_MAILBOX_Purge() without
having retrieved a message from the mailbox will also call OS_Error()
in embOS debug builds.
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBKey;
void PrintMessage(void) {
char* p;
OS_MAILBOX_GetPtrBlocked(&_MBKey, (void**)&p);
printf("%d\n", *p);
OS_MAILBOX_Purge(&_MBKey);
}
OS_MAILBOX_Put()
Description
Stores a new message of a predefined size in a mailbox if the
mailbox is able to accept one more message.
Prototype
char OS_MAILBOX_Put(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
OS_CONST_PTR void *pMail);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pMail | Pointer to the message to store. |
Return value
= 0 | Success; message stored. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be stored (mailbox is full). |
Additional information
If the mailbox is full, the message is not stored. This function
never suspends the calling task. It may therefore be called from
an interrupt routine.
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBData;
void AddMessage(struct Data* pData) {
char Result;
Result = OS_MAILBOX_Put(&_MBData, pData);
if (Result != 0) {
printf("Was not able to add the message to the mailbox.\n");
}
}
OS_MAILBOX_Put1()
Description
Stores a new message of size 1 in a mailbox if the
mailbox is able to accept one more message.
Prototype
char OS_MAILBOX_Put1(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
OS_CONST_PTR char *pMail);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pMail | Pointer to the message to store. |
Return value
= 0 | Success; message stored. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be stored (mailbox is full). |
Additional information
If the mailbox is full, the message is not stored. This function
never suspends the calling task. It may therefore be called from
an interrupt routine.
See Single-byte mailbox functions for differences between OS_MAILBOX_Put() and OS_MAILBOX_Put1().
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBKey;
static char _MBKeyBuffer[6];
char KEYMAN_StoreCond(char k) {
return OS_MAILBOX_Put1(&_MBKey, &k); /* Store key if space in buffer */
}
This example can be used with the sample program shown earlier to handle
a mailbox as keyboard buffer.
OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked()
Description
Stores a new message of a predefined size in a mailbox.
Prototype
void OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
OS_CONST_PTR void *pMail);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pMail | Pointer to the message to store. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is full, the calling task is suspended. Because this routine
might require a suspension, it must not be called from an interrupt routine.
Use OS_MAILBOX_Put()/OS_MAILBOX_Put1() instead if you need to store data in
a mailbox from within an interrupt routine. When using a debug build of embOS, calling
from an interrupt routine will call the error handler OS_Error() with error
code OS_ERR_ILLEGAL_IN_ISR.
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBData;
void AddMessage(struct Data* pData) {
OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked(&_MBData, pData);
}
OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked1()
Description
Stores a new message of size 1 in a mailbox.
Prototype
void OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked1(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
OS_CONST_PTR char *pMail);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pMail | Pointer to the message to store. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is full, the calling task is suspended. Because this routine
might require a suspension, it must not be called from an interrupt routine.
Use OS_MAILBOX_Put()/OS_MAILBOX_Put1() instead if you need to store data in
a mailbox from within an interrupt routine. When using a debug build of embOS, calling
from an interrupt routine will call the error handler OS_Error() with error
code OS_ERR_ILLEGAL_IN_ISR.
See Single-byte mailbox functions for differences between OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked() and OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked1().
Example
Single-byte mailbox as keyboard buffer:
static OS_MAILBOX _MBKey;
static char MBKeyBuffer[6];
void KEYMAN_StoreKey(char k) {
OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked1(&_MBKey, &k); /* Store key, wait if no space in buffer */
}
void KEYMAN_Init(void) {
/* Create mailbox functioning as type ahead buffer */
OS_MAILBOX_Create(&_MBKey, 1, sizeof(MBKeyBuffer), &MBKeyBuffer);
}
OS_MAILBOX_PutFront()
Description
Stores a new message of a predefined size into a mailbox in front of
all other messages if the mailbox is able to accept one more message.
The new message will be retrieved first.
Prototype
char OS_MAILBOX_PutFront(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
OS_CONST_PTR void *pMail);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pMail | Pointer to the message to store. |
Return value
= 0 | Success; message stored. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be stored (mailbox is full). |
Additional information
If the mailbox is full, the message is not stored. This function never suspends the
calling task. It may therefore be called from an interrupt routine. This function is
useful to store “emergency” messages into a mailbox which must be handled quickly.
It may also be used in general instead of OS_MAILBOX_Put() to change the FIFO
structure of a mailbox into a LIFO structure.
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBData;
void AddMessage(struct Data* pData) {
char Result;
Result = OS_MAILBOX_PutFront(&_MBData, pData);
if (Result != 0) {
printf("Was not able to add the message to the mailbox.\n");
}
}
OS_MAILBOX_PutFront1()
Description
Stores a new message of size 1 into a mailbox in front of
all other messages if the mailbox is able to accept one more message.
The new message will be retrieved first.
Prototype
char OS_MAILBOX_PutFront1(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
OS_CONST_PTR char *pMail);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pMail | Pointer to the message to store. |
Return value
= 0 | Success; message stored. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be stored (mailbox is full). |
Additional information
If the mailbox is full, the message is not stored. This function never suspends the
calling task. It may therefore be called from an interrupt routine. This function is
useful to store “emergency” messages into a mailbox which must be handled quickly.
It may also be used in general instead of OS_MAILBOX_Put() to change the FIFO
structure of a mailbox into a LIFO structure.
See Single-byte mailbox functions for differences between OS_MAILBOX_PutFront() and OS_MAILBOX_PutFront1().
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBData;
void AddMessage(char c) {
char Result;
Result = OS_MAILBOX_PutFront1(&_MBData, &c);
if (Result != 0) {
printf("Was not able to add the message to the mailbox.\n");
}
}
OS_MAILBOX_PutFrontBlocked()
Description
Stores a new message of a predefined size at the beginning of
a mailbox in front of all other messages. This new message will
be retrieved first.
Prototype
void OS_MAILBOX_PutFrontBlocked(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
OS_CONST_PTR void *pMail);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pMail | Pointer to the message to store. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is full, the calling task is suspended. Because this
routine might require a suspension, it must not be called from an
interrupt routine. Use OS_MAILBOX_PutFront()/OS_MAILBOX_PutFront1()
instead if you need to store data in a mailbox from within an interrupt routine.
This function is useful to store “emergency” messages into a mailbox
which must be handled quickly. It may also be used in general instead
of OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked() to change the FIFO structure of a mailbox into a LIFO
structure.
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBData;
void AddMessage(struct Data* pData) {
OS_MAILBOX_PutFrontBlocked(&_MBData, pData);
}
OS_MAILBOX_PutFrontBlocked1()
Description
Stores a new message of size 1 at the beginning of
a mailbox in front of all other messages. This new message will
be retrieved first.
Prototype
void OS_MAILBOX_PutFrontBlocked1(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
OS_CONST_PTR char *pMail);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pMail | Pointer to the message to store. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is full, the calling task is suspended. Because this
routine might require a suspension, it must not be called from an
interrupt routine. Use OS_MAILBOX_PutFront()/OS_MAILBOX_PutFront1()
instead if you need to store data in a mailbox from within an interrupt routine.
This function is useful to store “emergency” messages into a mailbox
which must be handled quickly. It may also be used in general instead
of OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked() to change the FIFO structure of a mailbox into a LIFO
structure.
See Single-byte mailbox functions for differences between OS_MAILBOX_PutFrontBlocked() and OS_MAILBOX_PutFrontBlocked1().
Example
Single-byte mailbox as keyboard buffer which will follow the LIFO pattern:
static OS_MAILBOX _MBCmd;
static char _MBCmdBuffer[6];
void KEYMAN_StoreCommand(char k) {
OS_MAILBOX_PutFrontBlocked1(&_MBCmd, &k); // Store command, wait if no space in buffer
}
void KEYMAN_Init(void) {
/* Create mailbox for command buffer */
OS_MAILBOX_Create(&_MBCmd, 1, sizeof(_MBCmdBuffer), &_MBCmdBuffer);
}
OS_MAILBOX_PutTimed()
Description
Stores a new message of a predefined size in a mailbox if the
mailbox is able to accept one more message within a given time.
Returns when a new message has been stored in the mailbox (mailbox not full)
or a timeout occurred.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_MAILBOX_PutTimed(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
OS_CONST_PTR void *pMail,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pMail | Pointer to the message to store. |
Timeout | Maximum time in embOS system ticks until the given message must be stored. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | Success; message stored. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be stored within the given timeout (mailbox is full). destination remains unchanged. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is full, no message is stored and the task is suspended for the given
timeout. The task continues execution according to the rules of the scheduler as soon
as a new message is accepted within the given timeout, or after the timeout value has
expired.
When the calling task is blocked by higher priority tasks for a period longer than the
timeout value, it may happen that the mailbox accepts new messages after the timeout
expired, but before the calling task is resumed. Anyhow, the function returns with
timeout, because the mailbox was not available within the requested time. In this case,
no message is stored in the mailbox.
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBData;
void AddMessage(char* pData) {
OS_MAILBOX_PutTimed(&_MBData, pData, 10); // Wait maximum 10 system ticks
}
OS_MAILBOX_PutTimed1()
Description
Stores a new message of size 1 in a mailbox if the
mailbox is able to accept one more message within a given time.
Returns when a new message has been stored in the mailbox (mailbox not full)
or a timeout occurred.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_MAILBOX_PutTimed1(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
OS_CONST_PTR char *pMail,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
pMail | Pointer to the message to store. |
Timeout | Maximum time in embOS system ticks until the given message must be stored. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | Success; message stored. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be stored within the given timeout (mailbox is full). destination remains unchanged. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is full, no message is stored and the task is suspended for the given
timeout. The task continues execution according to the rules of the scheduler as soon
as a new message is accepted within the given timeout, or after the timeout value has
expired.
When the calling task is blocked by higher priority tasks for a period longer than the
timeout value, it may happen that the mailbox accepts new messages after the timeout
expired, but before the calling task is resumed. Anyhow, the function returns with
timeout, because the mailbox was not available within the requested time. In this case,
no message is stored in the mailbox.
See Single-byte mailbox functions for differences between OS_MAILBOX_PutTimed() and OS_MAILBOX_PutTimed1().
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBKey;
void SetKey(char c) {
OS_MAILBOX_PutTimed1(&_MBKey, &c, 10); // Wait maximum 10 system ticks
}
OS_MAILBOX_WaitBlocked()
Description
Waits until a message is available, but does not retrieve the message
from the mailbox.
Prototype
void OS_MAILBOX_WaitBlocked(OS_MAILBOX* pMB);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is empty, the task is suspended until a message is available, otherwise the
task continues. The task continues execution according to the rules of the scheduler
as soon as a message is available, but the message is not retrieved from the mailbox.
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBData;
void Task(void) {
while (1) {
OS_MAILBOX_WaitBlocked(&_MBData);
...
}
}
OS_MAILBOX_WaitTimed()
Description
Waits until a message is available or the timeout has expired,
but does not retrieve the message from the mailbox.
Prototype
char OS_MAILBOX_WaitTimed(OS_MAILBOX* pMB,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMB | Pointer to a mailbox object of type OS_MAILBOX. |
Timeout | Maximum time in embOS system ticks until the requested message must be available. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | Success; message available. |
≠ 0 | Timeout; no message available within the given timeout time. |
Additional information
If the mailbox is empty, the task is suspended for the given timeout.
The task continues execution according to the rules of the scheduler
as soon as a message is available within the given timeout, or after the
timeout value has expired.
When the calling task is blocked by higher priority tasks for a period
longer than the timeout value, it may happen that message becomes available
after the timeout expired, but before the calling task is resumed. Anyhow,
the function returns with timeout, because the message was not available
within the requested time.
Example
static OS_MAILBOX _MBData;
void Task(void) {
char Result;
Result = OS_MAILBOX_WaitTimed(&_MBData, 10);
if (Result == 0) {
// Compute message
} else {
// Timeout
}
}
Queues
Introduction
In the preceding chapter, inter-task communication using mailboxes was described.
Mailboxes can handle small messages with fixed data size only.
Queues enable inter-task communication with larger messages or with messages of
differing lengths.
A queue consists of a data buffer and a control structure that is managed by the real-time
operating system. The queue behaves like a normal buffer; you can deposit
something (called a message) in the queue and retrieve it later. Queues work as
FIFO: first in, first out. So a message that is deposited first will be retrieved first.
There are three major differences between queues and mailboxes:
- Queues accept messages of differing lengths. When depositing a message into a queue,
the message size is passed as a parameter.
- Retrieving a message from the queue does not copy the message, but returns a pointer
to the message and its size. This enhances performance because the data is copied only
when the message is written into the queue.
- The retrieving function must delete every message after processing it.
- A new message can only be retrieved from the queue when the previous message was deleted
from the queue.
The queue data buffer contains the messages and some additional management
information. Each message has a message header containing the message size. The
define OS_Q_SIZEOF_HEADER defines the size of the message header.
Additionally, the queue buffer will be aligned for those CPUs which need data alignment.
Therefore the queue data buffer size must be bigger than the sum of all messages.
Limitations:
Both the number of queues and buffers are limited only by the amount of available memory.
However, the individual message size and the buffer size per queue are limited by software design.
Message size in bytes on 8 or 16-bit CPUs:
1 <= x <= 215 - (1 + OS_Q_SIZEOF_HEADER + MESSAGE_ALIGNMENT)
Message size in bytes on 32-bit CPUs:
1 <= x <= 231 - (1 + OS_Q_SIZEOF_HEADER + MESSAGE_ALIGNMENT)
Maximum buffer size in bytes for one queue on 8 or 16-bit CPUs:
216 = 0xFFFF
Maximum buffer size in bytes for one queue on 32-bit CPUs:
232 = 0xFFFFFFFF
Similar to mailboxes, queues can be used by more than one producer, but must be
used by one consumer only. This means that more than one task or interrupt handler
is allowed to deposit new data into the queue, but it does not make sense to retrieve messages by multiple tasks.
Example
#define MESSAGE_ALIGNMENT (4u) // Depends on core/compiler
#define MESSAGES_SIZE_HELLO (7u + OS_Q_SIZEOF_HEADER + MESSAGE_ALIGNMENT)
#define MESSAGES_SIZE_WORLD (9u + OS_Q_SIZEOF_HEADER + MESSAGE_ALIGNMENT)
#define QUEUE_SIZE (MESSAGES_SIZE_HELLO + MESSAGES_SIZE_WORLD)
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task-control-blocks
static OS_QUEUE MyQueue;
static char MyQBuffer[QUEUE_SIZE];
static void HPTask(void) {
char* pData;
int Len;
while (1) {
Len = OS_QUEUE_GetPtrBlocked(&MyQueue, (void**)&pData);
OS_TASK_Delay(10);
//
// Evaluate Message
//
if (Len > 0) {
OS_COM_SendString(pData);
OS_QUEUE_Purge(&MyQueue);
}
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_QUEUE_Put(&MyQueue, "\nHello\0", 7);
OS_QUEUE_Put(&MyQueue, "\nWorld !\0", 9);
OS_TASK_Delay(500);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_QUEUE_Create(&MyQueue, &MyQBuffer, sizeof(MyQBuffer));
OS_COM_SendString("embOS OS_Queue example");
OS_COM_SendString("\n\nDemonstrating message passing\n");
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
API functions
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_QUEUE_Clear() | Clears all messages in the specified queue. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_QUEUE_Create() | Creates and initializes a message queue. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_QUEUE_Delete() | Deletes a specific message queue. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_QUEUE_GetMessageCnt() | Returns the number of messages that are currently stored in a queue. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_QUEUE_GetMessageSize() | Returns the size of the first message in the queue. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_QUEUE_GetPtr() | Retrieve the pointer to a message from the message queue if a message is available. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_QUEUE_GetPtrBlocked() | Retrieve the pointer to a message from the message queue. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_QUEUE_GetPtrTimed() | Retrieve the pointer to a message from the message queue within a specified time if a message is available. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_QUEUE_IsInUse() | Delivers information whether the queue is currently in use. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_QUEUE_PeekPtr() | Retrieve the pointer to a message from the message queue. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_QUEUE_Purge() | Deletes the last retrieved message in a queue. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_QUEUE_Put() | Stors a new message of given size in a queue. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_QUEUE_PutEx() | Stores a new message, of which the distinct parts are distributed in memory as indicated by a OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structure, in a queue. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_QUEUE_PutBlocked() | Stores a new message of given size in a queue. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_QUEUE_PutBlockedEx() | Stores a new message, of which the distinct parts are distributed in memory as indicated by a OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structure, in a queue. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_QUEUE_PutTimed() | Stores a new message of given size in a queue if space is available within a given time. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_QUEUE_PutTimedEx() | Stores a new message, of which the distinct parts are distributed in memory as indicated by a OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structure, in a queue. | | ● | ● | | |
OS_QUEUE_Clear()
Description
Clears all messages in the specified queue.
Prototype
void OS_QUEUE_Clear(OS_QUEUE* pQ);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
Additional information
When the queue is in use, a debug build of embOS will call
OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_QUEUE_INUSE.
OS_QUEUE_Clear() may cause a task switch.
Example
static OS_QUEUE _Queue;
void ClearQueue() {
OS_QUEUE_Clear(&_Queue);
}
OS_QUEUE_Create()
Description
Creates and initializes a message queue.
Prototype
void OS_QUEUE_Create(OS_QUEUE* pQ,
void* pData,
OS_UINT Size);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
pData | Pointer to a memory area used as data buffer for the queue. |
Size | Size in bytes of the data buffer. |
Additional information
The define OS_Q_SIZEOF_HEADER can be used to calculate the additional management
information bytes needed for each message in the queue data buffer. But it does not
account for the additional space needed for data alignment. Thus the number of
messages that can actually be stored in the queue buffer depends on the message sizes.
Example
#define MESSAGE_CNT 100
#define MESSAGE_SIZE 100
#define MEMORY_QSIZE (MESSAGE_CNT * (MESSAGE_SIZE + OS_Q_SIZEOF_HEADER))
static OS_QUEUE _MemoryQ;
static char _acMemQBuffer[MEMORY_QSIZE];
void MEMORY_Init(void) {
OS_QUEUE_Create(&_MemoryQ, &_acMemQBuffer, sizeof(_acMemQBuffer));
}
OS_QUEUE_Delete()
Description
Deletes a specific message queue.
Prototype
void OS_QUEUE_Delete(OS_QUEUE* pQ);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
Additional information
A debug build of embOS checks whether pQueue addresses a valid queue
and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_QUEUE_INVALID in
case of an error.
When the queue is currently in use, a debug build of embOS will
call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_QUEUE_INUSE.
Before deleting a queue, make sure that no task is waiting for it.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() with the error code
OS_ERR_QUEUE_DELETE if any tasks is waiting for the queue.
Example
static OS_QUEUE _QSerIn;
void Cleanup(void) {
OS_QUEUE_Delete(&_QSerIn);
}
OS_QUEUE_GetMessageCnt()
Description
Returns the number of messages that are currently stored in a queue.
Prototype
int OS_QUEUE_GetMessageCnt(OS_CONST_PTR OS_QUEUE *pQ);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
Return value
The number of messages in the queue.
Example
static OS_QUEUE _Queue;
void PrintNumberOfMessages() {
int Cnt;
Cnt = OS_QUEUE_GetMessageCnt(&_Queue);
printf("%d messages available.\n", Cnt);
}
OS_QUEUE_GetMessageSize()
Description
Returns the size of the first message in the queue.
Prototype
int OS_QUEUE_GetMessageSize(OS_CONST_PTR OS_QUEUE *pQ);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
Return value
= 0 | No data available. |
> 0 | Size of message in bytes. |
Additional information
If the queue is empty OS_QUEUE_GetMessageSize() returns zero. If a message is
available OS_QUEUE_GetMessageSize() returns the size of that message. The
message is not retrieved from the queue.
Example
static OS_QUEUE _MemoryQ;
static void _MemoryTask(void) {
int Len;
while (1) {
Len = OS_QUEUE_GetMessageSize(&_MemoryQ); // Get message length
if (Len > 0) {
printf("Message with size %d retrieved\n", Len);
OS_QUEUE_Purge(&_MemoryQ); // Delete message
}
OS_TASK_Delay(10);
}
}
OS_QUEUE_GetPtr()
Description
Retrieve the pointer to a message from the message queue if a
message is available.
Prototype
int OS_QUEUE_GetPtr(OS_QUEUE* pQ,
void** ppData);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
ppData | Address of the pointer which will be set to the address of the message. |
Return value
= 0 | No message available in queue. |
> 0 | Size of the message that was retrieved from the queue. |
Additional information
If the queue is empty, the function returns zero and ppData will not be set.
This function never suspends the calling task. It may therefore be
called from an interrupt routine or timer. If a message could be retrieved it
is not removed from the queue, this must be done by a call of OS_QUEUE_Purge()
after the message was processed. Only one message can be processed at a time.
As long as the message is not removed from the queue, the queue is marked
“in use”.
Following calls of OS_QUEUE_Clear(), OS_QUEUE_Delete(), OS_QUEUE_GetPtr(),
OS_QUEUE_GetPtrBlocked() and OS_QUEUE_GetPtrTimed() functions are not allowed
until OS_QUEUE_Purge() is called and will call OS_Error() in debug builds of embOS.
Example
static OS_QUEUE _MemoryQ;
static void _MemoryTask(void) {
int Len;
char* pData;
while (1) {
Len = OS_QUEUE_GetPtr(&_MemoryQ, &pData); // Check message
if (Len > 0) {
Memory_WritePacket(*(U32*)pData, Len); // Process message
OS_QUEUE_Purge(&_MemoryQ); // Delete message
} else {
DoSomethingElse();
}
}
}
OS_QUEUE_GetPtrBlocked()
Description
Retrieve the pointer to a message from the message queue.
Prototype
int OS_QUEUE_GetPtrBlocked(OS_QUEUE* pQ,
void** ppData);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
ppData | Address of the pointer which will be set to the address of the message. |
Return value
Size of the message in bytes.
Additional information
If the queue is empty, the calling task is suspended until the queue
receives a new message. Because this routine might require a suspension,
it must not be called from an interrupt routine or timer. Use OS_GetPtrCond()
instead. The retrieved message is not removed from the queue, this must be
done by a call of OS_QUEUE_Purge() after the message was processed. Only one
message can be processed at a time. As long as the message is not removed
from the queue, the queue is marked “in use”.
Following calls of OS_QUEUE_Clear(), OS_QUEUE_Delete(), OS_QUEUE_GetPtr(),
OS_QUEUE_GetPtrBlocked() and OS_QUEUE_GetPtrTimed() functions are not allowed
until OS_QUEUE_Purge() is called and will call OS_Error() in debug builds of embOS.
Example
static OS_QUEUE _MemoryQ;
static void _MemoryTask(void) {
int Len;
char* pData;
while (1) {
Len = OS_QUEUE_GetPtrBlocked(&_MemoryQ, &pData); // Get message
Memory_WritePacket(*(U32*)pData, Len); // Process message
OS_QUEUE_Purge(&_MemoryQ); // Delete message
}
}
OS_QUEUE_GetPtrTimed()
Description
Retrieve the pointer to a message from the message queue within
a specified time if a message is available.
Prototype
int OS_QUEUE_GetPtrTimed(OS_QUEUE* pQ,
void** ppData,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
ppData | Address of the pointer which will be set to the address of the message. |
Timeout | Maximum time in system ticks until the requested message must be available. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | No message available in queue. |
> 0 | Size of the message that was retrieved from the queue. |
Sets the pointer ppData to the message that should be retrieved.
Additional information
If the queue is empty no message is retrieved, the task is
suspended for the given timeout. The task continues execution
according to the rules of the scheduler as soon as a message
is available within the given timeout, or after the timeout
value has expired. If no message is retrieved within the timeout
ppData will not be set.
When the calling task is blocked by higher priority tasks for a period longer than the
timeout value, it may happen that a message becomes available after the timeout
expired, but before the calling task is resumed. Anyhow, the function returns with
timeout, because the message was not available within the requested time. In this
case the state of the queue is not modified by OS_QUEUE_GetPtrTimed() and a pointer to
the message is not delivered. As long as a message was retrieved and the message is not
removed from the queue, the queue is marked “in use”.
Following calls of OS_QUEUE_Clear(), OS_QUEUE_Delete(), OS_QUEUE_GetPtr(),
OS_QUEUE_GetPtrBlocked() and OS_QUEUE_GetPtrTimed() functions are not allowed
until OS_QUEUE_Purge() is called and will call OS_Error() in debug builds of embOS.
Example
static OS_QUEUE _MemoryQ;
static void _MemoryTask(void) {
int Len;
char* pData;
while (1) {
Len = OS_QUEUE_GetPtrTimed(&_MemoryQ, &pData, 10); // Check message
if (Len > 0) {
Memory_WritePacket(*(U32*)pData, Len); // Process message
OS_QUEUE_Purge(&_MemoryQ); // Delete message
} else { // Timeout
DoSomethingElse();
}
}
}
OS_QUEUE_IsInUse()
Description
Delivers information whether the queue is currently in use.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_QUEUE_IsInUse(OS_CONST_PTR OS_QUEUE *pQ);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
Return value
= 0 | Queue is not in use. |
≠ 0 | Queue is in use and may not be deleted or cleared. |
Additional information
A queue must not be cleared or deleted when it is in use. In use means a
task or function currently accesses the queue and holds a pointer to a
message in the queue.
OS_QUEUE_IsInUse() can be used to examine the state of the queue before it can
be cleared or deleted, as these functions must not be performed as long as
the queue is used.
Example
void DeleteQ(OS_QUEUE* pQ) {
OS_INT_IncDI(); // Avoid state change of the queue by task or interrupt
//
// Wait until queue is not used
//
while (OS_QUEUE_IsInUse(pQ) != 0) {
OS_TASK_Delay(1);
}
OS_QUEUE_Delete(pQ);
OS_INT_DecRI();
}
OS_QUEUE_PeekPtr()
Description
Retrieve the pointer to a message from the message queue.
The message must not be purged.
Prototype
int OS_QUEUE_PeekPtr(OS_CONST_PTR OS_QUEUE *pQ,
void** ppData);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
ppData | Address of the pointer which will be set to the address of the message. |
Return value
= 0 | No message available. |
≠ 0 | Size of message in bytes. |
Additional information
Sets the pointer ppData to the message that should be retrieved.
If no message is available ppData will not be set.
Note
Ensure the queues state is not altered as long as a message is processed. That is the
reason for calling OS_INT_IncDI() in the sample. Ensure no cooperative task switch is performed,
as this may also alter the queue state and buffer.
Example
static OS_QUEUE _MemoryQ;
static void _MemoryTask(void) {
int Len;
char* pData;
while (1) {
// Avoid state changes of the queue by task or interrupt
OS_INT_IncDI();
Len = OS_QUEUE_PeekPtr(&_MemoryQ, &pData); // Get message
if (Len > 0) {
Memory_WritePacket(*(U32*)pData, Len); // Process message
}
OS_INT_DecRI();
}
OS_QUEUE_Purge()
Description
Deletes the last retrieved message in a queue.
Prototype
void OS_QUEUE_Purge(OS_QUEUE* pQ);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
Additional information
This routine should be called by the task that retrieved the last
message from the queue, after the message is processed.
Once a message was retrieved by a call of OS_QUEUE_GetPtrBlocked(), OS_QUEUE_GetPtr() or
OS_QUEUE_GetPtrTimed(), the message must be removed from the queue by a call of OS_QUEUE_Purge()
before a following message can be retrieved from the queue.
Consecutive calls of OS_QUEUE_Purge() or calling OS_QUEUE_Purge() without having retrieved
a message from the queue will call the embOS error handler OS_Error() in embOS
debug builds.
Example
static OS_QUEUE _MemoryQ;
static void _MemoryTask(void) {
int Len;
char* pData;
while (1) {
Len = OS_QUEUE_GetPtrBlocked(&_MemoryQ, &pData); // Get message
Memory_WritePacket(*(U32*)pData, Len); // Process message
OS_QUEUE_Purge(&_MemoryQ); // Delete message
}
}
OS_QUEUE_Put()
Description
Stors a new message of given size in a queue.
Prototype
int OS_QUEUE_Put(OS_QUEUE* pQ,
OS_CONST_PTR void *pSrc,
OS_UINT Size);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
pSrc | Pointer to the message to store. |
Size | Size of the message to store. Valid values are: 1 ≤ Size ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Size ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | Success, message stored. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be stored (queue is full). |
Additional information
This routine never suspends the calling task and may therefore be
called from an interrupt routine.
When the message is deposited into the queue, the entire message
is copied into the queue buffer, not only the pointer to the data.
Therefore the message content is protected and remains valid until
it is retrieved and accessed by a task reading the message.
Example
static OS_QUEUE _MemoryQ;
int MEMORY_Write(const char* pData, OS_UINT Len) {
return OS_QUEUE_Put(&_MemoryQ, pData, Len);
}
OS_QUEUE_PutEx()
Description
Stores a new message, of which the distinct parts are distributed
in memory as indicated by a OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structure, in a queue.
Prototype
int OS_QUEUE_PutEx(OS_QUEUE* pQ,
OS_CONST_PTR OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST *pSrcList,
OS_UINT NumSrc);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
pSrcList | Pointer to an array of OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structures which contain pointers to the data to store. |
NumSrc | Number of OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structures at pSrcList. |
Return value
= 0 | Success, message stored. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be stored (queue is full). |
Additional information
This routine never suspends the calling task and may therefore be called from main(), an
interrupt routine or a software timer.
When the message is deposited into the queue, the entire message
is copied into the queue buffer, not only the pointer(s) to the data.
Therefore the message content is protected and remains valid until
it is retrieved and accessed by a task reading the message.
Example
OS_CONST_PTR OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST aDataList[] = { {"Hello ", 6},
{"World!", 6}
};
OS_QUEUE_PutEx(&_MemoryQ, aDataList, 2);
The OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structure
The OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structure consists of two elements:
Parameter | Description |
pSrc | Pointer to a part of the message to store. |
Size | Size of the part of the message. Valid values are:
1 ≤ Size ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs.
1 ≤ Size ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs.
|
Note
The total size of all parts of the message must not exceed 0x7FFF on 8/16-bit CPUs, or 0x7FFFFFFF on 32-bit CPUs, respectively.
OS_QUEUE_PutBlocked()
Description
Stores a new message of given size in a queue.
Prototype
void OS_QUEUE_PutBlocked(OS_QUEUE* pQ,
OS_CONST_PTR void *pSrc,
OS_UINT Size);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
pSrc | Pointer to the message to store. |
Size | Size of the message to store. Valid values are: 1 ≤ Size ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Size ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Additional information
If the queue is full, the calling task is suspended.
When the message is deposited into the queue, the entire message
is copied into the queue buffer, not only the pointer(s) to the data.
Therefore the message content is protected and remains valid until
it is retrieved and accessed by a task reading the message.
Example
static OS_QUEUE _MemoryQ;
void StoreMessage(const char* pData, OS_UINT Len)
OS_QUEUE_PutBlocked(&_MemoryQ, pData, Len);
}
OS_QUEUE_PutBlockedEx()
Description
Stores a new message, of which the distinct parts are distributed
in memory as indicated by a OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structure, in a queue.
Blocks the calling task when queue is full.
Prototype
void OS_QUEUE_PutBlockedEx(OS_QUEUE* pQ,
OS_CONST_PTR OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST *pSrcList,
OS_UINT NumSrc);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
pSrcList | Pointer to an array of OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structures which contain pointers to the data to store. |
NumSrc | Number of OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structures at pSrcList. |
Additional information
If the queue is full, the calling task is suspended.
When the message is deposited into the queue, the entire message
is copied into the queue buffer, not only the pointer(s) to the data.
Therefore the message content is protected and remains valid until
it is retrieved and accessed by a task reading the message.
For more information on the OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structure, refer to The OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structure
in the chapter The OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structure.
Example
OS_CONST_PTR OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST aDataList[] = { {"Hello ", 6},
{"World!", 6}
};
OS_QUEUE_PutEx(&_MemoryQ, aDataList, 2);
OS_QUEUE_PutTimed()
Description
Stores a new message of given size in a queue if space
is available within a given time.
Prototype
char OS_QUEUE_PutTimed(OS_QUEUE* pQ,
OS_CONST_PTR void *pSrc,
OS_UINT Size,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
pSrc | Pointer to the message to store. |
Size | Size of the message to store. Valid values are: 1 ≤ Size ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Size ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Timeout | Maximum time in system ticks until the given message must be stored. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | Success, message stored. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be stored within the specified time (insufficient space). |
Additional information
If the queue holds insufficient space, the calling task is suspended until space for the
message is available, or the specified timeout time has expired. If the message could be
deposited into the queue within the sepcified time, the function returns zero.
When the message is deposited into the queue, the entire message
is copied into the queue buffer, not only the pointer(s) to the data.
Therefore the message content is protected and remains valid until
it is retrieved and accessed by a task reading the message.
Example
static OS_QUEUE _MemoryQ;
int MEMORY_WriteTimed(const char* pData, OS_UINT Len, OS_TIME Timeout) {
return OS_QUEUE_PutTimed(&_MemoryQ, pData, Len, Timeout);
}
OS_QUEUE_PutTimedEx()
Description
Stores a new message, of which the distinct parts are distributed
in memory as indicated by a OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structure, in a queue.
Suspends the calling task for a given timeout when the queue is full.
Prototype
char OS_QUEUE_PutTimedEx(OS_QUEUE* pQ,
OS_CONST_PTR OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST *pSrcList,
OS_UINT NumSrc,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pQ | Pointer to a queue object of type OS_QUEUE. |
pSrcList | Pointer to an array of OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structures which contain pointers to the data to store. |
NumSrc | Number of OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structures at pSrcList. |
Timeout | Maximum time in system ticks until the given message must be stored. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 1 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= 0 | Success, message stored. |
≠ 0 | Message could not be stored within the specified time (insufficient space). |
Additional information
If the queue holds insufficient space, the calling task is suspended until space for the
message is available or the specified timeout time has expired. If the message could be
deposited into the queue within the specified time, the function returns zero.
When the message is deposited into the queue, the entire message
is copied into the queue buffer, not only the pointer(s) to the data.
Therefore the message content is protected and remains valid until
it is retrieved and accessed by a task reading the message.
For more information on the OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structure, refer to The OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structure
in the chapter The OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST structure.
Example
OS_CONST_PTR OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST aDataList[] = { {"Hello ", 6},
{"World!", 6}
};
OS_QUEUE_PutEx(&MemoryQ, aDataList, 2, 100);
Watchdog
Introduction
A watchdog timer is a hardware timer that is used to reset a microcontroller after a
specified amount of time. During normal operation, the microcontroller application
periodically restarts (“triggers” or “feeds”) the watchdog timer to prevent it from timing out. In
case of malfunction, however, the watchdog timer will eventually time out and subsequently
reset the microcontroller. This allows to detect and recover from microcontroller malfunctions.
For example, in a system without an RTOS, the watchdog timer would be triggered
periodically from a single point in the application. When the application does not run
properly, the watchdog timer will not be triggered and thus the watchdog will cause a
reset of the microcontroller.
In a system that includes an RTOS, on the other hand, multiple tasks run at the same
time. It may happen that one or more of these tasks runs properly, while other tasks
fail to run as intended. Hence it may be insufficient to trigger the watchdog from one
of these tasks only. Therefore, embOS offers a watchdog support module that allows
to automatically check if all tasks, software timers, or even interrupt routines are
executing properly.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128];
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP;
static OS_WD WatchdogHP, WatchdogLP;
static OS_TICK_HOOK Hook;
static void TriggerWatchDog(void) {
WD_REG = TRIGGER_WD; // Trigger the hardware watchdog.
}
static void Reset(OS_CONST_PTR OS_WD* pWD) {
OS_USE_PARA(pWD); // Applications can use pWD to detect WD expiration cause.
SYSTEM_CTRL_REG = PERFORM_RESET; // Reboot microcontroller.
}
static void HPTask(void) {
OS_WD_Add(&WatchdogHP, 50);
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
OS_WD_Trigger(&WatchdogHP);
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
OS_WD_Add(&WatchdogLP, 200);
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(200);
OS_WD_Trigger(&WatchdogLP);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_WD_Config(&TriggerWatchDog, &Reset);
OS_TICK_AddHook(&Hook, OS_WD_Check);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
API functions
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_WD_Add() | Adds a software watchdog timer to the watchdog list. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_WD_Check() | Checks if a watchdog timer expired. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_WD_Config() | Sets the watchdog callback functions. | ● | ● | | | |
OS_WD_Remove() | Removes a watchdog timer from the watchdog list. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_WD_Trigger() | Triggers/Feeds a watchdog timer. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_WD_Add()
Description
Adds a software watchdog timer to the watchdog list.
Prototype
void OS_WD_Add(OS_WD* pWD,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pWD | Pointer to a watchdog object of type OS_WD. |
Timeout | Watchdog timer timeout in system ticks. Must be within the following range: 0 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs 0 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs Please note that these are signed values. |
Example
static OS_WD _myWD;
void HPTask(void) {
OS_WD_Add(&_myWD, 50);
while (1) {
OS_WD_Trigger(&_myWD);
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
}
}
OS_WD_Check()
Description
Checks if a watchdog timer expired.
If no watchdog timer expired the hardware watchdog is triggered.
If a watchdog timer expired, the callback function is called.
Prototype
void OS_WD_Check(void);
Additional information
OS_WD_Check() must be called periodically. It is good practice
to call it from the system tick handler.
Example
void SysTick_Handler(void) {
OS_INT_Enter();
OS_Tick_Handle();
OS_WD_Check();
OS_INT_Leave();
}
OS_WD_Config()
Description
Sets the watchdog callback functions.
Prototype
void OS_WD_Config(OS_ROUTINE_VOID* pfTrigger,
OS_ROUTINE_WD_PTR* pfReset);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pfTrigger | Function pointer to hardware watchdog trigger callback function. |
pfReset | Function pointer to callback function which is called in case of an expired watchdog timer. pfReset is optional and may be NULL. |
Additional information
pfReset may be used to perform additional operations inside a callback function
prior to the reset of the microcontroller. For example, a message may be written to a
log file. If pfReset is NULL, no callback function gets executed, but the hardware
watchdog will still cause a reset of the microcontroller.
Example
static void _TriggerWatchDog(void) {
WD_REG = TRIGGER_WD; // Trigger the hardware watchdog
}
static void _Reset(OS_CONST_PTR OS_WD* pWD) {
//
// Store information about expired watchdog prior to reset.
//
_WriteLogMessage(pWD);
//
// Reboot microcontroller
//
SYSTEM_CTRL_REG = PERFORM_RESET;
}
int main(void) {
...
OS_WD_Config(&_TriggerWatchDog, &_Reset);
OS_Start();
}
Note
In previous versions of embOS, OS_WD_Config() expected the parameter pfResetFunc to be of a different type.
Since embOS V4.40, instead of a callback of the type voidRoutine*, OS_WD_Config() expects a callback of
type OS_WD_RESET_CALLBACK*. This allows for passing the relevant OS_WD structure to the routine, e.g. for
further examination by the application.
OS_WD_Remove()
Description
Removes a watchdog timer from the watchdog list.
Prototype
void OS_WD_Remove(OS_CONST_PTR OS_WD *pWD);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pWD | Pointer to a watchdog object of type OS_WD. |
Example
int main(void) {
OS_WD_Add(&_myWD);
OS_WD_Remove(&_myWD);
}
OS_WD_Trigger()
Description
Triggers/Feeds a watchdog timer.
Prototype
void OS_WD_Trigger(OS_WD* pWD);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pWD | Pointer to a watchdog object of type OS_WD. |
Additional information
Each software watchdog timer must be triggered (fed) periodically.
If not, the timeout expires and OS_WD_Check() will no longer trigger
the hardware watchdog timer, but will call the reset callback
function (if any).
Example
static OS_WD _myWD;
static void HPTask(void) {
OS_WD_Add(&_myWD, 50);
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
OS_WD_Trigger(&_myWD);
}
}
Multi-core Support
Introduction
embOS can be utilized on multi-core processors by running separate embOS
instances on each individual core. For synchronization purposes and in order to
exchange data between the cores, embOS includes a comprehensive spinlock API
which can be used to control access to shared memory, peripherals, etc.
This API is not available in embOS library mode OS_LIBMODE_SAFE.
Spinlocks
Spinlocks constitute a general purpose locking mechanism in which any process trying
to acquire the lock is caused to actively wait until the lock becomes available. To
do so, the process trying to acquire the lock remains active and repeatedly checks
the availability of the lock in a loop. Effectively, the process will “spin” until it
acquires the lock.
Once acquired by a process, spinlocks are usually held by that process until they are
explicitly released. If held by one process for longer duration, spinlocks may
severely impact the runtime behavior of other processes trying to acquire the same
spinlock. Therefore, spinlocks should be held by one process for short periods of time
only.
Usage of spinlocks with embOS
embOS spinlocks are intended for inter-core synchronization and communication.
They are not intended for synchronization of individual tasks running on the same
core, on which semaphores, queues and mailboxes should be used instead.
However, multitasking still has to be taken into consideration when using embOS
spinlocks. Specifically, an embOS task holding a spinlock should not be preempted,
for this would prevent that task from releasing the spinlock as fast as possible, which
may in return impact the runtime behavior of other cores attempting to acquire the
spinlock. Declaration of critical regions therefore is explicitly recommended while
holding spinlocks.
embOS spinlocks are usually implemented using hardware instructions specific to one
architecture, but a portable software implementation is provided in addition. If
appropriate hardware instructions are unavailable for the specific architecture in use,
the software implementation is provided exclusively.
Note
It is important to use matching implementations on each core of the multi-core processor that shall access the same spinlock.
For example, a core supporting a hardware implementation may use that implementation
to access a spinlock that is shared with another core that supports the same
hardware implementation. At the same time, that core may use the software implementation
to access a different spinlock that is shared with a different core that does
not support the same hardware implementation. However, in case all three cores in
this example should share the same spinlock, each of them has to use the software
implementation.
To know the spinlock’s location in memory, each core’s application must declare the
appropriate OS_SPINLOCK variable (or OS_SPINLOCK_SW, respectively) at an identical
memory address. Initialization of the spinlock, however, must be performed by
one core only.
Example of using spinlocks
Two cores of a multi-core processor shall access an hardware peripheral, e.g. a LC
display. To avoid situations in which both cores access the LCD simultaneously,
access must be restricted through usage of a spinlock: Every time the LCD is used by
one core, it must first claim the spinlock through the respective embOS API call.
After the LCD has been written to, the spinlock is released by another embOS API
call.
Data exchange between cores can be implemented analogously, e.g. through declaration
of a buffer in shared memory: Here, every time a core shall write data to the
buffer, it must acquire the spinlock first. After the data has been written to the buffer,
the spinlock is released. This ensures that neither core can interfere with the writing
of data by the other core.
Core 0:
#include "RTOS.h"
static OS_STACKPTR int Stack[128]; // Task stack
static OS_TASK TCB; // Task-control-block
static OS_SPINLOCK MySpinlock @ ".shared_mem";
static void Task(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_EnterRegion(); // Inhibit preemptive task switches
OS_SPINLOCK_Lock(&MySpinlock); // Acquire spinlock
//
// Perform critical operation
//
OS_SPINLOCK_Unlock(&MySpinlock); // Release spinlock
OS_TASK_LeaveRegion(); // Re-allow preemptive task switches
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize Hardware for OS
OS_SPINLOCK_Create(&MySpinlock); // Initialize Spinlock
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCB, "Task", 100, Task, Stack);
OS_Start(); // Start multitasking
return 0;
}
Core 1:
#include "RTOS.h"
static OS_STACKPTR int Stack[128]; // Task stack
static OS_TASK TCB; // Task-control-block
static OS_SPINLOCK MySpinlock @ ".shared_mem";
static void Task(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_EnterRegion(); // Inhibit preemptive task switches
OS_SPINLOCK_Lock(&MySpinlock); // Acquire spinlock
//
// Perform critical operation
//
OS_SPINLOCK_Unlock(&MySpinlock); // Release spinlock
OS_TASK_LeaveRegion(); // Re-allow preemptive task switches
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize Hardware for OS
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCB, "Task", 100, Task, Stack);
OS_Start(); // Start multitasking
return 0;
}
API functions
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_SPINLOCK_Create() | Creates a hardware-specific spinlock. | ● | ● | | | |
OS_SPINLOCK_Lock() | Acquires a hardware-specific spinlock. Busy waiting until the spinlock
becomes available. This function is unavailable for some architectures. | ● | ● | | | |
OS_SPINLOCK_Unlock() | Releases a hardware-specific spinlock. This function is unavailable
for architectures that do not support an appropriate instruction set. | ● | ● | | | |
OS_SPINLOCK_SW_Create() | Creates a software-implementation spinlock. | ● | ● | | | |
OS_SPINLOCK_SW_Lock() | Acquires a software-implementation spinlock. | ● | ● | | | |
OS_SPINLOCK_SW_Unlock() | Releases a software-implementation spinlock. | ● | ● | | | |
OS_SPINLOCK_Create()
Description
Creates a hardware-specific spinlock.
Prototype
void OS_SPINLOCK_Create(OS_SPINLOCK* pSpinlock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSpinlock | Pointer to a spinlock object of type OS_SPINLOCK. The variable must reside in shared memory. |
Additional information
After creation, the spinlock is not locked.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Multi-core Support.
OS_SPINLOCK_Lock()
Description
OS_SPINLOCK_Lock() acquires a hardware-specific spinlock. If the
spinlock is unavailable, the calling task will not be blocked, but will
actively wait until the spinlock becomes available.
This function is unavailable for architectures that do not support an appropriate instruction set.
Prototype
void OS_SPINLOCK_Lock(OS_SPINLOCK* pSpinlock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSpinlock | Pointer to a variable of type OS_SPINLOCK reserved for the management of the spinlock. |
Additional information
A task that has acquired a spinlock must not call OS_SPINLOCK_Lock() for that spinlock again.
The spinlock must first be released by a call to OS_SPINLOCK_Unlock().
The following diagram illustrates how OS_SPINLOCK_Lock() works:
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Multi-core Support.
OS_SPINLOCK_Unlock()
Description
Releases a hardware-specific spinlock.
This function is unavailable for architectures that do not support an appropriate instruction set.
Prototype
void OS_SPINLOCK_Unlock(OS_SPINLOCK* pSpinlock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSpinlock | Pointer to a variable of type OS_SPINLOCK reserved for the management of the spinlock. |
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Multi-core Support.
OS_SPINLOCK_SW_Create()
Description
Creates a software-implementation spinlock.
Prototype
void OS_SPINLOCK_SW_Create(OS_SPINLOCK_SW* pSpinlock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSpinlock | Pointer to a spinlock object of type OS_SPINLOCK_SW. The variable must reside in shared memory. |
Additional information
After creation, the spinlock is not locked.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Multi-core Support.
OS_SPINLOCK_SW_Lock()
Description
Acquires a software-implementation spinlock. If the spinlock is
unavailable, the calling task will not be blocked, but will
actively wait until the spinlock becomes available.
Prototype
void OS_SPINLOCK_SW_Lock(OS_SPINLOCK_SW* pSpinlock,
OS_UINT Id);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSpinlock | Pointer to a spinlock object of type OS_SPINLOCK_SW. |
Id | Unique identifier to specify the core accessing the spinlock. Valid values are 0 ≤ Id < OS_SPINLOCK_MAX_CORES. By default, OS_SPINLOCK_MAX_CORES is defined to 4 and may be changed when using source code. An embOS debug build calls OS_Error() in case invalid values are used. |
Additional information
A task that has acquired a spinlock must not call OS_SPINLOCK_SW_Lock()
for that spinlock again. The spinlock must first be released by a call
to OS_SPINLOCK_SW_Unlock().
OS_SPINLOCK_SW_Lock() implements Lamport’s bakery algorithm, published
by Leslie Lamport in “Communications of the Association for Computing
Machinery”, 1974, Volume 17, Number 8. An excerpt is publicly available at
research.microsoft.com.
The following diagram illustrates how OS_SPINLOCK_SW_Lock() works:
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Multi-core Support.
OS_SPINLOCK_SW_Unlock()
Description
Releases a software-implementation spinlock.
Prototype
void OS_SPINLOCK_SW_Unlock(OS_SPINLOCK_SW* pSpinlock,
OS_UINT Id);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pSpinlock | Pointer to a spinlock object of type OS_SPINLOCK_SW. |
Id | Unique identifier to specify the core accessing the spinlock. Valid values are 0 ≤ Id < OS_SPINLOCK_MAX_CORES. By default, OS_SPINLOCK_MAX_CORES is defined to 4 and may be changed when using source code. An embOS debug build calls OS_Error() in case invalid values are used. |
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Multi-core Support.
Interrupts
What are interrupts?
This chapter explains how to use interrupt service routines (ISRs) in cooperation with
embOS. Specific details for your CPU and compiler can be found in the CPU & Compiler
Specifics manual of the embOS documentation.
Interrupts are interruptions of a program caused by hardware. When an interrupt
occurs, the CPU saves its registers and executes a subroutine called an interrupt service
routine, or ISR. After the ISR is completed, the program returns to the highest-priority
task which is ready for execution. Normal interrupts are maskable. Maskable interrupts
can occur at any time unless they are disabled. ISRs are also nestable -- they
can be recognized and executed within other ISRs.
There are several good reasons for using interrupt routines. They can respond very
quickly to external events such as the status change on an input, the expiration of a
hardware timer, reception or completion of transmission of a character via serial
interface, or other types of events. Interrupts effectively allow events to be processed
as they occur.
Interrupt latency
Interrupt latency is the time between an interrupt request and the execution of the
first instruction of the interrupt service routine.
Every computer system has an interrupt latency. The latency depends on various factors
and differs even on the same computer system. The value that one is typically
interested in is the worst case interrupt latency.
The interrupt latency is the sum of a number of individual smaller delays explained
below.
Note
Interrupt latency caused by embOS can be avoided entirely when using zero latency interrupts,
which are explained in chapter Zero interrupt latency.
Causes of interrupt latencies
- The first delay is typically in the hardware: The interrupt request signal needs to
be synchronized to the CPU clock. Depending on the synchronization logic, typically
up to three CPU cycles can be lost before the interrupt request reaches the CPU core.
- The CPU will typically complete the current instruction. This instruction can take
multiple cycles to complete; on most systems, divide, push-multiple, or memory-copy
instructions are the instructions which require most clock cycles. On top
of the cycles required by the CPU, there are in most cases additional cycles
required for memory access. In an ARM7 system, the instruction STMDB SP!,{R0-R11,LR};
typically is the worst case instruction. It stores thirteen 32-bit registers
to the stack, which, in an ARM7 system, takes 15 clock cycles to complete.
- The memory system may require additional cycles for wait states.
- After the current instruction is completed, the CPU performs a mode switch or
pushes registers (typically, PC and flag registers) to the stack. In general, modern
CPUs (such as ARM) perform a mode switch, which requires fewer CPU cycles than saving registers.
- Pipeline fill
Most modern CPUs are pipelined. Execution of an instruction happens in various
stages of the pipeline. An instruction is executed when it has reached its final
stage of the pipeline. Because the mode switch flushes the pipeline, a few extra
cycles are required to refill the pipeline.
Additional causes for interrupt latencies
There can be additional causes for interrupt latencies.
These depend on the type of system used, but we list a few of them.
- Latencies caused by cache line fill. If the memory system has one or multiple
caches, these may not contain the required data. In this case, not only the
required data is loaded from memory, but in a lot of cases a complete line fill
needs to be performed, reading multiple words from memory.
- Latencies caused by cache write back. A cache miss may cause a line to be
replaced. If this line is marked as dirty, it needs to be written back to main memory,
causing an additional delay.
- Latencies caused by MMU translation table walks. Translation table walks can
take a considerable amount of time, especially as they involve potentially slow
main memory accesses. In real-time interrupt handlers, translation table walks
caused by the TLB not containing translations for the handler and/or the data it
accesses can increase interrupt latency significantly.
- Application program. Of course, the application program can cause additional
latencies by disabling interrupts. This can make sense in some situations, but of
course causes additional latencies.
- Interrupt routines. On most systems, one interrupt disables further interrupts.
Even if the interrupts are re-enabled in the ISR, this takes a few instructions,
causing additional latency.
- Real-time Operating system (RTOS). An RTOS also needs to temporarily disable
the interrupts which can call API-functions of the RTOS. Some RTOSes disable all
interrupts, effectively increasing interrupt latency for all interrupts, some (like
embOS) disable only low-priority interrupts and do thereby not affect the latency
of high priority interrupts.
How to measure latency and detect its cause
It is sometimes desirable to detect the cause for high interrupt latency. High interrupt
latency may occur if interrupts are disabled for extended periods of time, or if a low level
interrupt handler is executed before the actual interrupt handler. In these regards, embOS
related functions like OS_INT_Enter() add to interrupt latency as well.
To measure interrupt latency and detect its cause, a timer interrupt may be used. For example, if
the hardware timer counts upwards starting from zero after each compare-match-interrupt, its current
counter value may be read from within the interrupt service routine to evaluate how many timer cycles
(and thus how much time) have lapsed between the interrupt’s occurrence and the actual execution of the
interrupt handler:
static int Latency = 0;
void TimerIntHandler(void) {
OS_INT_Enter();
Latency = TIMER_CNT_VALUE; // Get current timer value
OS_INT_Leave();
}
If this measurement is repeated several times, different results will occur. This is for the reason that the
interrupt will sometimes be asserted while interrupts have been disabled by the application, while at other
times interrupts are enabled when this interrupt request occurs. Thus, an application may keep track of minimum
and maximum latency as shown below:
static int Latency = 0;
static int MaxLatency = 0;
static int MinLatency = 0xFFFFFFFF;
void TimerIntHandler(void) {
OS_INT_Enter();
Latency = TIMER_CNT_VALUE; // Get current timer value
MinLatency = (Latency < MinLatency) ? Latency : MinLatency;
MaxLatency = (Latency > MaxLatency) ? Latency : MaxLatency;
OS_INT_Leave();
}
Using this method, MinLatency will hold the latency that was caused by hardware (and any low-level interrupt handler, if applicable).
On the other hand, MaxLatency will hold the latency caused both by hardware and interrupt-masking in software. Therefore, by subtracting
MaxLatency - MinLatency, it is possible to calculate the exact latency that was caused by interrupt-masking (typically performed by the
operating system).
Based on this information, a threshold may be defined to detect the cause of high interrupt latency. E.g., a breakpoint
may be set for when the current timer value exceeds a pre-defined threshold as shown below:
static int Latency = 0;
void TimerIntHandler(void) {
OS_INT_Enter();
Latency = TIMER_CNT_VALUE; // Get current timer value
if (Latency > LATENCY_THRESHOLD) {
while (1); // Set a breakpoint here
}
OS_INT_Leave();
}
If code trace information is available upon hitting the breakpoint, the exact cause for the latency may be checked through a trace log.
Note
If the hardware timer interrupt is the only interrupt in the system, its priority may be chosen arbitrarily.
Otherwise, in case other interrupts occur during measurement as well, the timer interrupt should be configured to
match the specific priority for which to measure latency. This is important, for other (possibly non-nestable)
interrupts will influence the results depending on their priority relative to the timer interrupt’s priority, which
may or may not be desired on a case-to-case basis.
Also, in order to provide meaningful results, the interrupt should occur quite frequently. Hence, the timer reload value
typically is configured for small periods of time, but must ensure that interrupt execution will not consume the entire
CPU time.
Zero interrupt latency
Zero interrupt latency in the strict sense is not possible as explained above. What we
mean when we say “Zero interrupt latency” is that the latency of high priority interrupts
is not affected by the RTOS; a system using embOS will have the same worst case
interrupt latency for high priority interrupts as a system running without embOS.
Why is Zero latency important?
In some systems, a maximum interrupt response time or latency can be clearly
defined. This maximum latency can arise from requirements such as maximum reaction
time for a protocol or a software UART implementation that requires very precise timing.
For example a UART receiving at up to 800 kHz in software using ARM FIQ on a 48
MHz ARM7. This would be impossible to do if FIQ were disabled even for short periods
of time.
In many embedded systems, the quality of the product depends on event reaction
time and therefore latency. Typical examples would be systems which periodically
read a value from an A/D converter at high speed, where the accuracy depends on
accurate timing. Less jitter means a better product.
Why can a zero latency ISR not use the embOS API?
embOS disables embOS interrupts when embOS data structures are modified.
During this time zero latency ISRs are enabled. If they would call an embOS function,
which also modifies embOS data, the embOS data structures would be corrupted.
How can a zero latency ISR communicate with a task?
The most common way is to use global variables, e.g. a periodical read from an ADC
and the result is stored in a global variable.
Another way is to assert an interrupt request for an embOS interrupt from within
the zero latency ISR, which may then communicate or wake up one or more tasks.
This is helpful if you want to receive high amounts of data in your zero latency ISR.
The embOS ISR may then store the data bytes e.g. in a message queue or in a
mailbox.
High / low priority interrupts
Most CPUs support interrupts with different priorities. Different priorities have two
effects:
- If different interrupts occur simultaneously, the interrupt with higher priority takes precedence and its ISR is executed first.
- Interrupts can never be interrupted by other interrupts of the same or lower priority.
The number of interrupt levels depends on the CPU and the interrupt controller.
Details are explained in the CPU/MCU/SoC manuals and the CPU & Compiler Specifics
manual of embOS. embOS distinguishes two different levels of interrupts: High and
low priority interrupts. High priority interrupts are named “Zero latency interrupts”
and low priority interrupts are named “embOS interrupts”.
The embOS port-specific documentations explain which interrupts
are considered high and which are considered low priority for that specific port.
In general, the differences between those two are as follows:
embOS interrupts
- May call embOS API functions
- Latencies caused by embOS
- Also called “Low priority interrupts”
Zero latency interrupts
- May not call embOS API functions
- No latencies caused by embOS (Zero latency)
- Also called “High priority interrupts”
Example of different interrupt priority levels
Let’s assume we have a CPU which supports eight interrupt priority levels. With
embOS, the interrupt levels are divided per default equal in low priority and high priority
interrupt levels. The four highest priority levels are considered “Zero latency interrupts” and
the four lowest priority interrupts are considered as “embOS interrupts”.
For ARM CPUs, which support regular interrupts (IRQ) and fast interrupt
(FIQ), FIQ is considered as “Zero latency interrupt” when using embOS.
For most implementations the high-priority threshold is adjustable. For details, refer
to the processor specific embOS manual.
Using embOS API from zero latency interrupts
Zero latency interrupts are prohibited from using embOS functions. This is a consequence
of embOS’s zero-latency design, according to which embOS never disables
zero latency interrupts. This means that zero latency interrupts can interrupt the
operating system at any time, even in critical sections such as the modification of
RTOS-maintained linked lists. This design decision has been made because zero
interrupt latencies for zero latency interrupts usually are more important than the
ability to call OS functions.
However, zero latency interrupts may use embOS functions in an indirect manner:
The zero latency interrupt triggers an embOS interrupt by setting the appropriate
interrupt request flag. Subsequently, that embOS interrupt may call the OS functions
that the zero latency interrupt was not allowed to use.
The task 1 is interrupted by a high priority interrupt. This zero latency interrupt is
not allowed to call an embOS API function directly. Therefore the zero latency interrupt
triggers an embOS interrupt, which is allowed to call embOS API functions.
The embOS interrupt calls an embOS API function to resume task 2.
How the embOS interrupt gets triggered is device specific and cannot be explained here in general.
But with most devices and interrupt controllers, it is possible to set a pending flag for an interrupt.
This could for example be an unused peripheral interrupt like a hardware timer.
Please refer to your core and/or device manual for more details.
Rules for interrupt handlers
General rules
There are some general rules for interrupt service routines (ISRs). These rules apply
to both single-task programming as well as to multitask programming using embOS.
- ISR preserves all registers.
Interrupt handlers must restore the environment of a task completely. This
environment normally consists of the registers only, so the ISR must make sure
that all registers modified during interrupt execution are saved at the beginning
and restored at the end of the interrupt routine
- Interrupt handlers must finish quickly.
Intensive calculations should be kept out of interrupt handlers. An interrupt handler
should only be used for storing a received value or to trigger an operation in
the regular program (task). It should not wait in any form or perform a polling
operation.
Additional rules for preemptive multitasking
A preemptive multitasking system like embOS needs to know if the code that is
executing is part of the current task or an interrupt handler. This is necessary
because embOS cannot perform a task switch during the execution but only at the
end of an ISR.
If a task switch was to occur during the execution of an ISR, the ISR would continue
as soon as the interrupted task became the current task again. This is not a problem
for interrupt handlers that do not allow further interruptions (which do not enable
interrupts) and that do not call any embOS functions.
This leads us to the following rule:
- ISRs that re-enable interrupts or use any embOS function need to call
OS_INT_Enter() at the beginning, before executing anything else, and call
OS_INT_Leave() immediately before returning.
If a higher priority task is made ready by the ISR, the task switch may be performed
in the routine OS_INT_Leave(). The end of the ISR is executed later on, when
the interrupted task has been made ready again. Please consider this behavior if
you debug an interrupt routine, this has proven to be the most efficient way of initiating
a task switch from within an interrupt service routine.
Nesting interrupt routines
By default, interrupts are disabled in an ISR because most CPU disables interrupts
with the execution of the interrupt handler. Re-enabling interrupts in an interrupt
handler allows the execution of further interrupts with equal or higher priority than
that of the current interrupt. These are known as nested interrupts, illustrated in the
diagram below:
For applications requiring short interrupt latency, you may re-enable interrupts inside
an ISR by using OS_INT_EnterNestable() and OS_INT_LeaveNestable()
within the interrupt handler.
Nested interrupts can lead to problems that are difficult to debug; therefore it is not
recommended to enable interrupts within an interrupt handler. As it is important that
embOS keeps track of the status of the interrupt enable/disable flag, enabling and
disabling of interrupts from within an ISR must be done using the functions that
embOS offers for this purpose.
The routine OS_INT_EnterNestable() enables interrupts within an ISR and
prevents further task switches; OS_INT_LeaveNestable() disables interrupts
immediately before ending the interrupt routine, thus restoring the default condition.
Re-enabling interrupts will make it possible for an embOS scheduler interrupt to
interrupt this ISR. In this case, embOS needs to know that another ISR is still active
and that it may not perform a task switch.
API functions
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_INT_Call() | Entry function for use in an embOS interrupt handler. | | | | ● | |
OS_INT_CallNestable() | Entry function for use in an embOS interrupt handler. | | | | ● | |
OS_INT_Enter() | Informs embOS that interrupt code is executing. | | | | ● | |
OS_INT_EnterIntStack() | Switches to another stack in interrupt routines. | | | | ● | |
OS_INT_EnterNestable() | Informs embOS that interrupt code is executing and reenables interrupts. | | | | ● | |
OS_INT_InInterrupt() | Checks if the calling function runs in an interrupt context. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_INT_Leave() | Informs embOS that the end of the interrupt routine has been reached;
executes task switching within ISR. | | | | ● | |
OS_INT_LeaveIntStack() | Switches back to the interrupt stack. | | | | ● | |
OS_INT_LeaveNestable() | Informs embOS that the end of the interrupt routine has been reached;
executes task switching within ISR. | | | | ● | |
OS_INT_Call()
Description
Entry function for use in an embOS interrupt handler.
Nestable interrupts are disabled.
Prototype
void OS_INT_Call(void ( *pfRoutine)());
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pfRoutine | Pointer to a routine that should run on interrupt. |
Additional information
OS_INT_Call() can be used as an entry function in an embOS interrupt handler, when
the corresponding interrupt should not be interrupted by another embOS interrupt.
OS_INT_Call() sets the interrupt priority of the CPU to the user definable ’fast’
interrupt priority level, thus locking any other embOS interrupt. Fast interrupts
are not disabled.
Note
For some specific CPUs OS_INT_Call() must be used to call an interrupt
handler because OS_INT_Enter()/OS_INT_Leave() may not be available.
OS_INT_Call() must not be used when OS_INT_Enter()/OS_INT_Leave()
is available
Please refer to the CPU/compiler specific embOS manual.
Example
#pragma interrupt
void SysTick_Handler(void) {
OS_INT_Call(_IsrTickHandler);
}
OS_INT_CallNestable()
Description
Entry function for use in an embOS interrupt handler.
Nestable interrupts are enabled.
Prototype
void OS_INT_CallNestable(void ( *pfRoutine)());
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pfRoutine | Pointer to a routine that should run on interrupt. |
Additional information
OS_INT_CallNestable() can be used as an entry function in an embOS interrupt handler,
when interruption by higher prioritized embOS interrupts should be allowed.
OS_INT_CallNestable() does not alter the interrupt priority of the CPU, thus keeping
all interrupts with higher priority enabled.
Note
For some specific CPUs OS_INT_CallNestable() must be used to call an interrupt
handler because OS_INT_EnterNestable()/OS_INT_LeaveNestable() may not be available.
OS_INT_CallNestable() must not be used when OS_INT_EnterNestable()/OS_INT_LeaveNestable()
is available
Please refer to the CPU/compiler specific embOS manual.
Example
#pragma interrupt
void SysTick_Handler(void) {
OS_INT_CallNestable(_IsrTickHandler);
}
OS_INT_Enter()
Description
Informs embOS that interrupt code is executing.
Prototype
void OS_INT_Enter(void);
Additional information
Note
This function is not available in all ports.
If OS_INT_Enter() is used, it should be the first function to be called in the
interrupt handler. It must be paired with OS_INT_Leave() as the last function
called. The use of this function has the following effects:
- disables task switches
- keeps interrupts in internal routines disabled.
Example
void ISR_Timer(void) {
OS_INT_Enter();
OS_TASKEVENT_Set(&Task, 1u); // Any functionality could be here
OS_INT_Leave();
}
OS_INT_EnterIntStack()
Description
OS_INT_EnterIntStack() and OS_INT_LeaveIntStack() can be used to switch the stack pointer to another stack during execution of the interrupt routine.
Prototype
void OS_INT_EnterIntStack(void);
Additional information
The actual implementation is core and compiler dependent.
Therefore, OS_INT_EnterIntStack() and OS_INT_LeaveIntStack() are not implemented in all embOS ports.
In that case OS_INT_EnterIntStack() is defined for compatibility reasons to nothing.
That simplifies the porting of an existing embOS application to another embOS port.
Note
Please be aware any variables that are declared while using the initial stack, will no longer be accessible after switching to the interrupt stack.
void ISR_Timer(void) {
//
// Accessible only before OS_INT_EnterIntStack() is called,
// and after OS_INT_LeaveIntStack() was called.
//
int localvar = 0;
OS_INT_Enter();
OS_INT_EnterIntStack();
OS_TASKEVENT_Set(&Task, Event);
OS_INT_LeaveIntStack();
OS_INT_Leave();
}
OS_INT_EnterNestable()
Description
Re-enables interrupts and increments the embOS internal critical region counter,
thus disabling further task switches.
Prototype
void OS_INT_EnterNestable(void);
Additional information
Note
This function is not available in all ports.
This function should be the first call inside an interrupt handler when nested interrupts
are required. The function OS_INT_EnterNestable() is implemented as a
macro and offers the same functionality as OS_INT_Enter() in combination
with OS_INT_DecRI(), but is more efficient, resulting in smaller and faster code.
Example
_interrupt void ISR_Timer(void) {
OS_INT_EnterNestable();
OS_TASKEVENT_Set(&Task, 1); // Any functionality could be here
OS_INT_LeaveNestable();
}
OS_INT_InInterrupt()
Description
This function can be called to examine if the calling function is running in an interrupt
context. For application code, it may be useful to know if it is called from interrupt or
task, because some functions must not be called from an interrupt-handler.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_INT_InInterrupt(void);
Return value
= 0 | Code is not executed in an interrupt handler. |
≠ 0 | Code is executed in an interrupt handler. |
Additional information
Note
This function is not available in all ports.
The function delivers the interrupt state by checking the according CPU registers.
It is only implemented for those CPUs where it is possible to read the interrupt
state from CPU registers. In case of doubt please contact the embOS support.
Example
void foo(void) {
if (OS_INT_InInterrupt() != 0) {
// Do something within the ISR
} else {
printf("No interrupt context.\n")
}
}
OS_INT_Leave()
Description
Informs embOS that the end of the interrupt routine has been reached; executes
task switching within ISR.
Prototype
void OS_INT_Leave(void);
Additional information
Note
This function is not available in all ports.
If OS_INT_Leave() is used, it should be the last function to be called in the
interrupt handler. If the interrupt has caused a task switch, that switch is performed
immediately (unless the program which was interrupted was in a critical region).
Example
void ISR_Timer(void) {
OS_INT_Enter();
OS_TASKEVENT_Set(&Task, 1); // Any functionality could be here
OS_INT_Leave();
}
OS_INT_LeaveIntStack()
Description
OS_INT_EnterIntStack() and OS_INT_LeaveIntStack() can be used to switch the stack pointer to another stack during execution of the interrupt routine.
Prototype
void OS_INT_LeaveIntStack(void);
Additional information
The actual implementation is device and compiler dependent.
Therefore OS_INT_EnterIntStack() and OS_INT_LeaveIntStack() are not implemented in all embOS ports.
In that case OS_INT_EnterIntStack() is defined for compatibility reasons to nothing.
That simplifies the porting of an existing embOS application to another embOS port.
Example
void ISR_Timer(void) {
OS_INT_Enter();
OS_INT_EnterIntStack();
OS_TASKEVENT_Set(&Task, 1);
OS_INT_LeaveIntStack();
OS_INT_Leave();
}
OS_INT_LeaveNestable()
Description
Disables further interrupts, then decrements the embOS internal critical region
count, thus re-enabling task switches if the counter has reached zero.
Prototype
void OS_INT_LeaveNestable(void);
Additional information
Note
This function is not available in all ports.
This function is the counterpart of OS_INT_EnterNestable(), and must be the
last function call inside an interrupt handler when nested interrupts have been
enabled by OS_INT_EnterNestable().
The function OS_INT_LeaveNestable() is implemented as a macro and offers
the same functionality as OS_INT_Leave() in combination with OS_INT_IncDI(),
but is more efficient, resulting in smaller and faster code.
Example
_interrupt void ISR_Timer(void) {
OS_INT_EnterNestable();
OS_TASKEVENT_Set(&Task, 1); // Any functionality could be here
OS_INT_LeaveNestable();
}
Interrupt control
Enabling / disabling interrupts
During the execution of a task, maskable interrupts are normally enabled. In certain
sections of the program, however, it can be necessary to disable interrupts for short
periods of time to make a section of the program an atomic operation that cannot be
interrupted. An example would be the access to a global volatile variable of type long
on an 8/16-bit CPU. To make sure that the value does not change between the two or
more accesses that are needed, interrupts must be temporarily disabled:
Bad example:
volatile long lvar;
void IntHandler(void) {
lvar++;
}
void Routine(void) {
lvar++;
}
Good example:
volatile long lvar;
void IntHandler(void) {
lvar++;
}
void Routine(void) {
OS_INT_Disable();
lvar++;
OS_INT_Enable();
}
The problem with disabling and re-enabling interrupts is that functions that disable/
enable the interrupt cannot be nested.
Your C compiler offers two intrinsic functions for enabling and disabling interrupts.
These functions can still be used, but it is recommended to use the functions that
embOS offers (to be precise, they only look like functions, but are macros in reality).
If you do not use these recommended embOS functions, you may run into a problem
if routines which require a portion of the code to run with disabled interrupts are
nested or call an OS routine.
We recommend disabling interrupts only for short periods of time, if possible. Also,
you should not call functions when interrupts are disabled, because this could lead to
long interrupt latency times (the longer interrupts are disabled, the higher the interrupt
latency). You may also safely use the compiler-provided intrinsics to disable
interrupts but you must ensure to not call embOS functions with disabled interrupts.
Global interrupt enable / disable
The embOS interrupt enable and disable functions enable and disable embOS interrupts
only. Zero latency interrupts are never implicitly enabled or disabled by embOS.
However, embOS provides additional API functions to explicitly enable and disable zero latency interrupts.
In an application it may be required to disable and enable all interrupts.
These functions have the suffix All and allow a “global” handling of the interrupt enable state of the CPU.
These functions affect the state of the CPU unconditionally and should be used with care.
Non-maskable interrupts (NMIs)
embOS performs atomic operations by disabling interrupts. However, a non-maskable
interrupt (NMI) cannot be disabled, meaning it can interrupt these atomic operations.
Therefore, NMIs should be used with great care and are prohibited from calling any
embOS routines.
API functions
OS_INT_DecRI()
Description
Short for Decrement and Restore Interrupts. Decrements the counter and enables interrupts if the disable counter reaches zero.
It is important that they are used as a pair: first OS_INT_IncDI(), then OS_INT_DecRI().
OS_INT_IncDI() and OS_INT_DecRI() are actually macros defined in RTOS.h, so they execute very quickly and are very efficient.
Prototype
void OS_INT_DecRI(void);
Additional information
OS_INT_IncDI() increments the interrupt disable counter, interrupts will not be switched
on within the running task before the matching OS_INT_DecRI() is executed. The counter
is task specific, a task switch may change the value, so if interrupts are disabled they
could be enabled in the next task and vice versa.
If you need to disable interrupts for an instant only where no routine is called, as in
the example above, you could also use the pair OS_INT_Disable() and OS_INT_EnableConditional(). These
are slightly more efficient because the interrupt disable counter OS_DICnt is not modified
twice, but only checked once. They have the disadvantage that they do not work with functions
because the status of OS_DICnt is not actually changed, and they should therefore be used
with great care. In case of doubt, use OS_INT_IncDI() and OS_INT_DecRI().
You can safely call embOS API between OS_INT_IncDI() and OS_INT_DecRI(). The embOS API will not enable interrupts.
Example
volatile long lvar;
void Routine(void) {
OS_INT_IncDI();
lvar++;
OS_INT_DecRI();
}
OS_INT_Disable()
Description
OS_INT_Disable() disables embOS interrupts but does not change the interrupt disable counter OS_Global.Counters.Cnt.DI.
Prototype
void OS_INT_Disable(void);
Example
void Routine(void) {
OS_INT_Disable(); // Disable embOS interrupts
DoSomething();
OS_INT_Enable(); // Re-enable embOS interrupts unconditionally
}
OS_INT_DisableAll()
Description
This function disables embOS and zero latency interrupts unconditionally.
Prototype
void OS_INT_DisableAll(void);
Additional information
OS_INT_DisableAll() disables all interrupts (including zero latency interrupts)
in a fast and efficient way.
Note that the system does not track the interrupt state when calling the function.
Therefore the function should not be called when the state is unknown. Interrupts can
be re-enabled by calling OS_INT_EnableAll(). After calling
OS_INT_DisableAll(), no embOS function except the interrupt enable function
OS_INT_EnableAll() should be called, because the interrupt state is not
saved by the function. An embOS API function may re-enable interrupts. The exact interrupt
enable behavior depends on the CPU.
Example
void Routine(void) {
OS_INT_DisableAll(); // Disable interrupts
//
// Execute any code that should be executed with interrupts disabled
// No embOS function should be called
//
...
OS_INT_EnableAll(); // Re-enable interrupts unconditionally
}
OS_INT_Enable()
Description
OS_INT_Enable() enables embOS interrupts but does not check the interrupt disable counter OS_Global.Counters.Cnt.DI.
Refrain from using this function directly unless you are sure that the interrupt disable count has the value zero,
because it does not take the interrupt disable counter into account. OS_INT_Disable() / OS_INT_Enable() can be used when no embOS API
functions are called between which could enable interrupts before the actual call to OS_INT_Enable() and the interrupt disable
count is zero.
Prototype
void OS_INT_Enable(void);
Example
void Routine(void) {
OS_INT_Disable(); // Disable embOS interrupts
DoSomething();
OS_INT_Enable(); // Re-enable embOS interrupts unconditionally
}
OS_INT_EnableAll()
Description
This function enables embOS and zero latency interrupts unconditionally.
Prototype
void OS_INT_EnableAll(void);
Additional information
This function re-enables interrupts which were disabled before by a call of
OS_INT_DisableAll(). The function re-enables embOS and zero latency interrupts
unconditionally. OS_INT_DisableAll() and OS_INT_EnableAll()
should be used as a pair. The call cannot be nested, because the state is not saved.
This kind of global interrupt disable/enable should only be used when the interrupt
enable state is well known and interrupts are enabled.
Between OS_INT_DisableAll() and OS_INT_EnableAll(), no
function should be called when it is not known if the function alters the interrupt
enable state.
If the interrupt state is not known, the functions OS_INT_PreserveAll()
or OS_INT_PreserveAndDisableAll() and OS_INT_RestoreAll()
shall be used as described later on.
Example
void Routine(void) {
OS_INT_DisableAll(); // Disable interrupts
//
// Execute any code that should be executed with interrupts disabled
// No embOS function should be called
//
...
OS_INT_EnableAll(); // Re-enable interrupts unconditionally
}
OS_INT_EnableConditional()
Description
Restores the interrupt status, based on the interrupt disable counter.
interrupts are only enabled if the interrupt disable counter OS_Global.Counters.Cnt.DI is zero.
Prototype
void OS_INT_EnableConditional(void);
Additional information
You cannot safely call embOS API between OS_INT_Disable() and OS_INT_Enable()/OS_INT_EnableConditional().
The embOS API might already enable interrupts because OS_INT_Disable() does not change the interrupt disable counter.
In that case please use OS_INT_IncDI() and OS_INT_DecRI() instead.
Example
volatile long lvar;
void Routine (void) {
OS_INT_Disable();
lvar++;
OS_INT_EnableConditional();
}
OS_INT_IncDI()
Description
Short for Disable interrupts and Increment. Increment the counter and disables interrupts.
It is important that they are used as a pair: first OS_INT_IncDI(), then OS_INT_DecRI().
OS_INT_IncDI() and OS_INT_DecRI() are actually macros defined in RTOS.h, so they execute very quickly and are very efficient.
Prototype
void OS_INT_DecRI(void);
Additional information
OS_INT_IncDI() increments the interrupt disable counter, interrupts will not be switched
on within the running task before the matching OS_INT_DecRI() is executed. The counter
is task specific, a task switch may change the value, so if interrupts are disabled they
could be enabled in the next task and vice versa.
If you need to disable interrupts for a instant only where no routine is called, as in
the example above, you could also use the pair OS_INT_Disable() and OS_INT_EnableConditional(). These
are slightly more efficient because the interrupt disable counter OS_DICnt is not modified
twice, but only checked once. They have the disadvantage that they do not work with functions
because the status of OS_DICnt is not actually changed, and they should therefore be used
with great care. In case of doubt, use OS_INT_IncDI() and OS_INT_DecRI().
You can safely call embOS API between OS_INT_IncDI() and OS_INT_DecRI(). The embOS API will not enable interrupts.
Example
volatile long lvar;
void Routine (void) {
OS_INT_IncDI();
lvar++;
OS_INT_DecRI();
}
OS_INT_Preserve()
Description
This function can be called to preserve the current embOS interrupt enable state of the CPU.
Prototype
void OS_INT_Preserve(OS_U32* pState);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pState | Pointer to an OS_U32 variable that receives the interrupt state. |
Additional information
If the interrupt enable state is not known and interrupts should be disabled by a call
of OS_INT_Disable(), the current embOS interrupt enable state can be preserved and restored
later by a call of OS_INT_Restore().
Example
void Sample(void) {
OS_U32 IntState;
OS_INT_Preserve(&IntState); // Remember the interrupt enable state.
OS_INT_Disable(); // Disable embOS interrupts
//
// Execute any code that should be executed with embOS interrupts disabled
//
...
OS_INT_Restore(&IntState); // Restore the interrupt enable state
}
OS_INT_PreserveAll()
Description
This function can be called to preserve the current interrupt enable state of the CPU.
Prototype
void OS_INT_PreserveAll (OS_U32* pState);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pState | Pointer to an OS_U32 variable that receives the interrupt state. |
Additional information
If the interrupt enable state is not known and interrupts should be disabled by a call
of OS_INT_DisableAll(), the current interrupt enable state can be preserved and
restored later by a call of OS_INT_RestoreAll(). Note that the interrupt state
is not stored by embOS. After disabling the interrupts using a call of
OS_INT_DisableAll(), no embOS API function should be called because embOS functions
might re-enable interrupts.
Example
void Sample(void) {
OS_U32 IntState;
// Remember the interrupt enable state.
OS_INT_PreserveAll(&IntState);
OS_INT_DisableAll(); // Disable interrupts
//
// Execute any code that should be executed with interrupts disabled
//
...
OS_INT_RestoreAll(&IntState); // Restore the interrupt enable state
}
OS_INT_PreserveAndDisable()
Description
This function preserves the current interrupt enable state of the CPU and then disables embOS interrupts.
Prototype
void OS_INT_PreserveAndDisable (OS_U32* pState);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pState | Pointer to an OS_U32 variable that receives the interrupt state. |
Additional information
The function stores the current interrupt enable state into the variable pointed to by
pState and then disables embOS interrupts. The interrupt state can be
restored later by a corresponding call of OS_INT_Restore().
The pair of function calls OS_INT_PreserveAndDisable() and OS_INT_Restore()
can be nested, as long as the interrupt enable state is stored into an individual variable on
each call of OS_INT_PreserveAndDisable(). This function pair should be used when the
interrupt enable state is not known when interrupts shall be disabled.
Example
void Sample(void) {
OS_U32 IntState;
// Remember the interrupt enable state and disables interrupts.
OS_INT_PreserveAndDisable(&IntState);
//
// Execute any code that should be executed with interrupts disabled
//
...
OS_INT_Restore(&IntState); // Restore the interrupt enable state
}
OS_INT_PreserveAndDisableAll()
Description
This function preserves the current interrupt enable state of the CPU and then disables
embOS and zero latency interrupts.
Prototype
void OS_INT_PreserveAndDisableAll (OS_U32* pState);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pState | Pointer to an OS_U32 variable that receives the interrupt state. |
Additional information
The function stores the current interrupt enable state into the variable pointed to by
pState and then disables embOS and zero latency interrupts. The interrupt state can be
restored later by a corresponding call of OS_INT_RestoreAll().
The pair of function calls OS_INT_PreserveAndDisableAll() and OS_INT_RestoreAll()
can be nested, as long as the interrupt enable state is stored into an individual variable on
each call of OS_INT_PreserveAndDisableAll(). This function pair should be used when the
interrupt enable state is not known when interrupts shall be disabled.
Example
void Sample(void) {
OS_U32 IntState;
// Remember the interrupt enable state and disables interrupts.
OS_INT_PreserveAndDisableAll(&IntState);
//
// Execute any code that should be executed with interrupts disabled
//
...
OS_INT_RestoreAll(&IntState); // Restore the interrupt enable state
}
OS_INT_Restore()
Description
This function must be called to restore the embOS interrupt enable state of the CPU
which was preserved before.
Prototype
void OS_INT_Restore (OS_U32* pState);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pState | Pointer to an OS_U32 variable that holds the interrupt enable state. |
Additional information
Restores the embOS interrupt enable state which was saved before by a call of
OS_INT_Preserve(). If embOS interrupts were enabled before they were
disabled, the function re-enables them.
Example
void Sample(void) {
OS_U32 IntState;
OS_INT_Preserve(&IntState); // Remember the interrupt enable state.
OS_INT_Disable(); // Disable embOS interrupts
//
// Execute any code that should be executed with embOS interrupts disabled
//
...
OS_INT_Restore(&IntState); // Restore the interrupt enable state
}
OS_INT_RestoreAll()
Description
This function must be called to restore the interrupt enable state of the CPU which
was preserved before.
Prototype
void OS_INT_RestoreAll (OS_U32* pState);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pState | Pointer to an OS_U32 variable that holds the interrupt enable state. |
Additional information
Restores the interrupt enable state which was saved before by a call of
OS_INT_PreserveAll() or OS_INT_PreserveAndDisableAll().
If interrupts were enabled before they were disabled globally, the function re-enables them.
Example
void Sample(void) {
OS_U32 IntState;
// Remember the interrupt enable state.
OS_INT_PreserveAll(&IntState);
OS_INT_DisableAll(); // Disable interrupts
//
// Execute any code that should be executed with interrupts disabled
// No embOS function should be called
//
...
OS_INT_RestoreAll(&IntState); // Restore the interrupt enable state
}
Critical Regions
Introduction
Critical regions are program sections which should not be interrupted by another task.
A critical region can be used anywhere during execution of a task.
Depending on the application, it can be necessary for some critical program sections to
disable preemptive task switches and execution of software timers or even interrupts.
It depends on the application whether disabling task switches is sufficient or interrupts need to be disabled as well.
Disabling interrupts can mean to disable embOS interrupts or even to also disable zero latency interrupts.
Cooperative task switches are never affected and will be executed in critical regions. Interrupts, too, may still occur in critical regions.
They may also be used in software timers and interrupts.
However, since those are executed as critical regions anyways, critical regions do not have any effect on them.
Critical regions can be nested; they will then be effective until the outermost region is left.
If a task switch becomes pending during the execution of a critical region, it will be performed immediately once the region is left.
A typical example for critical regions is the execution of time-critical hardware accesses
(for example, writing multiple bytes into an EEPROM where the bytes must be written in a certain
amount of time), or writing to global variables that are accessed by different tasks and therefore
must ensure that data is consistent.
Example
void HPTask(void) {
OS_TASK_EnterRegion();
DoSomething(); // This code will not be interrupted by other tasks
OS_TASK_LeaveRegion();
}
Note
Cooperative task switches are still executed, although preemptive task switches are disabled in critical sections.
void HPTask(void) {
OS_TASK_EnterRegion();
OS_TASK_Delay(100); // OS_TASK_Delay() will cause a cooperative task switch
OS_TASK_LeaveRegion();
}
API functions
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer | Idle |
OS_TASK_EnterRegion() | Indicates the beginning of a critical region to embOS. | ● | ● | | ● | ● | ● |
OS_TASK_LeaveRegion() | Indicates to embOS the end of a critical region. | ● | ● | | ● | ● | ● |
OS_TASK_EnterRegion()
Description
Indicates the beginning of a critical region to embOS.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_EnterRegion(void);
Additional information
The critical region counter (OS_Global.Counters.Cnt.Region) is zero by default.
It gets incremented upon calling OS_TASK_EnterRegion() and decremented upon calling OS_TASK_LeaveRegion().
Critical regions can be nested: the critical region ends when this counter reaches zero again.
The counter is specific for all tasks, its value is saved and restored on any task switch.
Interrupts are not disabled in a critical region. However, preemptive task switches are.
If any interrupt triggers a task switch, the task switch stays pending until the final call of OS_TASK_LeaveRegion().
When the counter reaches zero, a pending task switch is executed.
Cooperative task switches are not affected and will be executed in critical regions.
When a task is running in a critical region and calls any blocking embOS function, the task will be suspended.
When the task is resumed, the critical region counter is restored, the task continues to
run in a critical region until OS_TASK_LeaveRegion() is called.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Critical Regions.
OS_TASK_LeaveRegion()
Description
Indicates to embOS the end of a critical region. Decrements
the critical region counter and checks if a task switch is pending
if the counter reaches 0.
Prototype
void OS_TASK_LeaveRegion(void);
Additional information
A critical region counter (OS_Global.Counters.Cnt.Region), which is zero by default,
is decremented. If this counter reaches zero, the critical region ends.
A task switch which became pending during a critical region will be executed in
OS_TASK_EnterRegion() when the counter reaches zero.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Critical Regions.
Disabling context transitions
The following table shows which context transitions may occur after calling appropriate embOS API:
| Cooperative task switch | Preemptive task switch | Software Timer | embOS interrupt | Zero latency interrupt |
Regular execution | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
In critical region | ● | | | ● | ● |
With embOS interrupts disabled | ● | | | | ● |
With all interrupts disabled | ● | | | | |
Example
In the following example DoSomething() in the LPTask cannot be interrupt by the HPTask or the software timer SoftwareTimer.
But it can be interrupted by the interrupt routines embOS_ISR and Zero_Latency_ISR.
void Zero_Latency_ISR(void) {
DoSomething();
}
void embOS_ISR(void) {
OS_INT_Enter();
DoSomething();
OS_INT_Leave();
}
void SoftwareTimer(void) {
DoSomething();
OS_TIMER_Restart(&Timer);
}
void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
DoSomething();
OS_TASK_Delay(10);
}
}
void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_EnterRegion();
DoSomething();
OS_TASK_LeaveRegion();
}
}
In this example DoSomething() in the LPTask cannot be interrupt by the HPTask, the software timer SoftwareTimer
or the embOS interrupt routine embOS_ISR. But it can be interrupted by the zero latency interrupt routine Zero_Latency_ISR.
void Zero_Latency_ISR(void) {
DoSomething();
}
void embOS_ISR(void) {
OS_INT_Enter();
DoSomething();
OS_INT_Leave();
}
void SoftwareTimer(void) {
DoSomething();
OS_TIMER_Restart(&Timer);
}
void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
DoSomething();
OS_TASK_Delay(10);
}
}
void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_INT_Disable();
DoSomething();
OS_INT_Enable();
}
}
In this last example, DoSomething() in the LPTask cannot be interrupt by any other function.
void Zero_Latency_ISR(void) {
DoSomething();
}
void embOS_ISR(void) {
OS_INT_Enter();
DoSomething();
OS_INT_Leave();
}
void SoftwareTimer(void) {
DoSomething();
OS_TIMER_Restart(&Timer);
}
void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
DoSomething();
OS_TASK_Delay(10);
}
}
void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_INT_DisableAll();
DoSomething();
OS_INT_EnableAll();
}
}
Time Measurement
Introduction
embOS supports two basic types of run-time measurement which may be used e.g. for
calculating the execution time of any section of user code. Low-resolution measurements
are based on system ticks, while high-resolution measurements are based on a time unit
called cycle. The length of a timer cycle depends on the timer clock frequency.
Example
The following sample demonstrates the use of low-resolution and high-resolution
measurement to return the execution time of a section of code:
#include "RTOS.h"
#include <stdio.h>
static OS_STACKPTR int Stack[1000]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCB; // Task-control-blocks
static volatile int Dummy;
static void UserCode(void) {
for (Dummy=0; Dummy < 11000; Dummy++); // Burn some time
}
//
// Measure the execution time with low resolution
//
static OS_TIME BenchmarkLoRes(void) {
OS_TIME t;
t = OS_TIME_GetTicks();
UserCode(); // Execute the user code to be benchmarked
t = OS_TIME_GetTicks() - t;
return (int)t;
}
//
// Measure the execution time with high resolution
//
static OS_U32 BenchmarkHiRes(void) {
OS_U32 t;
OS_TIME_StartMeasurement(&t);
UserCode(); // Execute the user code to be benchmarked
OS_TIME_StopMeasurement(&t);
return OS_TIME_GetResult_us(&t);
}
void Task(void) {
int tLow;
OS_U32 tHigh;
char acBuffer[80];
while (1) {
tLow = BenchmarkLoRes();
tHigh = BenchmarkHiRes();
sprintf(acBuffer, "LoRes: %d system ticks\n", tLow);
OS_COM_SendString(acBuffer);
sprintf(acBuffer, "HiRes: %d microseconds\n", tHigh);
OS_COM_SendString(acBuffer);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize hardware for embOS
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCB, "Task", 100, Task, Stack);
OS_Start(); // Start multitasking
return 0;
}
The output of the sample is as follows:
LoRes: 7 system ticks
HiRes: 6641 microsecond
Low-resolution measurement
The global system time variable OS_Global.Time is measured in system ticks, which typically equal milliseconds.
The low-resolution functions OS_TIME_GetTicks() and OS_TIME_GetTicks32() are used for
returning the current contents of this variable. The basic concept behind low-resolution
measurement is quite simple: The system time is returned once before the section
of code to be timed and once after, and the first value is subtracted from the
second to obtain the time it took for the code to execute.
The term low-resolution is used because the time values returned are measured in
completed system ticks. Consider the following: The global variable OS_Global.Time is
incremented with every system tick interrupt, with a default tick of one millisecond that means once each millisecond.
This means that the actual system time can potentially be later than the low-resolution
function returns (for example, if an interrupt actually occurs at 1.4 system ticks, the
system will assume only one tick having elapsed). The problem even gets worse when concerning
runtime measurement, because the system time must be measured twice. Since each measurement can,
potentially, be up to one tick less than the actual time, the difference between two measurements
could theoretically be inaccurate by up to one tick.
The following diagram illustrates how low-resolution measurement works. We can see
that the section of code begins at 0.5 millisecond and ends at 5.2 millisecond, which means that its
exact execution time is 5.2 millisecond - 0.5 millisecond = 4.7 millisecond. However, assuming one system tick per millisecond, the
first call to OS_TIME_GetTicks() will return 0, while the second call will return 5. The measured execution
time would therefore be returned as 5 system ticks - 0 system ticks = 5 system ticks.
void MeasureTask(void) {
OS_TIME t0, t;
t0 = OS_TIME_GetTicks32();
CodeToBeTimed();
t = OS_TIME_GetTicks32() - t0;
}
For many applications, low-resolution measurement is sufficient for most of all cases. In those cases, its ease
of use as well as its faster computation time are clear benefits when compared to high-resolution measurement.
Still, high-resolution measurement may be necessary when highly accurate measurements are mandatory.
API functions
OS_TIME_GetTicks()
Description
Returns the current system time in ticks as a native integer value.
Prototype
OS_TIME OS_TIME_GetTicks(void);
Return value
The system variable OS_Global.Time as a 16-bit integer value
on 8/16-bit CPUs, and as a 32-bit integer value on 32-bit CPUs.
Additional information
The OS_Global.Time variable is a 32-bit integer value.
Therefore, if the return value is 32 bit, it holds the entire
contents of the OS_Global.Time variable. If the return value
is 16 bit, it holds the lower 16 bits of the OS_Global.Time
variable.
Example
void PrintTask(void) {
OS_TIME Time;
Time = OS_TIME_GetTicks();
printf("System Time: %d\n", Time);
}
OS_TIME_GetTicks32()
Description
Returns the current system time in system ticks as a 32-bit signed
integer value.
Prototype
OS_I32 OS_TIME_GetTicks32(void);
Return value
The system variable OS_Global.Time as a 32-bit signed integer value.
Additional information
This function always returns the system time as a 32-bit value.
Because the OS_Global.Time variable is also a 32-bit value,
the return value is simply the entire contents of the OS_Global.Time
variable.
OS_Global.Time overflows from 0xFFFFFFFF to 0x00000000 after
4294967296 system ticks. Assuming one system tick equals one millisecond
this overflow happens after ~49 days. This overflow is no problem for
all embOS timing API functions like OS_TASK_Delay() since embOS
handles all timing calculations correctly. But this has to be taken into
account when OS_TIME_GetTicks32() should be used as an application
timestamp.
Example
void PrintTask(void) {
OS_I32 Time;
Time = OS_TIME_GetTicks32();
printf("System Time: %d\n", Time);
}
OS_TIME_Convertms2Ticks()
Description
Converts milliseconds into system ticks.
Prototype
OS_U64 OS_TIME_Convertms2Ticks(OS_U32 ms);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
ms | Milliseconds. |
Return value
The converted value in system ticks.
Additional information
This function is unavailable for compilers that do not support a 64-bit
data type (long long). This is the case only for very rare older compiler.
OS_TIME_Convertms2Ticks() returns correct values only if
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() was called during initialization. All
embOS board support packages already call OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer().
OS_TIME_Convertms2Ticks() works with tick to interrupt ratio 1:1 only.
An embOS debug build calls OS_Error(OS_ERR_FRACTIONAL_TICK) if the
tick to interrupt ratio is not 1:1.
Example
void Convert(void) {
OS_U32 Ticks;
Ticks = OS_TIME_Convertms2Ticks(100);
}
OS_TIME_ConvertTicks2ms()
Description
Converts system ticks into milliseconds.
Prototype
OS_U64 OS_TIME_ConvertTicks2ms(OS_U32 t);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
t | System ticks. |
Return value
The converted value in milliseconds.
Additional information
This function is unavailable for compilers that do not support a 64-bit
data type (long long). This is the case only for very rare older compiler.
OS_TIME_ConvertTicks2ms() returns correct values only if
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() was called during initialization. All
embOS board support packages already call OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer().
OS_TIME_ConvertTicks2ms() works with tick to interrupt ratio 1:1 only.
An embOS debug build calls OS_Error(OS_ERR_FRACTIONAL_TICK) if the
tick to interrupt ratio is not 1:1.
Example
void Convert(void) {
OS_U32 milliseconds;
milliseconds = OS_TIME_ConvertTicks2ms(100);
}
High-resolution measurement
Instead of measuring the number of completed system ticks at a given time, the hardware timer counter
value is taken into account. The hardware timer runs at a specific frequency which could be equal to
the CPU frequency or a fraction of it. A timer cycle is the time for increment or decrement the timer count
register at the timer frequency by one. Hence, the actual time resolution depends on the timer frequency.
For example with a CPU and a hardware timer running at 100 MHz the cycle length is 10 nanoseconds.
This is the minimal time which could be measured and therefore the measurement resolution.
Please refer to the illustration below, which measures the execution time of the same code that was used during
the low-resolution calculation. For this example, we assume that the CPU has a timer running at
10 MHz and counts upwards. The number of cycles per system tick interrupt therefore equals (10 MHz / 1
kHz) = 10,000. This means that with each system tick interrupt, the timer restarts at zero
and counts up to 10,000.
void MeasureTask(void) {
OS_U64 t0, t;
t0 = OS_TIME_Get_Cycles();
CodeToBeTimed();
t = OS_TIME_Get_Cycles() - t0;
}
The first call to OS_TIME_Get_Cycles() returns the starting value at 5,000 cycles, while
the second call to OS_TIME_Get_Cycles() returns the ending value at 52,000 cycles.
The measured execution time of the code in this example would therefore be (52,000 cycles - 5,000 cycles) = 47,000 cycles, which exactly equals 4.7 millisecond.
API functions
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer()
Description
Configures the system time parameters for according timing functions,
embOSView and profiling.
This function is usually called once from OS_InitHW()
(implemented in RTOSInit.c).
Prototype
void OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer(OS_CONST_PTR OS_SYSTIMER_CONFIG *pConfig);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pConfig | Pointer to a data structure of type OS_SYSTIMER_CONFIG. |
The OS_SYSTIMER_CONFIG struct
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() uses the struct OS_SYSTIMER_CONFIG:
Member | Description |
TimerFreq | System tick hardware timer frequency in Hz |
IntFreq | System tick hardware timer interrupt frequency in Hz |
IsUpCounter | OS_TIMER_DOWNCOUNTING (0): for hardware timer which counts down
OS_TIMER_UPCOUNTING (1): for hardware timer which counts up |
pfGetTimerCycles | Pointer to a function which returns the current hardware timer count value |
pfGetTimerIntPending | Pointer to a function which indicates whether the hardware timer interrupt pending flag is set |
pfGetTimerCycles()
Description
This callback function must be implemented by the user. It returns the current hardware timer count value.
Prototype
unsigned int (*pfGetTimerCycles)(void);
Return value
The current hardware timer count value.
pfGetTimerIntPending()
Description
This callback function must be implemented by the user. It returns a value unequal to
zero if the hardware timer interrupt pending flag is set.
Prototype
unsigned int (*pfGetTimerIntPending)(void);
Return value
= 0 | Hardware timer interrupt pending flag is not set. |
≠ 0 | The pending flag is set. |
Example
#define OS_FSYS 72000000u // 72 MHz CPU main clock
#define OS_PCLK_TIMER (OS_FSYS) // HW timer runs at CPU speed
#define OS_TICK_FREQ 1000u // 1 KHz => 1 msc per system tick
#define OS_INT_FREQ (OS_TICK_FREQ) // 1 system tick per interrupt
static unsigned int _OS_GetHWTimer_Cycles(void) {
return HW_TIMER_VALUE_REG;
}
static unsigned int _OS_GetHWTimer_IntPending(void) {
return HW_TIMER_INT_REG & (1uL << PENDING_BIT);
}
const OS_SYSTIMER_CONFIG Tick_Config = { OS_PCLK_TIMER,
OS_INT_FREQ,
OS_TIMER_DOWNCOUNTING,
_OS_GetHWTimer_Cycles
_OS_GetHWTimer_IntPending };
void OS_InitHW(void) {
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer(&Tick_Config);
...
}
OS_TIME_ConvertCycles2ms()
Description
Converts timer cycles into milliseconds.
Prototype
OS_U64 OS_TIME_ConvertCycles2ms(OS_U32 Cycles);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
Cycles | Timer cycles. |
Return value
The converted value in milliseconds.
Additional information
This function is unavailable for compilers that do not support a 64-bit
data type (long long). This is the case only for very rare older compiler.
OS_TIME_ConvertCycles2ms() returns correct values only if
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() was called during initialization. All
embOS board support packages already call OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer().
Example
void Convert(void) {
OS_U64 ms;
ms = OS_TIME_ConvertCycles2ms(2000);
}
OS_TIME_ConvertCycles2ns()
Description
Converts timer cycles into nanoseconds.
Prototype
OS_U64 OS_TIME_ConvertCycles2ns(OS_U32 Cycles);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
Cycles | Timer cycles. |
Return value
The converted value in nanoseconds.
Additional information
This function is unavailable for compilers that do not support a 64-bit
data type (long long). This is the case only for very rare older compiler.
OS_TIME_ConvertCycles2ns() returns correct values only if
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() was called during initialization. All
embOS board support packages already call OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer().
Example
void Convert(void) {
OS_U64 ns;
ns = OS_TIME_ConvertCycles2ns(2000);
}
OS_TIME_ConvertCycles2us()
Description
Converts timer cycles into microseconds.
Prototype
OS_U64 OS_TIME_ConvertCycles2us(OS_U32 Cycles);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
Cycles | Timer cycles. |
Return value
The converted value in microseconds.
Additional information
This function is unavailable for compilers that do not support a 64-bit
data type (long long). This is the case only for very rare older compiler.
OS_TIME_ConvertCycles2us() returns correct values only if
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() was called during initialization. All
embOS board support packages already call OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer().
Example
void Convert(void) {
OS_U64 us;
us = OS_TIME_ConvertCycles2us(2000);
}
OS_TIME_Convertms2Cycles()
Description
Converts milliseconds into timer cycles.
Prototype
OS_U64 OS_TIME_Convertms2Cycles(OS_U32 ms);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
ms | Milliseconds. |
Return value
The converted value in timer cycles.
Additional information
This function is unavailable for compilers that do not support a 64-bit
data type (long long). This is the case only for very rare older compiler.
OS_TIME_Convertms2Cycles() returns correct values only if
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() was called during initialization. All
embOS board support packages already call OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer().
Example
void Convert(void) {
OS_U64 Cycles;
Cycles = OS_TIME_Convertms2Cycles(100);
}
OS_TIME_Convertns2Cycles()
Description
Converts nanoseconds into timer cycles.
Prototype
OS_U64 OS_TIME_Convertns2Cycles(OS_U32 ns);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
ns | Nanoseconds. |
Return value
The converted value in timer cycles.
Additional information
This function is unavailable for compilers that do not support a 64-bit
data type (long long). This is the case only for very rare older compiler.
OS_TIME_Convertns2Cycles() returns correct values only if
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() was called during initialization. All
embOS board support packages already call OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer().
Example
void Convert(void) {
OS_U64 Cycles;
Cycles = OS_TIME_Convertns2Cycles(100);
}
OS_TIME_Convertus2Cycles()
Description
Converts microseconds into timer cycles.
Prototype
OS_U64 OS_TIME_Convertus2Cycles(OS_U32 us);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
us | Microseconds. |
Return value
The converted value in timer cycles.
Additional information
This function is unavailable for compilers that do not support a 64-bit
data type (long long). This is the case only for very rare older compiler.
OS_TIME_Convertus2Cycles() returns correct values only if
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() was called during initialization. All
embOS board support packages already call OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer().
Example
void Convert(void) {
OS_U64 Cycles;
Cycles = OS_TIME_Convertus2Cycles(100);
}
OS_TIME_Get_Cycles()
Description
Returns the current system time in timer cycles as a 64-bit value.
Prototype
OS_U64 OS_TIME_Get_Cycles(void);
Return value
The current system time in timer cycles as a 64-bit integer value.
Additional information
This function is unavailable for compilers that do not support a 64-bit
data type (long long). This is the case only for very rare older compiler.
OS_TIME_Get_Cycles() returns correct values only if OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() was
called during initialization. All embOS board support packages already call
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer(). With this 64-bit value OS_TIME_Get_Cycles() can return
up to 264 - 1 cycles = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF cycles (~18 quintillion cycles).
Example
void Benchmark(void) {
OS_U64 Cycles0, Cycles;
Cycles0 = OS_TIME_Get_Cycles();
DoSomeThing();
Cycles = OS_TIME_Get_Cycles() - Cycles0;
}
OS_TIME_GetInts()
Description
Returns the number of system tick interrupts.
Prototype
OS_U64 OS_TIME_GetInts(void);
Return value
Number of system tick interrupts.
Additional information
In most cases the number of system tick interrupts is equal to the
number of system ticks. But it may be different if OS_TICK_Config()
was used before. This function should typically be used in board support
packages only.
Example
void GetInts(void) {
OS_U64 NumInts;
NumInts = OS_TIME_GetInts();
}
OS_TIME_GetResult()
Description
Returns the execution time of the code between OS_TIME_StartMeasurement()
and OS_TIME_StopMeasurement() in cycles.
Prototype
OS_U32 OS_TIME_GetResult(OS_CONST_PTR OS_U32 *pCycle);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pCycle | Pointer to a OS_U32 variable which will contain the result. |
Return value
The execution time in timer cycles as a 32-bit integer value.
Example
static void Benchmark(void) {
OS_U32 t;
OS_U32 r;
OS_TIME_StartMeasurement(&t);
UserCode(); // Execute the user code to be benchmarked
OS_TIME_StopMeasurement(&t);
r = OS_TIME_GetResult(&t);
printf("Cycles=%u", r);
}
OS_TIME_GetResult_us()
Description
Returns the execution time of the code between OS_TIME_StartMeasurement()
and OS_TIME_StopMeasurement() in microseconds.
Prototype
OS_U32 OS_TIME_GetResult_us(OS_CONST_PTR OS_U32 *pCycle);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pCycle | Pointer to a OS_U32 variable which will contain the result. |
Return value
The execution time in microseconds as a 32-bit integer value.
Example
static void Benchmark(void) {
OS_U32 t;
OS_U32 us;
OS_TIME_StartMeasurement(&t);
UserCode(); // Execute the user code to be benchmarked
OS_TIME_StopMeasurement(&t);
us = OS_TIME_GetResult_us(&t);
printf("Time=%u", us);
}
OS_TIME_Get_us()
Description
Returns the current system time in microseconds as a 32-bit value.
Prototype
OS_U32 OS_TIME_Get_us(void);
Return value
The current system time in microseconds as a 32-bit integer value.
Additional information
This function is unavailable for compilers that do not support a 64-bit
data type (long long). This is the case only for very rare older compiler.
OS_TIME_Get_us() returns correct values only if OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() was
called during initialization. All embOS board support packages already call
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer(). With this 32-bit value OS_TIME_Get_us() can return up
232 - 1 microseconds = 0xFFFFFFFF microseconds (~71 minutes).
Example
void PrintTime(void) {
OS_U32 Time;
Time = OS_TIME_Get_us();
printf("System Time: %u microseconds\n", Time);
}
OS_TIME_Get_us64()
Description
Returns the current system time in microseconds as a 64-bit value.
Prototype
OS_U64 OS_TIME_Get_us64(void);
Return value
The current system time in microseconds as a 64-bit integer value.
Additional information
This function is unavailable for compilers that do not support a 64-bit
data type (long long). This is the case only for very rare older compiler.
OS_TIME_Get_us64() returns correct values only if OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() was
called during initialization. All embOS board support packages already call
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer(). With this 64-bit value OS_TIME_Get_us64() can return
up to 264 - 1 microseconds = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF microseconds (~584,942 years).
Example
void MeasureTime(void) {
OS_U64 t0, t1;
OS_U32 delta;
t0 = OS_TIME_Get_us64();
DoSomething();
t1 = OS_TIME_Get_us64();
delta = (OS_U32)(t1 - t0);
printf("Delta: %u microseconds\n", delta);
}
OS_TIME_StartMeasurement()
Description
Marks the beginning of a code section to be timed.
Prototype
void OS_TIME_StartMeasurement(OS_U32* pCycle);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pCycle | Pointer to a OS_U32 variable which will contain the result. |
Additional information
This function must be used with OS_TIME_StopMeasurement().
Example
static void Benchmark(void) {
OS_U32 t;
OS_U32 us;
OS_TIME_StartMeasurement(&t);
UserCode(); // Execute the user code to be benchmarked
OS_TIME_StopMeasurement(&t);
us = OS_TIME_GetResult_us(&t);
printf("Time=%u", us);
}
OS_TIME_StopMeasurement()
Description
Marks the end of a code section to be timed.
Prototype
void OS_TIME_StopMeasurement(OS_U32* pCycle);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pCycle | Pointer to a OS_U32 variable which will contain the result. |
Additional information
This function must be used with OS_TIME_StartMeasurement().
Example
static void Benchmark(void) {
OS_U32 t;
OS_U32 us;
OS_TIME_StartMeasurement(&t);
UserCode(); // Execute the user code to be benchmarked
OS_TIME_StopMeasurement(&t);
us = OS_TIME_GetResult_us(&t);
printf("Time=%u", us);
}
Low Power Support
Introduction
embOS provides several means to control the power consumption of your target hardware. These include:
- The possibility to enter power save modes with the embOS function OS_Idle().
- The embOS tickless support, allowing the microcontroller to remain in a power save mode for
extended periods of time.
- The embOS peripheral power control module, which allows control of the power consumption of
specific peripherals.
The following chapter explains each of these in more detail.
Starting power save modes in OS_Idle()
In case your controller supports some kind of power save mode, it is possible to use it with embOS.
To enter that mode, you would usually implement the respective functionality in the function
OS_Idle(), which is located inside the embOS source file RTOSInit.c.
OS_Idle() is executed whenever no task is ready for execution. With many embOS
start projects it is preconfigured to activate a power save mode of the target CPU.
Please note that the available power save modes are hardware-dependent. For example
with Cortex-M CPUs, the wfi instruction is executed per default in OS_Idle() to
put the CPU into a power save mode:
void OS_Idle(void) { // Idle loop: No task is ready to execute
while (1) {
__asm("wfi"); // Enter sleep mode
}
}
For further information on OS_Idle(), please also refer to OS_Idle().
Tickless support
Introduction
The embOS tickless support provides the needed functionality for users to stop the periodic system tick interrupt
during idle periods and to adjust the embOS ticks again after the idle period has ended.
Idle periods are periods of time when there are no tasks or software timers ready
for execution. Stopping the system tick interrupt during idle periods allows the microcontroller to remain in
a low power mode until a task or software timer needs to be executed again. It is the user’s responsibility
to ensure that the hardware timer(s) are (re-)configured properly and the system time is adjusted when
the tickless mode is stopped and the normal operation is resumed.
The embOS tickless support comes with the functions OS_TICKLESS_GetNumIdleTicks(),
OS_TICKLESS_AdjustTime(), OS_TICKLESS_Start(), OS_TICKLESS_Stop(),
OS_TICKLESS_GetPeriod() and OS_TICKLESS_IsExpired(). These can be used to add tickless
support to any embOS project.
Basic concept
Every time when there is no scheduled action, embOS calls the function OS_Idle().
The application will remain in OS_Idle() until an interrupt occurs.
If an application arrives in OS_Idle(), it can therefore enter low power
mode. OS_TICKLESS_GetNumIdleTicks() returns the amount of system
ticks the application can stay in low power mode until the scheduler has to be executed again in order
to schedule a task or execute a software timer.
Before entering low power mode, the application has to reconfigure the hardware timer to generate an interrupt
at the time indicated by OS_TICKLESS_GetNumIdleTicks(). Furthermore, it needs to tell embOS how long
the application will stay in tickless mode as well as which callback function embOS should call once the tickless
mode ends.
The time and the callback function are passed to embOS via OS_TICKLESS_Start().
Afterwards, the device can enter low power mode.
Now, if the hardware timer interrupt that denotes the end of the tickless period occurs, the interrupt
handler simply has to call OS_TICK_Handle(), which activates the scheduler.
The embOS scheduler then executes the callback function.
The user has to implement this callback function to adjust the system time by the time the device spent in tickless mode.
It also needs to reconfigure the hardware timer to generate periodical system tick interrupts again. The amount of time
that was passed to OS_TICKLESS_Start() can be retrieved via OS_TICKLESS_GetPeriod()
and can be directly passed to OS_TICKLESS_AdjustTime(). From that point on, embOS resumes
normal operation.
There might be situations in which a device may want to end the tickless mode earlier than expected.
For instance, if an interrupt other than the timer interrupt occurs and makes a task ready for
execution, the tickless to be canceled prematurely. To do so, the interrupt service routine has to call
OS_TICKLESS_Stop(), which will execute the callback function directly. The callback can distinguish
wether the tickless mode was stopped earlier than expected by using OS_TICKLESS_IsExpired(). If it
returns zero, the callback cannot use OS_TICKLESS_GetPeriod() but has to read the timer
counter and calculate how many ticks the device has spent in tickless mode. The calculated
value can then be used to adjust the system tick accordingly.
Hardware timers
The embOS tickless support can be used with either one or two timers.
Using one hardware timer only, the timer would need to be reconfigured upon entering low poer mode and
upon leaving low power mode.
If it isn’t desired to use the same hardware timer during tickless and non-tickless operation (e.g. because it becomes
non-functional during low power mode), a second hardware timer may be used. In this case, the non-tickless
mode timer has to be disabled during each preparation for the tickless mode in OS_Idle(), and the tickless
mode timer needs to be configured to generate an interrupt at the appropriate point in time. Once the tickless
mode timer expires, its interrupt handler should then simply call OS_TICK_Handle() as if it was the non-tickless mode timer.
Subsequently, the callback function should disable the tickles mode timer and activate the non-tickless mode
timer again.
OS_Idle()
Usually, OS_Idle() just consists of an endless loop that optionally suspends the CPUs execution by
entering a low power mode. The code for entering low power mode is contained in the loop to ensure
that if an event like an interrupt wakes up the device, it will simply re-enter low power mode again.
The implementation of such an OS_Idle() function may look like this:
void OS_Idle(void) {
while (1) {
_EnterLowPowerMode();
}
}
Here, _EnterLowPowerMode() is a pseudo function which puts the device into low power mode.
Using such OS_Idle() implementation results in the device exiting and entering low power mode
with each system tick interrupt, even if there is no task or software timer ready for execution.
To avoid this, the embOS’ tickless support may be used.
An implementation of OS_Idle() that uses the tickless support may look like this:
void OS_Idle(void) {
OS_TIME IdleTicks;
OS_INT_IncDI();
IdleTicks = OS_TICKLESS_GetNumIdleTicks();
if (IdleTicks > 1) {
if (IdleTicks > TIMER1_MAX_TICKS) {
IdleTicks = TIMER1_MAX_TICKS;
}
OS_TICKLESS_Start(IdleTicks, &_EndTicklessMode);
_SetHWTimer(IdleTicks);
}
OS_INT_DecRI();
while (1) {
_EnterLowPowerMode();
}
}
The following description explains the tickless OS_Idle() function step by step:
void OS_Idle(void) {
OS_TIME IdleTicks;
OS_INT_Disable();
Interrupts are disabled to avoid a timer interrupt.
IdleTicks = OS_TICKLESS_GetNumIdleTicks();
if (IdleTicks > 1) {
The OS_Idle() function evaluates the number system ticks that can be spent in tickless mode
by calling OS_TICKLESS_GetNumIdleTicks(). Entering low mode for a small number of ticks only (e.g. 1 tick)
may also be omitted when this would not conserve sufficient amounts of energy.
if ((OS_U32)IdleTicks > TIMER_MAX_TICKS) {
IdleTicks = TIMER_MAX_TICKS;
}
If it is not possible to generate the timer interrupt at the specified time, e.g. due to hardware
timer limitations, the idle period can be reduced to any lower value. For example, if OS_TICKLESS_GetNumIdleTicks()
returns an idle period of 200 ticks, but the hardware timer’s duration is limited to 100 ticks maximum,
then the variable IdleTicks will initially be set to 100 system ticks. The system will then wake
up after 100 system ticks, OS_Idle() will be executed once more and OS_TICKLESS_GetNumIdleTicks()
now returns the remaining 100 idle systems ticks, for which tickless mode is entered once again. This
means that the system wakes up two times for the entire 200 idle system ticks.
if (IdleTicks > 1) {
...
OS_TICKLESS_Start(IdleTicks, &_EndTicklessMode);
_SetHWTimer(IdleTicks);
}
OS_TICKLESS_Start() sets the idle system ticks and the callback function. IdleTicks is
later used in the callback function, which is described in more detail below. _SetHWTimer()
is a hardware-dependent function that must be implemented to reconfigure the hardware timer to generate
a system tick interrupt at the time defined by IdleTicks. It is possible to reconfigure the current
hardware timer or to stop it and to use another hardware timer in tickless mode. For simplicity, we assume the
same hardware timer is used both in tickless mode and non-tickless mode.
OS_INT_Enable();
while (1) {
_EnterLowPowerMode();
}
}
Interrupts are re-enabled and the CPU continually enters power save mode.
_EnterLowPowerMode() is a hardware-dependent function that activates the low power mode.
Callback Function
The callback function calculates how long the processor spent in tickless mode and corrects the
system time accordingly. embOS API functions that are allowed to be called within the callback function
are limited to OS_TICKLESS_AdjustTime(), OS_TICKLESS_GetPeriod() and OS_TICKLESS_IsExpired().
static void _EndTicklessMode(void) {
OS_U32 NumTicks;
if (OS_TICKLESS_IsExpired() != 0) {
OS_TICKLESS_AdjustTime(OS_TICKLESS_GetPeriod());
} else {
NumTicks = _GetLowPowerTicks();
OS_TICKLESS_AdjustTime(NumTicks);
}
_SetHWTimer(OS_TIMER_RELOAD);
}
The following description explains the callback function step by step:
static void _EndTicklessMode(void) {
OS_U32 NumTicks;
if (OS_TICKLESS_IsExpired() != 0) {
OS_TICKLESS_AdjustTime(OS_TICKLESS_GetPeriod());
OS_TICKLESS_IsExpired() returns whether the hardware timer expired and the system tick interrupt
was executed. This can be used to determine if the device spent the whole idle period in tickless mode
and terminated the tickless mode by a call to OS_TICK_Handle(), or if the tickless mode was
terminated by an interrupt calling OS_TICKLESS_Stop(). If OS_TICKLESS_IsExpired() does not
return zero, we can simply use the value returned by OS_TICKLESS_GetPeriod() to adjust the system
time. This value is the period that was previously passed to OS_TICKLESS_Start() with the
IdleTicks variable.
} else {
NumTicks = _GetLowPowerTicks();
OS_TICKLESS_AdjustTime(NumTicks);
}
If OS_TICKLESS_IsExpired() returns zero, the time spent in tickless mode needs to be computed.
Here, _GetLowPowerTicks() is a hardware-dependent function which returns the amount of system
ticks already spent in tickless mode. We use that value to adjust the system time.
_SetHWTimer(OS_TIMER_RELOAD);
}
_SetHWTimer() is a hardware-dependent function which reconfigures the hardware timer to
generate a periodic system tick again.
API functions
OS_TICKLESS_AdjustTime()
Description
Adjusts the embOS internal time variable by the specified amount of system ticks.
Prototype
void OS_TICKLESS_AdjustTime(OS_TIME Time);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
Time | The amount of time which should be added to the embOS internal time variable. |
Additional information
The function may be useful when the embOS system timer was halted for any interval of time with
a well-known duration. When the embOS timer is subsequently re-started, the internal time variable
must be adjusted to that duration in order to guarantee time-scheduled actions are performed
accurately.
This function must not be used when the tick-to-interrupt-ratio is not x:1,
which means it can be used for ratios where x system ticks equal one timer interrupt.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in case the ratio is not x:1.
The hardware timer may need to be programmed accordingly to take into account that
not the complete time until the next timer interrupt has expired.
Example
Please refer to the example described in OS_Idle().
OS_TICKLESS_GetNumIdleTicks()
Description
Retrieves the number of embOS system ticks until the next
time-scheduled action will be started.
Prototype
OS_TIME OS_TICKLESS_GetNumIdleTicks(void);
Return value
> 0 | Number of system ticks until next time scheduled action. |
= 0 | A time scheduled action is pending. |
Additional information
The function may be useful when the embOS timer and CPU shall be halted
by the application and restarted after the idle time to save power. This
works when the application has its own time base and a special interrupt
that can wake up the CPU.
When the embOS timer is started again the internal time must be
adjusted to guarantee time-scheduled actions to be executed.
This can be done by a call of OS_TICKLESS_AdjustTime().
Example
Please refer to the example described in OS_Idle().
OS_TICKLESS_GetPeriod()
Description
Returns the configured tickless period in system ticks that was passed
to OS_TICKLESS_Start(). This value can be used to adjust the
system tick if OS_TICKLESS_IsExpired() does not return zero.
Prototype
OS_TIME OS_TICKLESS_GetPeriod(void);
Return value
Configured tickless period in system ticks.
Additional information
This is the period the application should stay in tickless mode
until it ends and which was passed to OS_TICKLESS_Start().
Example
void TimerISR(void) {
OS_BOOL r;
OS_TIME t;
OS_INT_Enter();
r = OS_TICKLESS_IsExpired();
if (r != 0) {
t = OS_TICKLESS_GetPeriod();
OS_TICKLESS_AdjustTime(t);
}
OS_INT_Leave();
}
OS_TICKLESS_IsExpired()
Description
Returns whether the tickless period has expired.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_TICKLESS_IsExpired(void);
Return value
= 0 | Tickless period has not expired. |
≠ 0 | Tickless period has expired. |
Example
void TimerISR(void) {
OS_BOOL r;
OS_TIME t;
OS_INT_Enter();
r = OS_TICKLESS_IsExpired();
if (r != 0) {
t = OS_TICKLESS_GetPeriod();
OS_TICKLESS_AdjustTime(t);
}
OS_INT_Leave();
}
OS_TICKLESS_Start()
Description
Start the tickless mode.
It sets the sleep time and the user callback function which is
called from the scheduler after wake-up from power save mode.
Prototype
void OS_TICKLESS_Start(OS_TIME Period,
OS_ROUTINE_VOID* pfEndTicklessMode);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
Period | Time in ticks which will be spent in power save mode. |
pfEndTicklessMode | Callback function to stop the tickless mode. |
Additional information
It must be called before the CPU enters a power save mode.
The callback function must stop the tickless mode. It must calculate how
many system ticks are actually spent in lower power mode and adjust the
system time by calling OS_TICKLESS_AdjustTime(). It also must reset the system tick
timer to its default tick period.
Example
Please refer to the example described in OS_Idle().
OS_TICKLESS_Stop()
Description
Prematurely stops the tickless mode.
Prototype
void OS_TICKLESS_Stop(void);
Additional information
The tickless mode is stopped immediately even when no time-scheduled
action is due. OS_TICKLESS_Stop() calls the callback function
registered when tickless mode was enabled.
OS_TICKLESS_Stop() is mainly used when the tickless mode is not stopped
by the system tick but by another event which causes an interrupt.
Example
void ButtonISR(void) {
OS_INT_Enter();
OS_TICKLESS_Stop();
OS_TASKEVENT_Set(&TCB0, EVENT_KEYPRESSED);
OS_INT_Leave();
}
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I use embOS without tickless support?
A: you can use embOS without tickless support. No changes to your project are required.
Q: What hardware-dependent functions must be implemented and where?
A: OS_Idle() must be modified and the callback function must be implemented. OS_Idle()
is part of the RTOSInit.c file. We suggest to implement the callback function in the same file.
The callback function is not called by the user directly, but is instead passed as an argument to the
OS_TICKLESS_Start() API function.
Q: What triggers the callback function?
A: The callback function is executed once from the scheduler when the tickless operation ends and
normal operation resumes. Alternatively, the callback may also be executed by calling OS_TICKLESS_Stop()
from any other interrupt than the system tick interrupt, and executes the callback function immediately.
Peripheral power control
Introduction
The embOS peripheral power control is used to determine if a peripheral’s clock or its
power supply can be switched off to save power.
It includes three functions: OS_POWER_GetMask(), OS_POWER_UsageInc() and
OS_POWER_UsageDec(). These functions can be used to add peripheral power control
to any embOS start project.
If a peripheral gets initialized a call to OS_POWER_UsageInc() increments a specific
entry in the power management counter to signal that it is in use. When a peripheral
is no longer in use, a call to OS_POWER_UsageDec() decrements this counter. Within
OS_Idle() a call of OS_POWER_GetMask() generates a bit mask which describes which
clock or power supply is in use, and which is not and may therefore be switched off.
This is an example for the peripheral power control. As it depends on the used hardware,
its implementation is fictional: A, B and C are used to represent arbitrary
peripherals.
#define OS_POWER_USE_A (1 << 0) // peripheral "A"
#define OS_POWER_USE_B (1 << 1) // peripheral "B"
#define OS_POWER_USE_C (1 << 2) // peripheral "C"
#define OS_POWER_USE_ALL (OS_POWER_USE_A | OS_POWER_USE_B | OS_POWER_USE_C)
In the following function the peripherals A and C have been initialized and were
marked in-use by a call to OS_POWER_UsageInc():
void _InitAC(void) {
...
OS_POWER_UsageInc(OS_POWER_USE_A); // Mark "A" as used
OS_POWER_UsageInc(OS_POWER_USE_C); // Mark "C" as used
...
}
After some time, C will not be used any more and can therefore be marked as unused
by a call to OS_POWER_UsageDec():
void _WorkDone(void) {
...
OS_POWER_UsageDec(OS_POWER_USE_C); // Mark "C" as unused
...
}
While in OS_Idle(), a call to OS_POWER_GetMask() retrieves a bit mask from the
power management counter. That bit mask subsequently is used to modify the corresponding
bits of a control register, leaving only those bits set that represent a peripheral which is in-use.
void OS_Idle(void) { // Idle loop: No task is ready to execute
OS_UINT PowerMask;
OS_U16 ClkControl;
//
// Initially disable interrupts
//
OS_INT_IncDI();
//
// Examine which peripherals may be switched off
//
PowerMask = OS_POWER_GetMask();
//
// Store the content of CTRLREG and clear all OS_POWER_USE related bits
//
ClkControl = CTRLREG & ~OS_POWER_USE_ALL;
//
// Set only bits for used peripherals and write them to the specific register
// In this case only "A" is marked as used, so "C" gets switched off
//
CTRLREG = ClkControl | PowerMask;
//
// Re-enable interrupts
//
OS_INT_DecRI();
for (;;) {
_do_nothing();
};
}
API functions
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer | Idle |
OS_POWER_GetMask() | Retrieves the power management counter. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_POWER_UsageDec() | Decrements the power management counter(s). | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_POWER_UsageInc() | Increments the power management counter(s). | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_POWER_GetMask()
Description
Retrieves the power management counter.
Prototype
OS_UINT OS_POWER_GetMask(void);
Return value
A bit mask which describes whether a peripheral is in use or not.
Additional information
This function generates a bit mask from the power management counter it retrieves.
The bit mask describes which peripheral is in use and which one can be turned off.
Switching off a peripheral can be done by writing this mask into the specific register.
Please refer to the Example for additional information.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Peripheral power control.
OS_POWER_UsageDec()
Description
Decrements the power management counter(s).
Prototype
void OS_POWER_UsageDec(OS_UINT Index);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
Index | Contains a mask with bits set for those counters which should be updated. (Bit 0 => Counter 0) The debug version checks for underflow, overflow and undefined counter number. |
Additional information
When a peripheral is no longer in use this function is called to mark the
peripheral as unused and signal that it can be switched off.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Peripheral power control.
OS_POWER_UsageInc()
Description
Increments the power management counter(s).
Prototype
void OS_POWER_UsageInc(OS_UINT Index);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
Index | Contains a mask with bits set for those counters which should be updated. (Bit 0 => Counter 0) The debug version checks for underflow, overflow and undefined counter number. |
Additional information
When a peripheral is in use this function is called to mark the peripheral as in use.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Peripheral power control.
Heap Type Memory Management
Introduction
ANSI C offers some basic dynamic memory management functions. These are e.g. malloc(), free(), and realloc().
Unfortunately, these routines are not thread-safe, unless a special thread-safe implementation
exists in the compiler runtime libraries; they can only be used from one
task or by multiple tasks if they are called sequentially. Therefore, embOS offer thread safe
variants of these routines. These variants have the same names as their ANSI
counterparts, but are prefixed OS_HEAP_; they are called OS_HEAP_malloc(), OS_HEAP_free(),
OS_HEAP_realloc(). The thread-safe variants that embOS offers use the standard ANSI
routines, but they guarantee that the calls are serialized using a mutex.
If heap memory management is not supported by the standard C libraries, embOS
heap memory management is not implemented.
This API is not available in embOS library mode OS_LIBMODE_SAFE.
Note
Many modern toolchain standard libraries can be made thread-safe with hook functions which are implemented by embOS.
With it functions like malloc(), free() and realloc() are thread-safe and is not necessary to use OS_HEAP_malloc(), OS_HEAP_free() and OS_HEAP_realloc().
Please have a look in the core/compiler specific embOS manual for more details.
Example
void HPTask(void) {
OS_U32* p;
while (1) {
p = (OS_U32*)OS_HEAP_malloc(4);
*p = 42;
OS_HEAP_free(p);
}
}
void LPTask(void) {
OS_U16* p;
while (1) {
p = (OS_U16*)OS_HEAP_malloc(2);
*p = 0;
OS_HEAP_free(p);
}
}
API functions
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_HEAP_free() | Frees a block of memory previously allocated. | ● | ● | | | |
OS_HEAP_malloc() | Allocates a block of memory on the heap. | ● | ● | | | |
OS_HEAP_realloc() | Changes the allocation size. | ● | ● | | | |
OS_HEAP_free()
Description
Frees a block of memory previously allocated.
This is the thread safe free() variant.
Prototype
void OS_HEAP_free(void* pMemBlock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMemBlock | Pointer to a memory block previously allocated with OS_HEAP_malloc(). |
Example
void UseHeapMem(void) {
char* sText;
sText = (char*)OS_HEAP_malloc(20);
strcpy(sText, "Hello World");
printf(sText);
OS_HEAP_free(sText);
}
OS_HEAP_malloc()
Description
Allocates a block of memory on the heap.
This is the thread safe malloc() variant.
Prototype
void *OS_HEAP_malloc(unsigned int Size);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
Size | Size of the requested memory block in bytes. |
Return value
Upon successful completion with size not equal zero, OS_HEAP_malloc()
returns a pointer to the allocated space. Otherwise, it returns
a NULL pointer.
Example
void UseHeapMem(void) {
char* sText;
sText = (char*)OS_HEAP_malloc(20);
strcpy(sText, "Hello World");
printf(sText);
OS_HEAP_free(sText);
}
OS_HEAP_realloc()
Description
Changes the allocation size.
This is the thread safe realloc() variant.
Prototype
void *OS_HEAP_realloc(void* pMemBlock,
unsigned int NewSize);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMemBlock | Pointer to a memory block previously allocated with OS_HEAP_malloc(). |
NewSize | New size for the memory block in bytes. |
Return value
Upon successful completion, OS_HEAP_realloc() returns a pointer to the reallocated
memory block. Otherwise, it returns a NULL pointer.
Example
void UseHeapMem(void) {
char* sText;
sText = (char*)OS_HEAP_malloc(10);
strcpy(sText, "Hello");
printf(sText);
sText = (char*)OS_HEAP_realloc(sText, 20);
strcpy(sText, "Hello World");
printf(sText);
OS_HEAP_free(sText);
}
Fixed Block Size Memory Pools
Introduction
Fixed block size memory pools contain a specific number of fixed-size blocks of memory.
The location in memory of the pool, the size of each block, and the number of
blocks are set at runtime by the application via a call to the OS_MEMPOOL_Create() function.
The advantage of fixed memory pools is that a block of memory can be allocated
from within any task in a very short, determined period of time.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#define BLOCK_SIZE (16)
#define NUM_BLOCKS (16)
#define POOL_SIZE (NUM_BLOCKS * BLOCK_SIZE)
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task-control-blocks
static OS_MEMPOOL MEMF;
static OS_U8 aPool[POOL_SIZE];
static void HPTask(void) {
char* a;
while (1) {
//
// Request one memory block
//
a = OS_MEMPOOL_AllocBlocked(&MEMF);
//
// Work with memory block
//
strcpy(a, "Hello World\n");
printf(a);
OS_MEMPOOL_FreeEx(&MEMF, a); // Release memory block
OS_TASK_Delay (10);
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
char* b;
while (1) {
//
// Request one memory block when available in max. next 10 system ticks
//
b = OS_MEMPOOL_AllocTimed(&MEMF, 10);
if (b != 0) {
//
// Work with memory block
//
b[0] = 0x12;
b[1] = 0x34;
//
// Release memory block
//
OS_MEMPOOL_FreeEx(&MEMF, b);
}
OS_TASK_Delay (50);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize hardware for embOS
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
//
// Create [NUM_BLOCKS] blocks with a size of [BLOCK_SIZE] each
//
OS_MEMPOOL_Create(&MEMF, aPool, NUM_BLOCKS, BLOCK_SIZE);
OS_Start(); // Start multitasking
return 0;
}
API functions
OS_MEMPOOL_Alloc()
Description
Requests allocation of a memory block.
Continues execution without blocking.
Prototype
void *OS_MEMPOOL_Alloc(OS_MEMPOOL* pMEMF);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMEMF | Pointer to a memory pool object of type OS_MEMPOOL. |
Return value
≠ NULL | Pointer to the allocated block. |
= NULL | If no block has been allocated. |
Additional information
The calling task is never suspended by calling OS_MEMPOOL_Alloc().
The returned pointer must be passed as a parameter to OS_MEMPOOL_Free()
or OS_MEMPOOL_FreeEx()to free the memory block.
The pointer must not be modified.
Example
static OS_MEMPOOL _MemPool;
void Task(void) {
void* pData;
pData = OS_MEMPOOL_Alloc(&_MemPool);
if (pData != NULL) {
// Success: Work with the allocated memory.
} else {
// Failed: Do something else.
}
}
OS_MEMPOOL_AllocBlocked()
Description
Allocates a memory block from pool.
Suspends until memory is available.
Prototype
void *OS_MEMPOOL_AllocBlocked(OS_MEMPOOL* pMEMF);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMEMF | Pointer to a memory pool object of type OS_MEMPOOL. |
Return value
Pointer to the allocated memory block.
Additional information
If there is no free memory block in the pool, the calling task is
suspended until a memory block becomes available.
The returned pointer must be passed as a parameter to OS_MEMPOOL_Free()
or OS_MEMPOOL_FreeEx()to free the memory block.
The pointer must not be modified.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Fixed Block Size Memory Pools.
OS_MEMPOOL_AllocTimed()
Description
Allocates a memory block from pool with a timeout.
Suspends until memory is available or a timeout occurs.
Prototype
void *OS_MEMPOOL_AllocTimed(OS_MEMPOOL* pMEMF,
OS_TIME Timeout);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMEMF | Pointer to a memory pool object of type OS_MEMPOOL. |
Timeout | Maximum time in system ticks until the memory block must be available. The data type OS_TIME is defined as an integer, therefore valid values are: 0 ≤ Timeout ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs. 0 ≤ Timeout ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs. |
Return value
= NULL | No memory block could be allocated within the specified time. |
≠ NULL | Pointer to the allocated memory block. |
Additional information
If there is no free memory block in the pool, the calling task is
suspended until a memory block becomes available or the timeout has
expired.
The returned pointer must be passed as a parameter to OS_MEMPOOL_Free()
or OS_MEMPOOL_FreeEx()to free the memory block.
The pointer must not be modified.
When the calling task is blocked by higher priority tasks for a period longer than the
timeout value, it may happen that the memory block becomes available after the
timeout expired, but before the calling task is resumed. Anyhow, the function returns
with timeout, because the memory block was not available within the requested time.
Example
static OS_MEMPOOL _MemPool;
void Task(void) {
void* pData;
pData = OS_MEMPOOL_AllocTimed(&_MemPool, 20);
if (pData != NULL) {
// Success: Work with the allocated memory.
} else {
// Failed: Do something else.
}
}
OS_MEMPOOL_Create()
Description
Creates and initializes a fixed block size memory pool.
Prototype
void OS_MEMPOOL_Create(OS_MEMPOOL* pMEMF,
void* pPool,
OS_UINT NumBlocks,
OS_UINT BlockSize);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMEMF | Pointer to a memory pool object of type OS_MEMPOOL. |
pPool | Pointer to memory to be used for the memory pool. Required size is: NumBlocks * BlockSize. |
NumBlocks | Number of blocks in the pool. 1 ≤ NumBlocks ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs 1 ≤ NumBlocks ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs
|
BlockSize | Size in bytes of one block. 1 ≤ BlockSize ≤ 215 - 1 = 0x7FFF for 8/16-bit CPUs 1 ≤ BlockSize ≤ 231 - 1 = 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bit CPUs
|
Example
#define NUM_BLOCKS (16)
#define BLOCK_SIZE (16)
#define POOL_SIZE (NUM_BLOCKS * BLOCK_SIZE)
static OS_U8 _aPool[POOL_SIZE];
static OS_MEMPOOL _MyMEMF;
void Init(void) {
// Create 16 Blocks with size of 16 bytes
OS_MEMPOOL_Create(&_MyMEMF, _aPool, NUM_BLOCKS, BLOCK_SIZE);
}
OS_MEMPOOL_Delete()
Description
Deletes a fixed block size memory pool. After deletion, the
memory pool and memory blocks inside this pool can no longer
be used.
Prototype
void OS_MEMPOOL_Delete(OS_MEMPOOL* pMEMF);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMEMF | Pointer to a memory pool object of type OS_MEMPOOL. |
Additional information
A debug build of embOS checks whether pMEMF addresses a valid memory
pool and will call OS_Error() with error code OS_ERR_MEMF_INV in
case of an error.
Before deleting a memory pool, make sure that no task is waiting for it.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() with the error code
OS_ERR_MEMF_DELETE if any tasks is waiting for the queue.
Example
static OS_MEMPOOL MyMEMF;
void main(void) {
// Delete memory pool
OS_MEMPOOL_Delete(&MyMEMF);
}
OS_MEMPOOL_Free()
Description
Releases a memory block that was previously allocated.
The memory pool does not need to be denoted.
Prototype
void OS_MEMPOOL_Free(void* pMemBlock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMemBlock | Pointer to the memory block. |
Additional information
This function may be used instead of OS_MEMPOOL_FreeEx(). It has the advantage that
only one parameter is needed since embOS will automatically determine the associated
memory pool. The memory block becomes available for other tasks waiting for a memory
block from the associated pool, which may cause a subsequent task switch.
Example
static OS_MEMPOOL _MemPool;
void Task(void) {
void* pData;
pData = OS_MEMPOOL_Alloc(&_MemPool); // Allocate memory
... // Work with allocated memory
OS_MEMPOOL_Free(pData); // Free allocated memory
}
OS_MEMPOOL_FreeEx()
Description
Releases a memory block that was previously allocated.
Prototype
void OS_MEMPOOL_FreeEx(OS_MEMPOOL* pMEMF,
void* pMemBlock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMEMF | Pointer to a memory pool object of type OS_MEMPOOL. |
pMemBlock | Pointer to memory block to free. |
Additional information
The memory block becomes available for other tasks waiting for a memory
block from the associated pool, which may cause a subsequent task switch.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Fixed Block Size Memory Pools.
OS_MEMPOOL_GetBlockSize()
Description
Returns the size of a single memory block in the pool.
Prototype
int OS_MEMPOOL_GetBlockSize(OS_CONST_PTR OS_MEMPOOL *pMEMF);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMEMF | Pointer to a memory pool object of type OS_MEMPOOL. |
Return value
Size in bytes of a single memory block in the specified memory pool.
This is the value of the parameter when the memory pool was created.
Example
static OS_MEMPOOL _MemPool;
void PrintBlockSize(void) {
int Size;
Size = OS_MEMPOOL_GetBlockSize(&_MemPool);
printf("Block Size: %d\n", Size);
}
OS_MEMPOOL_GetMaxUsed()
Description
Returns maximum number of blocks in a pool that have been used
simultaneously since creation of the pool.
Prototype
int OS_MEMPOOL_GetMaxUsed(OS_CONST_PTR OS_MEMPOOL *pMEMF);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMEMF | Pointer to a memory pool object of type OS_MEMPOOL. |
Return value
Maximum number of blocks in the specified memory pool that were
used simultaneously since the pool was created.
Example
static OS_MEMPOOL _MemPool;
void PrintMemoryUsagePeak(void) {
int BlockCnt, UsedBlocks;
void* pData;
pData = OS_MEMPOOL_AllocBlocked(&_MemPool);
BlockCnt = OS_MEMPOOL_GetNumBlocks(&_MemPool);
UsedBlocks = OS_MEMPOOL_GetMaxUsed(&_MemPool);
if (UsedBlocks != 0) {
printf("Max used Memory: %d%%\n", (int)(((float)UsedBlocks / BlockCnt) * 100));
} else {
printf("Max used Memory: 0%%");
}
}
OS_MEMPOOL_GetNumBlocks()
Description
Returns the total number of memory blocks in the pool.
Prototype
int OS_MEMPOOL_GetNumBlocks(OS_CONST_PTR OS_MEMPOOL *pMEMF);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMEMF | Pointer to a memory pool object of type OS_MEMPOOL. |
Return value
Returns the number of blocks in the specified memory
pool. This is the value that was given as parameter during
creation of the memory pool.
Example
Please refer to the example of OS_MEMPOOL_GetMaxUsed() or OS_MEMPOOL_GetNumFreeBlocks().
OS_MEMPOOL_GetNumFreeBlocks()
Description
Returns the number of free memory blocks in the pool.
Prototype
int OS_MEMPOOL_GetNumFreeBlocks(OS_CONST_PTR OS_MEMPOOL *pMEMF);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMEMF | Pointer to a memory pool object of type OS_MEMPOOL. |
Return value
The number of free blocks currently available in the specified
memory pool.
Example
static OS_MEMPOOL _MemPool;
void PrintMemoryUsage(void) {
int BlockCnt;
int UnusedBlocks;
void* pData;
pData = OS_MEMPOOL_AllocBlocked(&_MemPool);
BlockCnt = OS_MEMPOOL_GetNumBlocks(&_MemPool);
UnusedBlocks = OS_MEMPOOL_GetNumFreeBlocks(&_MemPool);
if (UnusedBlocks != 0) {
printf("Used Memory: %d%%\n", 100 - (int)(((float)UnusedBlocks / BlockCnt) * 100));
} else {
printf("Used Memory: 0%%");
}
}
OS_MEMPOOL_IsInPool()
Description
Information routine to examine whether a memory block reference
pointer belongs to the specified memory pool.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_MEMPOOL_IsInPool(OS_CONST_PTR OS_MEMPOOL *pMEMF,
OS_CONST_PTR void *pMemBlock);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pMEMF | Pointer to a memory pool object of type OS_MEMPOOL. |
pMemBlock | Pointer to a memory block that should be checked. |
Return value
= 0 | Pointer does not belong to the specified memory pool. |
≠ 0 | Pointer belongs to the specified memory pool. |
Example
static OS_MEMPOOL _MemPool;
void CheckPointerLocation(OS_MEMPOOL* pMEMF, void* Pointer) {
if (OS_MEMPOOL_IsInPool(pMEMF, Pointer) == 0) {
printf("Pointer doesn't belong to the specified memory pool.\n");
} else {
printf("Pointer belongs to the specified memory pool.\n");
}
}
System Tick
Introduction
This chapter explains the concept of the system tick, which is used as a time base for embOS.
Typically, a hardware timer is used to generate periodic interrupts which are then utilized
as a time base for embOS. To do so, the timer’s according interrupt service routine
must call one of the embOS tick handlers.
embOS offers different tick handlers with different functionality, and also provides
the means to optionally call a user-defined hook function from within these tick handlers.
The used hardware timer usually is initialized within OS_InitHW(), which is delivered
with the respective embOS start project’s RTOSInit.c. This also includes the interrupt
handler that is called by the hardware timer interrupt. Modifications to this initialization
and the respective interrupt handler are required when a different hardware
timer should be used (see Board Support Packages).
Tick handler
The interrupt service routine used as a time base must call one of the embOS tick
handlers. The reason why there are different tick handlers is simple: They differ in
capabilities, code size and execution speed. Most applications use the standard tick
handler OS_TICK_Handle(), which increments the tick count by one each time it is
called. This tick handler is small and efficient, but it cannot handle situations in which
the interrupt rate differs from the tick rate. OS_TICK_HandleEx() is capable of handling
even fractional interrupt rates, such as 1.6 interrupts per tick. If no tick hooks are used,
OS_TICK_HandleNoHook() can be used instead of OS_TICK_Handle() in order to improve
the tick handling performance even more.
Note
It is the application’s responsibility to ensure that each system tick is handled and no system
tick gets lost. In order to prevent the application from losing system ticks, it has to ensure that the
system tick handler is executed regularly. If disabling interrupts or execution of other interrupts
prevent the system tick from being served, system ticks can be lost.
Disabling the system tick
With many MCUs, power consumption may be reduced by using the embOS tickless
support. Please refer to Tickless support for further information.
Hooking into the system tick
There are various situations in which it can be desirable to call a function from the
tick handler. Some examples are:
- Watchdog update
- Periodic status check
- Periodic I/O update
Advantage of using a hook function
Using a hook function is more efficient than performing a task switch or activating a
software timer because the hook function is directly called from the embOS system tick
interrupt handler and does not cause a context switch.
API functions
OS_TICK_AddHook()
Description
Adds a tick hook handler.
Prototype
void OS_TICK_AddHook(OS_TICK_HOOK* pHook,
OS_ROUTINE_VOID* pfRoutine);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pHook | Pointer to a structure of OS_TICK_HOOK. |
pfRoutine | Pointer to an OS_ROUTINE_VOID function. |
Additional information
The hook function is called directly from the interrupt handler.
The function therefore should execute as quickly as possible.
The function called by the tick hook must not re-enable interrupts.
Example
static OS_TICK_HOOK _Hook;
void HookRoutine(void) {
char c;
c = GetADValue();
OS_MAILBOX_Put1(&_MBData, &c);
}
int main(void) {
...
OS_TICK_AddHook(&_Hook, HookRoutine);
...
}
OS_TICK_Config()
Description
Configures the tick to interrupt ratio. The default tick handler,
OS_TICK_Handle(), assumes a 1:1 ratio, meaning one interrupt
increments the tick count (OS_Global.Time) by one.
When OS_TICK_Config() is not called the ratio is set per default
to 1:1.
For other ratios, OS_TICK_HandleEx() must to be used instead of
the default handler and the tick to interrupt ratio must be
configured through a call to OS_TICK_Config(). Since this must
be done before the embOS timer is started, it is suggested to
call OS_TICK_Config() during OS_InitHW().
The ratio can easily be set by the system tick and timer interrupt
frequencies. embOS calculates the actual ratio automatically.
Prototype
void OS_TICK_Config(OS_U32 TickFreq,
OS_U32 IntFreq);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
TickFreq | System tick frequency in Hz |
IntFreq | Timer interrupt frequency in Hz |
Additional information
Fractional values are supported. For example, a 1 kHz system
tick can be used even when an interrupt is generated every 1.6
millisecond only (625 Hz). In that case, TickFreq and IntFreq
must be:
TickFreq = 1000;
IntFreq = 625;
Example
//
// The system tick occurs every 1 milliseconds (1 kHz) but
// the timer interrupt occurs every 500 microseconds (2 kHz).
//
#define OS_TIMER_FREQ 168000000u // 168 MHz
#define OS_TICK_FREQ 1000u // 1 kHz
#define OS_INT_FREQ 2000u // 2 kHz
void OS_InitHW(void) {
...
OS_SYSTIMER_CONFIG SysTimerConfig = {OS_TIMER_FREQ,
OS_INT_FREQ,
OS_TIMER_DOWNCOUNTING,
_OS_GetHWTimerCycles,
_OS_GetHWTimer_IntPending};
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer(&SysTimerConfig);
...
OS_TICK_Config(OS_TICK_FREQ, OS_INT_FREQ);
//
// Configure hardware timer to OS_INT_FREQ
//
_SetHWTimer(OS_INT_FREQ);
}
OS_TICK_Handle()
Description
Default embOS timer tick handler.
Prototype
void OS_TICK_Handle(void);
Additional information
The embOS tick handler must not be called by the application, but must
be called from the hardware timer interrupt handler. OS_INT_Enter()
or OS_INT_EnterNestable() must be called before calling the embOS
tick handler.
If any tick hook functions have been added by the application (see
Hooking into the system tick), these will be called by OS_TICK_Handle().
OS_TICK_Handle() assumes a 1:1 tick to interrupt ratio,
i.e. one interrupt increments the tick count by one.
If any other ratio is configured, OS_TICK_HandleEx() must be used instead.
Example
__interrupt void SysTick_Handler(void) {
OS_INT_EnterNestable();
OS_TICK_Handle();
OS_INT_LeaveNestable();
}
OS_TICK_HandleEx()
Description
Alternate tick handler that may be used instead of the default
tick handler. It may be used in situations in which the interrupt
rate differs from the tick rate.
Prototype
void OS_TICK_HandleEx(void);
Additional information
The embOS tick handler must not be called by the application, but must be called
from the hardware timer interrupt handler. OS_INT_Enter() or
OS_INT_EnterNestable() must be called before calling the embOS tick handler.
If any tick hook functions have been added by the application (see
Hooking into the system tick), these will be called by OS_TICK_HandleEx().
Refer to OS_TICK_Config() for information on how to configure the tick to
interrupt ratio for OS_TICK_HandleEx().
Example
__interrupt void SysTick_Handler(void) {
OS_INT_EnterNestable();
OS_TICK_HandleEx();
OS_INT_LeaveNestable();
}
OS_TICK_HandleNoHook()
Description
Speed-optimized embOS timer tick handler without hook functionality.
Prototype
void OS_TICK_HandleNoHook(void);
Additional information
The embOS tick handler must not be called by the application, it
is only called from the system tick interrupt handler.
OS_INT_Enter() or OS_INT_EnterNestable() must be called
before calling the embOS tick handler.
OS_TICK_HandleNoHook() will not call any tick hook functions that may have been
added by the application (see Hooking into the system tick).
OS_TICK_HandleNoHook() assumes a 1:1 tick to interrupt ratio,
i.e. one interrupt increments the tick count by one.
If any other ratio is configured, OS_TICK_HandleEx() must be used instead.
Example
__interrupt void SysTick_Handler(void) {
OS_INT_EnterNestable();
OS_TICK_HandleNoHook();
OS_INT_LeaveNestable();
}
OS_TICK_RemoveHook()
Description
Removes a tick hook handler.
Prototype
void OS_TICK_RemoveHook(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TICK_HOOK *pHook);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pHook | Pointer to a structure of OS_TICK_HOOK. |
Additional information
The function may be called to dynamically remove a tick hook function
installed by a call to OS_TICK_AddHook().
Example
static OS_TICK_HOOK _Hook;
void Task(void) {
...
OS_TICK_RemoveHook(&_Hook);
...
}
Debugging
Runtime application errors
Many application errors can be detected during runtime.
These are for example:
- Invalid usage of embOS API
- Usage of uninitialized embOS data structures
- Invalid pointers
- Stack overflow
Which runtime errors can be detected depends on how many checks are performed.
Unfortunately, additional checks cost memory and performance (it is not that significant, but there is a difference).
Not all embOS library modes include the debug and stack check code.
For example OS_LIBMODE_DP includes the debug and stack check, whereas OS_LIBMODE_R does not contain any debug or stack check code.
Note
If an application error is detected and OS_Error() is called, do not switch to another embOS library mode which does not contain the debug checks.
While doing so avoids calls to OS_Error() but it does not fix the original application error and subsequent behavior is unpredictable.
When embOS detects a runtime error, it calls the following routine:
void OS_Error(OS_STATUS ErrCode);
This routine is shipped as source code as part of the module OS_Error.c.
Although this function is named OS_Error(), it does not show embOS errors but application errors.
It is called with disabled preemptive task switches and, after re-enabling interrupts, loops forever as follows:
Example
void OS_Error(OS_STATUS ErrCode) {
//
// Disabling preemptive task switches avoids that other higher priority
// tasks preempt OS_Error() which makes debugging easier.
//
OS_TASK_EnterRegion();
//
// Enable interrupts for embOSView communication.
//
OS_Global.Counters.Cnt.DI = 0u;
OS_INT_Enable();
//
// OS_Global.Status will be shown in e.g. embOSView and IDE plugins.
// It is available in debug and stack check builds only.
//
#if (OS_DEBUG != 0) || (OS_SUPPORT_STACKCHECK != 0)
OS_Global.Status = ErrCode;
#endif
//
// Endless loop may be left by setting ErrCode to OS_OK (0).
//
while (ErrCode != OS_OK) {
}
}
If you are using embOSView, you can see the value and meaning of OS_Global.Status in the
system variable window.
When using a debugger, you should set a breakpoint at the beginning of this routine
or simply stop the program after a failure. The error code is passed to the function as
a parameter. You should add OS_Global.Status to your watch window.
Your call stack window shows where the error occurred. If a call stack windows is not available
you can (as described below) step back to the program sequence causing the problem.
You can modify the routine to accommodate to your own hardware; this could mean
that your target hardware sets an error-indicating LED or shows a small message on
the display.
Note
When modifying the OS_Error() routine, the last statement needs to be the infinite loop.
If you look at the OS_Error() routine, you will see that it is more complicated than
necessary. The actual error code is passed to OS_Error() to the argument ErrCode. The
program then waits for this variable to be reset. Simply reset this variable to 0 using
your debugger, and you can easily step back to the program sequence causing
the problem. Most of the time, looking at this part of the program will make the
problem clear.
List of error codes
Value | enum value | Explanation |
0 | OS_OK | No error, everything OK. |
100 | OS_ERR_ISR_INDEX | Index value out of bounds during interrupt controller initialization or interrupt installation. |
101 | OS_ERR_ISR_VECTOR | Default interrupt handler called, but interrupt vector not initialized. |
102 | OS_ERR_ISR_PRIO | Wrong interrupt priority. |
103 | OS_ERR_WRONG_STACK | Wrong stack used before main(). |
104 | OS_ERR_ISR_NO_HANDLER | No interrupt handler was defined for this interrupt. |
105 | OS_ERR_TLS_INIT | OS_TLS_Init() called multiple times from one task. |
106 | OS_ERR_MB_BUFFER_SIZE | For 16-bit CPUs, the maximum buffer size for a mailbox (65535 bytes) exceeded. |
116 | OS_ERR_EXTEND_CONTEXT | OS_TASK_SetContextExtension() called multiple times from one task. |
118 | OS_ERR_INTERNAL | OS_ChangeTask() called without Region Counter set (or other internal error). |
119 | OS_ERR_IDLE_RETURNS | OS_Idle() must not return. |
120 | OS_ERR_TASK_STACK | Task stack overflow or invalid task stack. |
121 | OS_ERR_SEMAPHORE_OVERFLOW | Semaphore value overflow. |
122 | OS_ERR_POWER_OVER | Counter overflows when calling OS_POWER_UsageInc(). |
123 | OS_ERR_POWER_UNDER | Counter underflows when calling OS_POWER_UsageDec(). |
124 | OS_ERR_POWER_INDEX | Index to high, exceeds (OS_POWER_NUM_COUNTERS - 1). |
125 | OS_ERR_SYS_STACK | System stack overflow. |
126 | OS_ERR_INT_STACK | Interrupt stack overflow. |
128 | OS_ERR_INV_TASK | Task control block invalid, not initialized or overwritten. |
129 | OS_ERR_INV_TIMER | Timer control block invalid, not initialized or overwritten. |
130 | OS_ERR_INV_MAILBOX | Mailbox control block invalid, not initialized or overwritten. |
132 | OS_ERR_INV_SEMAPHORE | Control block for semaphore invalid, not initialized or overwritten. |
133 | OS_ERR_INV_MUTEX | Control block for mutex invalid, not initialized or overwritten. |
135 | OS_ERR_MAILBOX_NOT1 | One of the following 1-byte mailbox functions has been used on a multibyte mailbox: OS_MAILBOX_Get1(), OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked1(), OS_MAILBOX_GetTimed1(), OS_MAILBOX_Put1(), OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked1(), OS_MAILBOX_PutFront1(), OS_MAILBOX_PutFrontBlocked1() or OS_MAILBOX_PutTimed1().
OS_MAILBOX_Get1()
OS_MAILBOX_GetBlocked1()
OS_MAILBOX_GetTimed1()
OS_MAILBOX_Put1()
OS_MAILBOX_PutBlocked1()
OS_MAILBOX_PutFront1()
OS_MAILBOX_PutFrontBlocked1()
OS_MAILBOX_PutTimed1()
|
136 | OS_ERR_MAILBOX_DELETE | OS_MAILBOX_Delete() was called on a mailbox with waiting tasks. |
137 | OS_ERR_SEMAPHORE_DELETE | OS_SEMAPHORE_Delete() was called on a semaphore with waiting tasks. |
138 | OS_ERR_MUTEX_DELETE | OS_MUTEX_Delete() was called on a mutex which is claimed by a task. |
140 | OS_ERR_MAILBOX_NOT_IN_LIST | The mailbox is not in the list of mailboxes as expected. Possible reasons may be that one mailbox data structure was overwritten. |
142 | OS_ERR_TASKLIST_CORRUPT | The OS internal task list is destroyed. |
143 | OS_ERR_QUEUE_INUSE | Queue in use. |
144 | OS_ERR_QUEUE_NOT_INUSE | Queue not in use. |
145 | OS_ERR_QUEUE_INVALID | Queue invalid. |
146 | OS_ERR_QUEUE_DELETE | A queue was deleted by a call of OS_QUEUE_Delete() while tasks are waiting at the queue. |
147 | OS_ERR_MB_INUSE | Mailbox in use. |
148 | OS_ERR_MB_NOT_INUSE | Mailbox not in use. |
149 | OS_ERR_MESSAGE_SIZE_ZERO | Attempt to store a message with size of zero. |
150 | OS_ERR_UNUSE_BEFORE_USE | OS_MUTEX_Unlock() has been called on a mutex that hasn’t been locked before. |
151 | OS_ERR_LEAVEREGION_BEFORE_ENTERREGION | OS_TASK_LeaveRegion() has been called before OS_TASK_EnterRegion(). |
152 | OS_ERR_LEAVEINT | Error in OS_INT_Leave(). |
153 | OS_ERR_DICNT_OVERFLOW | The interrupt disable counter ( OS_Global.Counters.Cnt.DI ) is out of range (0-15). The counter is affected by the following API calls:
OS_INT_IncDI()
OS_INT_DecRI()
OS_INT_Enter()
OS_INT_Leave()
|
154 | OS_ERR_INTERRUPT_DISABLED | OS_TASK_Delay() or OS_TASK_DelayUntil() called from inside a critical region with interrupts disabled. |
155 | OS_ERR_TASK_ENDS_WITHOUT_TERMINATE | Task routine returns without 0S_TASK_Terminate(). |
156 | OS_ERR_MUTEX_OWNER | OS_MUTEX_Unlock() has been called from a task which does not own the mutex. |
157 | OS_ERR_REGIONCNT | The Region counter overflows (>255). |
158 | OS_ERR_DELAYUS_INTERRUPT_DISABLED | OS_TASK_Delay_us() called with interrupts disabled. |
159 | OS_ERR_MUTEX_OVERFLOW | OS_MUTEX_Lock(), OS_MUTEX_LockBlocked() or OS_MUTEX_LockTimed() has been called too often from the same task. |
160 | OS_ERR_ILLEGAL_IN_ISR | Illegal function call in an interrupt service routine: A routine that must not be called from within an ISR has been called from within an ISR. |
161 | OS_ERR_ILLEGAL_IN_TIMER | Illegal function call in a software timer: A routine that must not be called from within a software timer has been called from within a timer. |
162 | OS_ERR_ILLEGAL_OUT_ISR | Not a legal API outside interrupt. |
163 | OS_ERR_OS_INT_ENTER_CALLED | OS_INT_Enter() has been called, but CPU is not in ISR state. |
164 | OS_ERR_OS_INT_ENTER_NOT_CALLED | OS_INT_Enter() has not been called, but CPU is in ISR state. |
165 | OS_ERR_INIT_NOT_CALLED | OS_Init() was not called. |
166 | OS_ERR_ISR_PRIORITY_INVALID | embOS API called from ISR with an invalid priority. |
167 | OS_ERR_CPU_STATE_ILLEGAL | CPU runs in illegal mode. |
168 | OS_ERR_CPU_STATE_UNKNOWN | CPU runs in unknown mode or mode could not be read. |
169 | OS_ERR_TICKLESS_WITH_FRACTIONAL_TICK | OS_TICKLESS_AdjustTime() was called despite OS_TICK_Config() has been called before. |
170 | OS_ERR_2USE_TASK | Task control block has been initialized by calling a create function twice. |
171 | OS_ERR_2USE_TIMER | Timer control block has been initialized by calling a create function twice. |
172 | OS_ERR_2USE_MAILBOX | Mailbox control block has been initialized by calling a create function twice. |
174 | OS_ERR_2USE_SEMAPHORE | Semaphore has been initialized by calling a create function twice. |
175 | OS_ERR_2USE_MUTEX | Mutex has been initialized by calling a create function twice. |
176 | OS_ERR_2USE_MEMF | Fixed size memory pool has been initialized by calling a create function twice. |
177 | OS_ERR_2USE_QUEUE | Queue has been initialized by calling a create function twice. |
178 | OS_ERR_2USE_EVENT | Event object has been initialized by calling a create function twice. |
179 | OS_ERR_2USE_WATCHDOG | Watchdog has been initialized by calling a create function twice. |
180 | OS_ERR_NESTED_RX_INT | OS_Rx interrupt handler for embOSView is nested. Disable nestable interrupts. |
181 | OS_ERR_ISR_ENTRY_FUNC_INVALID | Invalid function pointer for ISR entry callback. |
185 | OS_ERR_SPINLOCK_INV_CORE | Invalid core ID specified for accessing a OS_SPINLOCK_SW struct. |
190 | OS_ERR_MEMF_INV | Fixed size memory block control structure not created before use. |
191 | OS_ERR_MEMF_INV_PTR | Pointer to memory block does not belong to memory pool on Release. |
192 | OS_ERR_MEMF_PTR_FREE | Pointer to memory block is already free when calling OS_MEMPOOL_Release(). Possibly, same pointer was released twice. |
193 | OS_ERR_MEMF_RELEASE | OS_MEMPOOL_Release() was called for a memory pool, that had no memory block allocated (all available blocks were already free before). |
194 | OS_ERR_MEMF_POOLADDR | OS_MEMPOOL_Create() was called with a memory pool base address which is not located at a word aligned base address. |
195 | OS_ERR_MEMF_BLOCKSIZE | OS_MEMPOOL_Create() was called with a data block size which is not a multiple of processors word size. |
196 | OS_ERR_MEMF_DELETE | OS_MEMPOOL_Delete() was called on a memory pool with waiting tasks. |
200 | OS_ERR_SUSPEND_TOO_OFTEN | Number of nested calls to OS_TASK_Suspend() exceeded 3. |
201 | OS_ERR_RESUME_BEFORE_SUSPEND | OS_TASK_Resume() called on a task that was not suspended. |
202 | OS_ERR_TASK_PRIORITY | OS_TASK_Create() was called with a task priority which is already assigned to another task. This error can only occur when embOS was compiled without round-robin support. |
203 | OS_ERR_TASK_PRIORITY_INVALID | The value 0 was used as task priority. |
205 | OS_ERR_TIMER_PERIOD_INVALID | The value 0 was used as timer period. |
210 | OS_ERR_EVENT_INVALID | An OS_EVENT object was used before it was created. |
212 | OS_ERR_EVENT_DELETE | An OS_EVENT object was deleted with waiting tasks. |
220 | OS_ERR_WAITLIST_RING | This error should not occur. Please contact the support. |
221 | OS_ERR_WAITLIST_PREV | This error should not occur. Please contact the support. |
222 | OS_ERR_WAITLIST_NEXT | This error should not occur. Please contact the support. |
223 | OS_ERR_TICKHOOK_INVALID | Invalid tick hook. |
224 | OS_ERR_TICKHOOK_FUNC_INVALID | Invalid tick hook function. |
225 | OS_ERR_NOT_IN_REGION | A function was called without declaring the necessary critical region. |
226 | OS_ERR_ILLEGAL_IN_MAIN | Not a legal API call from main(). |
227 | OS_ERR_ILLEGAL_IN_TASK | Not a legal API after OS_Start(). |
228 | OS_ERR_ILLEGAL_AFTER_OSSTART | Not a legal API after OS_Start(). |
229 | OS_ERR_ILLEGAL_IN_IDLE | Not a legal API call from OS_Idle(). |
230 | OS_ERR_NON_ALIGNED_INVALIDATE | Cache invalidation needs to be cache line aligned. |
234 | OS_ERR_HW_NOT_AVAILABLE | Hardware unit is not implemented or enabled. |
235 | OS_ERR_NON_TIMERCYCLES_FUNC | OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() has not been called. Callback function for timer counter value has not been set. |
236 | OS_ERR_NON_TIMERINTPENDING_FUNC | OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() has not been called. Callback function for timer interrupt pending flag has not been set. |
237 | OS_ERR_FRACTIONAL_TICK | embOS API function called with fractional tick to interrupt ratio. |
238 | OS_ERR_ZERO_TIMER_INT_FREQ | OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() not called or called with zero interrupt frequency. |
239 | OS_ERR_COUNTER_FREQ_ZERO | OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() not called or called with a counter frequency of 0. |
240 | OS_ERR_MPU_NOT_PRESENT | MPU unit not present in the device. |
241 | OS_ERR_MPU_INVALID_REGION | Invalid MPU region index number. |
242 | OS_ERR_MPU_INVALID_SIZE | Invalid MPU region size. |
243 | OS_ERR_MPU_INVALID_PERMISSION | Invalid MPU region permission. |
244 | OS_ERR_MPU_INVALID_ALIGNMENT | Invalid MPU region alignment. |
245 | OS_ERR_MPU_INVALID_OBJECT | OS object is directly accessible from the task which is not allowed. |
246 | OS_ERR_MPU_PRIVSTATE_INVALID | Invalid call from a privileged task. |
247 | OS_ERR_MPU_NOINIT | OS_MPU_Init() not called. |
248 | OS_ERR_MPU_DEVICE_INDEX | Invalid device driver index. |
249 | OS_ERR_MPU_INV_DEVICE_LIST | Invalid device driver list. |
250 | OS_ERR_CONFIG_OSSTOP | OS_Stop() is called without using OS_ConfigStop() before. |
251 | OS_ERR_OSSTOP_BUFFER | Buffer is too small to hold a copy of the main() stack. |
253 | OS_ERR_VERSION_MISMATCH | OS library and RTOS.h have different version numbers. Please ensure both are from the same embOS shipment. |
254 | OS_ERR_LIB_INCOMPATIBLE | Incompatible OS library is used. |
255 | OS_ERR_INV_PARAMETER_VALUE | An invalid value was passed to the called function (see call stack). Check the API description for valid values. |
256 | OS_ERR_TICKHANDLE_WITH_FRACTIONAL_TICK | OS_TICK_Handle() or OS_TICK_HandleNoHook() was called after OS_TICK_Config() was used for an interrupt to tick ratio other than 1:1. |
257 | OS_ERR_RWLOCK_INVALID | RWLock control block invalid, not initialized or overwritten. |
258 | OS_ERR_2USE_RWLOCK | RWLock has been initialized by calling a create function twice. |
260 | OS_ERR_UNALIGNED_IRQ_STACK | Unaligned IRQ stack. |
261 | OS_ERR_UNALIGNED_MAIN_STACK | Unaligned main stack. |
262 | OS_ERR_FPU_NOT_ENABLED | FPU was not enabled before embOS is initialized. |
Application defined error codes
The embOS error codes begin at 100. The range 1 - 99 can be used for application
defined error codes. With it you can call OS_Error() with your own defined error
code from your application.
Example
#define OS_ERR_APPL (0x02u)
void UserAppFunc(void) {
int r;
r = DoSomething()
if (r == 0) {
OS_Error(OS_ERR_APPL)
}
}
API functions
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_DEBUG_GetError() | Returns the system status. | ● | ● | ● | ● | ● |
OS_DEBUG_GetError()
Description
Returns the system status.
Prototype
OS_STATUS OS_DEBUG_GetError(void);
Return value
= 0 | OS_OK, No application error occurred. |
≠ 0 | Application error occurred. |
Additional information
The system status codes are described in the embOS manual in chapter
List of error codes.
OS_DEBUG_GetError() always returns OS_OK when no debug or stack check
code is included.
Example
void PrintOSStatus(void) {
OS_STATUS s;
s = OS_DEBUG_GetError();
printf("embOS status: %u\n", s);
}
Human readable object identifiers
embOS objects like mailbox or semaphore are handled via separate control structures.
Each OS object is identified by the address of the according control structure.
For debugging purpose this address is displayed in external tools like embOSView or IDE RTOS plugins.
Tasks always have a human readable task name (except in embOS library mode OS_LIBMODE_XR). The task name is set at task creation.
It can be helpful to have human readable identifiers for other OS objects, as well.
With the following API functions human readable identifiers to an unlimited amount of OS objects can easily be added.
Human readable object identifiers are not supported in embOS library mode OS_LIBMODE_XR.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
#include <stdio.h>
static OS_STACKPTR int _Stack[128];
static OS_TASK _TCB;
static OS_MAILBOX _Mailbox;
static OS_OBJNAME _MailboxName;
static char _acBuffer[100];
static void _Task(void) {
const char* s;
s = OS_DEBUG_GetObjName(&_Mailbox);
printf(s);
//
// Set another name for the mailbox
//
OS_DEBUG_RemoveObjName(&_MailboxName);
OS_DEBUG_SetObjName(&_MailboxName, &_Mailbox, "My new Mailbox");
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&_TCB, "Task", 100, _Task, _Stack);
OS_MAILBOX_Create(&_Mailbox, 10, 10, &_acBuffer);
OS_DEBUG_SetObjName(&_MailboxName, &_Mailbox, "My Mailbox");
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
API functions
OS_DEBUG_GetObjName()
Description
Returns the name of an OS object.
Prototype
char *OS_DEBUG_GetObjName(OS_CONST_PTR void *pOSObj);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pOSObj | Pointer to the OS object. |
Return value
= NULL | Name was not set for this object. |
≠ NULL | Pointer to the OS object name. |
Additional information
OS_DEBUG_GetObjName() returns the object name which was set before
with OS_DEBUG_SetObjName().
The return value is valid only when using an embOS build with object
name support. When using an embOS build without object name support,
OS_DEBUG_GetObjName() returns “n/a” in any case.
The embOS OS_LIBMODE_XR library mode does not support object names.
Example
Please find an example at Human readable object identifiers.
OS_DEBUG_RemoveObjName()
Description
Removes an OS object name.
Prototype
void OS_DEBUG_RemoveObjName(OS_CONST_PTR OS_OBJNAME *pObjName);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pObjName | Pointer to a OS_OBJNAME control structure. |
Additional information
OS_DEBUG_RemoveObjName() removes the object name which was set before
with OS_DEBUG_SetObjName().
When using an embOS build without object name support, OS_DEBUG_RemoveObjName()
has no effect.
The embOS OS_LIBMODE_XR library mode does not support object names.
Example
Please find an example at Human readable object identifiers.
OS_DEBUG_SetObjName()
Description
Sets an OS object name.
Prototype
void OS_DEBUG_SetObjName(OS_OBJNAME* pObjName,
OS_CONST_PTR void *pOSObj,
OS_CONST_PTR char *sName);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pObjName | Pointer to a OS_OBJNAME control structure. |
pOSObj | Pointer to the OS object. |
sName | Name of the OS object. |
Additional information
With OS_DEBUG_SetObjName() every OS object like mailbox can have a name.
This name can be shown in debug tools like IDE RTOS plug-ins.
Every object name needs a control structure of type OS_OBJNAME.
When using an embOS build without object name support, OS_DEBUG_SetObjName()
does not set an object name.
The embOS OS_LIBMODE_XR library mode does not support object names.
Example
Please find an example at Human readable object identifiers.
embOS API trace
embOS supports API trace in two different ways:
- embOS API trace with embOSView (refer to embOSView).
- embOS API trace with any other tool (e.g. SystemView).
To do so, the embOS API functions call specific routines which store trace events to a given memory location.
With embOSView, these routines are called directly inside the embOS API functions.
To enable the use of embOS API trace with other tools than embOSView, however, a structure containing various function pointers is used to store trace events in memory.
That structure may be configured to point at specific routines for the desired tool via OS_TRACE_SetAPI(), which are then called from the embOS API functions when API trace is enabled.
These specific routines must be provided as part of the application and are shipped for example with the SystemView target sources.
Example
void SEGGER_SYSVIEW_Conf(void) {
..
//
// Configure embOS to use SystemView
//
OS_TRACE_SetAPI(&embOS_TraceAPI_SYSVIEW);
..
}
API functions
OS_TRACE_SetAPI()
Description
OS_TRACE_SetAPI() sets the pointer to the API trace function table.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_SetAPI(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TRACE_API *pTraceAPI);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTraceAPI | Pointer to API trace function table or NULL to disable API trace. |
Definition of OS_TRACE_API
typedef struct {
//
// OS specific Trace Events
//
void (*pfRecordEnterISR) (void);
void (*pfRecordExitISR) (void);
void (*pfRecordExitISRToScheduler)(void);
void (*pfRecordTaskInfo) (const OS_TASK* pTask);
void (*pfRecordTaskCreate) (OS_U32 TaskId);
void (*pfRecordTaskStartExec) (OS_U32 TaskId);
void (*pfRecordTaskStopExec) (void);
void (*pfRecordTaskStartReady) (OS_U32 TaskId);
void (*pfRecordTaskStopReady) (OS_U32 TaskId, unsigned int Reason);
void (*pfRecordIdle) (void);
//
// Generic Trace Event logging (used by OS API)
//
void (*pfRecordVoid) (unsigned int Id);
void (*pfRecordU32) (unsigned int Id, OS_U32 Para0);
void (*pfRecordU32x2) (unsigned int Id, OS_U32 Para0,
OS_U32 Para1);
void (*pfRecordU32x3) (unsigned int Id, OS_U32 Para0,
OS_U32 Para1, OS_U32 Para2);
void (*pfRecordU32x4) (unsigned int Id, OS_U32 Para0,
OS_U32 Para1, OS_U32 Para2, OS_U32 Para3);
OS_U32(*pfPtrToId) (OS_U32 Ptr);
//
// Additional Trace Event logging
//
void (*pfRecordEnterTimer) (OS_U32 TimerID);
void (*pfRecordExitTimer) (void);
void (*pfRecordEndCall) (unsigned int Id);
void (*pfRecordEndCallU32) (unsigned int Id, OS_U32 Para0);
void (*pfRecordTaskTerminate) (OS_U32 TaskId);
void (*pfRecordU32x5) (unsigned int Id, OS_U32 Para0,
OS_U32 Para1, OS_U32 Para2,
OS_U32 Para3, OS_U32 Para4);
void (*pfRecordObjName) (OS_U32 Id, OS_CONST_PTR char* Para0);
} OS_TRACE_API;
Example
void SEGGER_SYSVIEW_Conf(void) {
// Configure embOS to use SystemView.
OS_TRACE_SetAPI(&embOS_TraceAPI_SYSVIEW);
}
Profiling
Task execution
embOS profiling counts the number of task activations and preemptions.
For example the number of task activations can be seen in embOSView and in IDE RTOS plugins but can also be requested in the application with the following API functions.
API functions
OS_STAT_GetNumActivations()
Description
Return the number of task activations.
Prototype
OS_U32 OS_STAT_GetNumActivations(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to task control block. |
Return value
Number of task activations.
Additional information
This API function is available only when task statistic
information are enabled. This is the default in OS_LIBMODE_DT,
OS_LIBMODE_DP, OS_LIBMODE_D, and OS_LIBMODE_SP.
It is not available in OS_LIBMODE_SAFE.
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
Example
void PrintActivations(OS_TASK* pTask) {
OS_U32 NumActivations;
NumActivations = OS_STAT_GetNumActivations();
printf("Task has been activated %u times\n", NumActivations);
}
OS_STAT_GetNumPreemptions()
Description
Return the number of task preemptions.
Prototype
OS_U32 OS_STAT_GetNumPreemptions(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to task control block. |
Return value
Number of task preemptions.
Additional information
This API function is available only when task statistic
information are enabled. This is the default in OS_LIBMODE_DT,
OS_LIBMODE_DP, OS_LIBMODE_D, and OS_LIBMODE_SP.
It is not available in OS_LIBMODE_SAFE.
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
Example
void PrintPreemptions(OS_TASK* pTask) {
OS_U32 NumPreemptions;
NumPreemptions = OS_STAT_GetNumPreemptions();
printf("Task has been preempted %u times\n", NumPreemptions);
}
Task specific CPU load measurement
embOS profiling measures the task execution time and calculates the task specific CPU load.
This information can be seen in embOSView in the task list CPU load column and in the CPU load window.
The application can use the following profiling API routines to receive the same information.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
#include <stdio.h>
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128], StackSample[128];
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP, TCBSample;
static void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay_us(500); // Do something.
OS_TASK_Delay(1); // Give other tasks a chance to run.
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay_us(250); // Do something.
OS_TASK_Delay(1); // Give other tasks a chance to run.
}
}
static void SampleTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_STAT_Sample(); // Calculate CPU load.
printf("CPU usage of HP Task: %d\n", OS_STAT_GetLoad(&TCBHP));
printf("CPU usage of LP Task: %d\n\n", OS_STAT_GetLoad(&TCBLP));
OS_TASK_Delay(1000); // Wait for at least 1 second before next sampling.
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize the hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBSample, "Sample Task", 1, SampleTask, StackSample);
OS_Start(); // Start multitasking
return 0;
}
Output
CPU usage of HP Task: 520
CPU usage of LP Task: 268
API functions
OS_STAT_Disable()
Description
Disables the kernel profiling.
Prototype
void OS_STAT_Disable(void);
Additional information
The function OS_STAT_Enable() may be used to start profiling.
Example
void StopProfiling(void) {
OS_STAT_Disable();
}
OS_STAT_Enable()
Description
Enables the kernel profiling (for an indefinite time).
Prototype
void OS_STAT_Enable(void);
Additional information
The function OS_STAT_Disable() may be used to stop profiling.
Example
void StartProfiling(void) {
OS_STAT_Enable();
}
OS_STAT_GetExecTime()
Description
Returns the total task execution time.
Prototype
OS_U32 OS_STAT_GetExecTime(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block. |
Return value
The total task execution time in timer cycles.
Additional information
This function only returns valid values when profiling was enabled before
by a call to OS_STAT_Enable().
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
The task execution time is counted internally as a 32-bit value. This counter
could overflow depending on the actual task execution time and timer frequency.
For example the counter overflows after ~43 seconds if the task runs at 100%
CPU load and the system tick hardware timer runs at 100 MHz.
Example
OS_U32 ExecTime;
void MyTask(void) {
OS_STAT_Enable();
while (1) {
ExecTime = OS_STAT_GetExecTime(NULL);
OS_TASK_Delay(100);
}
}
OS_STAT_GetLoad()
Description
Calculates the current task’s CPU load in permille.
Prototype
int OS_STAT_GetLoad(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block. |
Return value
The current task’s CPU load in permille.
Additional information
OS_STAT_GetLoad() requires OS_STAT_Sample() to be periodically
called.
OS_STAT_GetLoad() cannot be used from multiple contexts simultaneously
because it utilizes a global variable. It must e.g. not be called from a
task and an ISR simultaneously.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Profiling.
OS_STAT_Sample()
Description
Starts the kernel profiling and calculates the absolute task run
time for all tasks since the last call to OS_STAT_Sample().
Prototype
void OS_STAT_Sample(void);
Additional information
Unless profiling has been activated before by a call to OS_STAT_Enable(),
OS_STAT_Sample() enables profiling for 5000 consecutive system ticks.
The next call to OS_STAT_Sample() must be performed within this period.
To retrieve the calculated CPU load in permille, use the embOS function
OS_STAT_GetLoad().
OS_STAT_Sample() cannot be used from multiple contexts simultaneously
because it utilizes a global variable. It must e.g. not be called from a
task and an ISR simultaneously.
The sample period is counted internally in hardware timer cycles as a 32-bit
value. This counter could overflow depending on the timer frequency. For
example the counter overflows after ~43 seconds if the system tick hardware
timer runs at 100 MHz. The next call to OS_STAT_Sample() must be performed
within this period.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter Profiling.
CPU load measurement
The CPU load measurement routines serve as an addition to the above profiling API.
With it the total CPU load can easily be measured by the application.
This can be helpful in situations where other profiling tools are not available.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
#include <stdio.h>
static OS_STACKPTR int StackPrint[128], StackWasteCPUTime[128];
static OS_TASK TCBPrint, TCBWasteCPUTime;
static void PrintTask(void) {
unsigned int CPULoad;
while (1) {
CPULoad = OS_STAT_GetLoadMeasurement();
printf("CPU usage: %d%%\n", CPULoad);
OS_TASK_Delay(500); // Wait for next sample to print
}
}
static void WasteCPUTimeTask(void) {
while (1) {
//
// Cause ~50% CPU load
//
OS_TASK_Delayus(1000);
OS_TASK_Delay(1);
}
}
/*********************************************************************
*
* main()
*/
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize the hardware
OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurement(500, 1, 0);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBWasteCPUTime, "Waste CPU time task", 10,
WasteCPUTimeTask, StackWasteCPUTime);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBPrint, "Print task", 20,
PrintTask, StackPrint);
OS_Start(); // Start multitasking
return 0;
}
void OS_Idle(void) {
while (1) {
OS_INC_IDLE_CNT();
}
}
API functions
OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurement()
Description
Initializes the periodic CPU load measurement. May be used to
start the calculation of the total CPU load of an application.
Prototype
void OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurement(OS_TIME Period,
OS_U8 AutoAdjust,
OS_I32 DefaultMaxValue);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
Period | Measurement period in embOS system ticks. |
AutoAdjust | If not zero, the measurement is auto-adjusted once initially. |
DefaultMaxValue | May be used to set a default counter value when AutoAdjust is not used. (See additional information) |
Additional information
This function is not available in OS_LIBMODE_SAFE.
The CPU load is the percentage of CPU time that was not spent in OS_Idle(). To
measure it, OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurement() creates a task running at highest priority.
This task periodically suspends itself by calling OS_TASK_Delay(Period). Each time it is
resumed, it calculates the CPU load through comparison of two counter values.
For this calculation, it is required that OS_Idle() gets executed and increments a
counter by calling OS_INC_IDLE_CNT(). Furthermore, the calculation will fail if
OS_Idle() starts a power save mode of the CPU. OS_Idle() must therefore be similar to:
void OS_Idle(void) {
while (1) {
OS_INC_IDLE_CNT();
}
}
The maximum value of the idle counter is stored once at the beginning and is subsequently
used for comparison with the current value of the counter each time the measurement task
gets activated. For this comparison, it is assumed that the maximum value of the counter
represents a CPU load of 0%, whereas a value of zero represents a CPU load of 100%. The
maximum value of the counter can either be examined automatically, or may else be set
manually. When AutoAdjust is non-zero, the task will examine the maximum value of the
counter automatically. To do so, it will initially suspend all other tasks for the
Period-time and will subsequently call OS_TASK_Delay(Period). This way, the entire period is
spent in OS_Idle() and the counter incremented in OS_Idle() reaches its maximum value,
which is then saved and used for comparisons. Especially when the initial suspension of
all tasks for the Period-time is not desired, the maximum counter value may also be
configured manually via the parameter DefaultMaxValue when AutoAdjust is zero.
The global variable OS_IdleCnt holds the counter value used for CPU load measurement. It may
be helpful when examining the appropriate DefaultMaxValue for the manual configuration
of OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurement().
volatile OS_I32 OS_IdleCnt;
The appropriate DefaultMaxValue may, for example, be examined prior to creating
any other task, similar to the given sample below:
void MainTask(void) {
OS_I32 DefaultMax;
OS_TASK_Delay(100);
DefaultMax = OS_IdleCnt; /* This value can be used as DefaultMaxValue. */
/* Now other tasks can be created and started. */
}
Note
OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurement() starts a CPU load task with a
predefined task stack size of 48 integers. The stack size is sufficient for most
applications. However, in some situations more task stack may be required.
In that case please use OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurementEx() which allows to
use an application defined stack size.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter CPU load measurement.
OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurementEx()
Description
Initializes the periodic CPU load measurement. May be used to
start the calculation of the total CPU load of an application.
OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurementEx() allows to define the stack location
and size for the CPU load task which is started automatically by
OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurementEx()
Prototype
void OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurementEx(OS_TIME Period,
OS_U8 AutoAdjust,
OS_I32 DefaultMaxValue,
void OS_STACKPTR *pStack,
OS_UINT StackSize);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
Period | Measurement period in embOS system ticks. |
AutoAdjust | If not zero, the measurement is auto-adjusted once initially. |
DefaultMaxValue | May be used to set a default counter value when AutoAdjust is not used. (See additional information) |
pStack | Pointer to the stack. |
StackSize | Size of the stack. |
Additional information
Please refer to the description of OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurement() for more details.
This function is not available in OS_LIBMODE_SAFE.
Example
static OS_STACKPTR int TaskStack[128], MeasureStack[128];
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize hardware for embOS
OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurementEx(1000, 1, 0, MeasureStack, 128);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCB, "Task", 100, Task, TaskStack);
OS_Start();
return 0;
}
OS_STAT_GetLoadMeasurement()
Description
Retrieves the result of the CPU load measurement.
Prototype
int OS_STAT_GetLoadMeasurement(void);
Return value
The total CPU load in percent.
Additional information
OS_STAT_GetLoadMeasurement() delivers correct results if
- the CPU load measurement was started before by calling OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurement()
with auto-adjustment or else with a correct default value, and
- OS_Idle() updates the measurement by calling OS_INC_IDLE_CNT().
The global variable OS_CPU_Load holds the total CPU load as a percentage. It may prove helpful to
monitor the variable in a debugger with live-watch capability during development.
volatile OS_INT OS_CPU_Load;
This variable will not contain correct results unless the CPU load measurement was
started by a call to OS_STAT_AddLoadMeasurement(). This function is not available in
OS_LIBMODE_SAFE.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter CPU load measurement.
embOSView
Introduction
The embOSView utility is a helpful tool for analyzing the running target application.
It is shipped with embOS as embOSView.exe and runs on Windows.
Most often, a serial interface (UART) is used for the communication with the target
hardware. Alternative communication channels include Ethernet, memory read/write
for Cortex-M and RX CPUs, as well as DCC for ARM7/9 and Cortex-A/R CPUs. The hardware dependent
routines and defines available for communication with embOSView are
implemented in the source file RTOSInit.c. Details on how to modify this file are
also given in chapter Setup target for communication.
The communication API is not available in the embOS library mode OS_LIBMODE_SAFE.
Note
The embOS target communication buffer per default is set to 200 bytes which limits the amount of displayed tasks in embOSView.
If you use more than 48 tasks please modify OS_COM_OUT_BUFFER_SIZE accordingly. There is no such limitation in embOSView.
Task list window
embOSView shows the state of every task created by the target application in the
Task list window. The information shown depends on the library mode that is used in your application.
Item | Description | Builds |
Prio | Current priority of task. | All |
Id | Task ID, which is the address of the task control block. | All |
Name | Name assigned during creation. | All |
Status | Current state of task (ready, executing, delay, reason for suspension). | All |
Data | Depends on status. | All |
Timeout | Time in ticks until the task is ready for execution again. The value in
parenthesis shows the absolute point in time at which the timeout expires. | All |
Stack | Used stack size/max. stack size/stack location. | S, SP, D, DP, DT |
CPULoad | Percentage CPU load caused by task. | SP, DP, DT |
Run Count | Number of activations since reset. | SP, DP, DT |
Time slice | Round-robin time slice | All |
The Task list window is helpful in analyzing the stack usage and CPU load for every running task.
System variables window
embOSView shows the state of major system variables in the System variables window.
The information shown depends on the library mode that is used by your application:
Item | Description | Library mode |
OS_VERSION | Current version of embOS. | All |
CPU | Target CPU and compiler. | All |
LibMode | Library mode used for target application. | All |
OS_Time | Current system time in system ticks. | All |
OS_NumTasks | Current number of defined tasks. | All |
OS_Global.Status | Current error code (or O.K.). | All |
OS_pActiveTask | Active task that should be running. | SP, D, DP, DT |
OS_pCurrentTask | Actual currently running task. | SP, D, DP, DT |
SysStack | Used size/max. size/location of system stack. | SP, DP, DT |
IntStack | Used size/max. size/location of interrupt stack. | SP, DP, DT |
TraceBuffer | Current count/maximum size and current state of trace buffer. | DT |
CPU load | Current CPU total load. | SP, DP, DT |
Setup embOSView for communication
When the communication to embOSView is enabled in the target application, embOSView
may be used to analyze the running application. The communication channel of
embOSView must be setup according to the communication channel which was
selected in the project.
Select a UART for communication
Start embOSView and open the Setup menu:
In the Communication tab, choose “UART” in the Type selection list box.
In the Host interface box, select the desired baud rate for communication and the COM port of
the PC that should be connected to the target board.
The default baud rate of all projects shipped with embOS is 38,400. The ComPort list box lists all
currently available COM ports for the PC that embOSView is executed on.
The serial communication will work when the target is running stand-alone, or during
a debug session when the target is connected to a debugger.
The serial connection can be used when the target board has a spare UART port and
the UART functions are included in the application.
Select J-Link for communication
embOS supports a communication channel to embOSView which uses J-Link to communicate
with the running application. embOSView V3.82g or higher and a J-Link DLL is
required to use J-Link for communication.
To select this communication channel, start embOSView and open the Setup menu:
In the Communication tab, choose “J-Link Cortex-M (memory access)”, “J-Link RX
(memory access)” or “J-Link ARM7/9/11 (DCC)” in the Type selection list box.
In the Host interface box, select the USB or TCP/IP channel to be used to communicate with your J-Link.
In the Target interface box, select the communication speed of the target interface
and the physical target connection (i.e. JTAG, SWD, or FINE).
In the Log File box, choose whether a log file should be created and define its file
name and location.
The JTAG Chain box allows the selection of any specific device in a JTAG scan chain with
multiple devices. Currently, up to eight devices in the scan chain are supported. Two
values must be configured: the position of the target device in the scan chain, and the
total number of bits in the instruction registers of all devices before the target
device (IR len). Target position is numbered in descending order, which means the
target that is closest to J-Link’s TDI is in the highest position (max. 7), while the
target closest to J-Link’s TDO is in the lowest position (always 0). Upon
selecting the position, the according IR len is determined automatically, which should
succeed for most of all target devices. IR len may also be written manually, which is mandatory
in case automatic detection was not successful. For further information,
please refer to the J-Link / J-Trace User Guide (UM08001, chapter “JTAG interface”).
Select Ethernet for communication
embOS supports a communication channel to embOSView which uses Ethernet to communicate
with the running application. A TCP/IP stack, for example SEGGER’s emNET stack, is required to use
Ethernet for communication.
To select this communication channel, start embOSView and open the Setup menu:
In the Communication tab, choose “Ethernet” in the Type selection list box.
In the Host interface box, configure the IP address of your target and the port number 50021.
Use J-Link for communication and debugging in parallel
J-Link can be used to communicate with embOSView during a running debug session
that uses the same J-Link as debug probe. To avoid potential incompatibilities,
the target interface settings for J-Link should be identical in both the debugger settings
and embOSView target interface settings.
To use embOSView during a debug session, proceed as follows:
- Examine the target interface settings in the debugger settings of the project.
- Before starting the debugger, start embOSView and configure the same target interface
settings as found in the debugger settings.
- Close embOSView.
- Start the debugger.
- Restart embOSView.
J-Link will now communicate with the debugger and embOSView will simultaneously communicate
with embOS via J-Link.
Setup target for communication
The communication to embOSView can be enabled by setting the compile time switch
OS_VIEW_IFSELECT to an interface define, e.g. inside the project settings
or in the configuration file OS_Config.h.
If OS_VIEW_IFSELECT is defined to OS_VIEW_DISABLED, the communication is disabled.
In the RTOSInit.c files, the OS_VIEW_IFSELECT switch is set to a specific interface
unless overwritten by project options.
By default, the OS_Config.h file sets the compile time switch OS_VIEW_IFSELECT to
OS_VIEW_DISABLED when DEBUG=1 is not defined. Therefore, in the embOS start projects,
the communication is enabled per default for Debug configurations, while it is disabled for Release configurations.
OS_VIEW_IFSELECT | Communication interface |
OS_VIEW_DISABLED | Disabled |
OS_VIEW_IF_UART | UART |
OS_VIEW_IF_JLINK | J-Link |
OS_VIEW_IF_ETHERNET | Ethernet |
Select a UART for communication
Set the compile time switch OS_VIEW_IFSELECT to OS_VIEW_IF_UART by project
option/compiler preprocessor or in RTOSInit.c to enable the communication via UART.
This assumes the necessary UART routines are implemented. Usually these are implemented in a file called BSP_UART.c.
If the file BSP_UART.c does not exist in your board support package, you can create it on your own or contact the embOS support.
Please have a look in the chapter Board Support Packages for more details.
Select J-Link for communication
Per default, J-Link is selected as communication device in most embOS start
projects, if available.
The compile time switch OS_VIEW_IFSELECT is predefined to OS_VIEW_IF_JLINK in
the CPU specific RTOSInit.c files, thus J-Link communication is selected per default
unless overwritten by project / compiler preprocessor options.
Select Ethernet for communication
Set the compile time switch OS_VIEW_IFSELECT to OS_VIEW_IF_ETHERNET by
project / compiler preprocessor options or in RTOSInit.c to switch the communication to
Ethernet.
This communication mode is only available when emNET or a different TCP/IP stack
is included with the project. Also, the file UDP_Process.c must be added to your project
and the file UDPCOM.h to your Start\Inc folder. These files are not shipped with
embOS by default, but are available on request. Using a different TCP/IP stack than emNet requires
modifications to UDP_Process.c. Subsequently, the RTOSInit.c needs to be
modified to include the below section:
#elif (OS_VIEW_IFSELECT == OS_VIEW_IF_ETHERNET)
#include "UDPCOM.h"
/*********************************************************************
*
* OS_COM_Send1()
*
* Function description
* Sends one character via UDP
*/
void OS_COM_Send1(OS_U8 c) {
UDP_Process_Send1(c);
}
/*********************************************************************
*
* OS_COM_Init()
*
* Function description
* Initializes UDP communication for embOSView
*/
void OS_COM_Init(void) {
UDP_Process_Init();
}
#endif
API functions
OS_COM_ClearTxActive()
Description
Resets the embOS communication variables.
Prototype
void OS_COM_ClearTxActive(void);
Additional information
OS_COM_ClearTxActive() is used to reset the embOS communication
variables. OS_COM_ClearTxActive can e.g. be called after a
communication issue. OS_COM_ClearTxActive() is usually not called
by the application but from the embOSView communication routines
which are part of the board support package.
Example
void ResetCom(void) {
OS_COM_ClearTxActive();
}
OS_COM_GetNextChar()
Description
This routine is used to retrieve the next character to be sent.
It may be called for communication by a non interrupt driven
implementation. The user should be aware, that the function may
enable interrupts and may cause a task switch.
Prototype
OS_INT OS_COM_GetNextChar(void);
Return value
≥ 0 | The character to be sent. |
< 0 | Buffer empty, no more bytes to be sent. |
Example
void OS_ISR_Tx(void) {
if (OS_COM_GetNextChar() >= 0u) {
SendByte(c);
}
}
OS_COM_OnRx()
Description
OS_COM_OnRx() informs embOS about a received byte from embOSView.
This routine is normally called from the rx interrupt service
handler when a character was received.
Prototype
void OS_COM_OnRx(OS_U8 Data);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
Data | Received byte. |
Example
void OS_ISR_Rx(void) {
OS_U8 c;
c = UART_RX_REGISTER;
OS_COM_OnRx(c);
}
OS_COM_OnTx()
Description
OS_COM_OnTx() returns whether there are more bytes to send.
This routine is normally called from the transmitter buffer empty
interrupt service handler.
In case there are more bytes to send, OS_COM_OnTx() calls OS_COM_Send1()
to send the next byte.
Prototype
OS_U8 OS_COM_OnTx(void);
Return value
= 0 | There are more bytes to be sent. |
≠ 0 | Buffer empty, no more bytes to be sent. |
Example
void OS_ISR_Tx(void) {
if (OS_COM_OnTx() != 0u) {
UART_TX_INT_ENABLE_REGISTER = 0;
}
}
Sharing the SIO for terminal I/O
The serial input/output (SIO) used by embOSView may also be used by the
application at the same time for both input and output. Terminal input is often used
as keyboard input, where terminal output may be used for outputting debug messages.
Input and output is done via the Terminal window, which can be shown by selecting
View/Terminal from the menu.
To ensure communication via the Terminal window in parallel with the viewer
functions, the application uses the function OS_COM_SendString() for sending a string to
the Terminal window and the function OS_COM_SetRxCallback() to hook a reception-routine
that receives one byte.
API functions
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_COM_SendString() | Sends a string to the embOSView terminal window. | ● | ● | ● | | |
OS_COM_SetRxCallback() | Sets a callback hook to a routine for receiving one character from embOSView. | ● | ● | | | ● |
OS_COM_SendString()
Description
Sends a string to the embOSView terminal window.
Prototype
void OS_COM_SendString(const char* s);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
s | Pointer to a null-terminated string that should be sent to the terminal window. |
Additional information
This function utilizes the target-specific function OS_COM_Send1().
Example
void Task(void) {
OS_COM_SendString("Task started.\n");
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(100);
}
}
OS_COM_SetRxCallback()
Description
Sets a callback hook to a routine for receiving one character
from embOSView.
Prototype
OS_ROUTINE_CHAR *OS_COM_SetRxCallback(OS_ROUTINE_CHAR* pfRXCallback);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pfRXCallback | Pointer to the application routine that should be called when one character is received over the serial interface. |
Return value
This is the pointer to the callback function that was
hooked before the call.
Additional information
The user function is called from embOS. The received character is
passed as parameter. See the example below.
Example
static void _OnRx(OS_U8 Data) { // Callback to be called from Rx-interrupt
DisplayChar(Data);
}
void main(void) {
...
OS_COM_SetRxCallback(&_OnRx);
...
}
embOSView API trace
embOS contains a trace feature for API calls. This requires the
use of the trace build libraries in the target application.
The trace build libraries implement a buffer for 100 trace entries. Tracing of API calls
can be started and stopped from embOSView via the Trace menu, or from within the
application by using the functions OS_TRACE_Enable() and OS_TRACE_Disable(). Individual
filters may be defined to determine which API calls should be traced for different
tasks or from within interrupt or timer routines.
Once the trace is started, the API calls are recorded in the trace buffer, which is periodically
read by embOSView. The result is shown in the Trace window:
Every entry in the Trace list is recorded with the actual system time. In case of calls
or events from tasks, the task ID (TaskId) and task name (TaskName) (limited to
15 characters) are also recorded. Parameters of API calls are recorded if possible,
and are shown as part of the APIName column. In the example above, this can be
seen with OS_TASK_Delay(6). Once the trace buffer is full, trace is automatically stopped.
The Trace list and buffer can be cleared from embOSView.
Example
#define MY_TRACE_ID 100
void Task(void) {
OS_TASK_Delay(100);
OS_TRACE_Void(MY_TRACE_ID);
OS_TRACE_DisableAll();
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(100);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init();
OS_InitHW();
OS_TRACE_EnableAll();
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCB, "Task", 100, Task, Stack);
OS_Start();
return 0;
}
Setup API trace from embOSView
Three different kinds of trace filters are defined for tracing. These filters can be set
up from embOSView via the menu Options/Setup/Trace.
Filter “Any task” is not task-specific and records all specified events regardless of the task. As
the Idle loop is not a task, calls from within the idle loop are not traced.
Filter “ISR and SW Timer” is specific for interrupt service routines, software timers and all calls that
occur outside a running task. These calls may come from the idle loop or during startup when no task is running.
Three further Custom filters allow trace of API calls from named tasks.
To enable or disable a filter, simply check or uncheck the corresponding checkboxes.
For any of these five filters, individual API functions can be enabled or disabled by checking or unchecking the corresponding checkboxes in the list.
Custom filters allow tracing of task-specific API calls.
A task name can therefore be specified for each of these filters. In the example above, a custom filter is configured to trace calls from the task called MainTask.
After the settings are saved, the new settings are sent to the target application.
Trace filter setup API
Tracing of API or user function calls can be started or stopped from embOSView. By
default, trace is initially disabled in an application program. It may be helpful to control
recording of trace events directly from the application, using the following functions.
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_TRACE_Enable() | Enables tracing of filtered API calls. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_TRACE_EnableAll() | Sets up Filter 0 (any task), enables tracing of all API calls and then enables the trace function. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_TRACE_EnableId() | Sets the specified ID value in Filter 0 (any task), thus enabling trace of the specified function, but does not start trace. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_TRACE_EnableFilterId() | Sets the specified ID value in the specified trace filter, thus enabling trace of the specified function, but does not start trace. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_TRACE_Disable() | Disables tracing of filtered API and user function calls. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_TRACE_DisableAll() | Sets up Filter 0 (any task), disables tracing of all API calls and also disables trace. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_TRACE_DisableId() | Resets the specified ID value in Filter 0 (any task), thus disabling trace of the specified function, but does not stop trace. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_TRACE_DisableFilterId() | Resets the specified ID value in the specified trace filter, thus disabling trace of the specified function, but does not stop trace. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_TRACE_Enable()
Description
Enables tracing of filtered API calls.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_Enable(void);
Additional information
The trace filter conditions must be set up before calling this
function. This functionality is available in trace builds only.
In non-trace builds, the API call is removed by the preprocessor.
Example
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize hardware for embOS
OS_TRACE_EnableId(OS_TRACE_ID_TASK_DELAY); // Enable trace for OS_TASK_DELAY()
OS_TRACE_Enable(); // Enable tracing
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCB, "Task", 100, Task, Stack);
OS_Start();
return 0;
}
OS_TRACE_EnableAll()
Description
Sets up Filter 0 (any task), enables tracing of all API calls and
then enables the trace function.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_EnableAll(void);
Additional information
The trace filter conditions of all the other trace filters are not
affected. This functionality is available in trace builds only.
In non-trace builds, the API call is removed by the preprocessor.
Example
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize hardware for embOS
OS_TRACE_EnableAll(void); // Enable trace
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCB, "Task", 100, Task, Stack);
OS_Start();
return 0;
}
OS_TRACE_EnableId()
Description
Sets the specified ID value in Filter 0 (any task), thus enabling
trace of the specified function, but does not start trace.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_EnableId(OS_U8 id);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
id | ID value of API call that should be enabled for trace: 0 ≤ id ≤ 255 Values from 0 to 99 and 128 to 255 are reserved for embOS. |
Additional information
To enable trace of a specific embOS API function, you must use the
correct Id value. These values are defined as symbolic constants in
RTOS.h. This function may also enable trace of your own functions.
This functionality is available in trace builds only. In non-trace
builds, the API call is removed by the preprocessor.
Example
Please refer to the example of OS_TRACE_Enable().
OS_TRACE_EnableFilterId()
Description
Sets the specified ID value in the specified trace filter, thus
enabling trace of the specified function, but does not start trace.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_EnableFilterId(OS_U8 FilterIndex,
OS_U8 id);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
FilterIndex | Index of the filter that should be affected: 0 ≤ FilterIndex ≤ 4 0 affects Filter 0 (any task) and so on. |
id | ID value of API call that should be enabled for trace: 0 ≤ id ≤ 255 Values from 0 to 99 and 128 to 255 are reserved for embOS. |
Additional information
To enable trace of a specific embOS API function, you must use the
correct Id value. These values are defined as symbolic constants in
RTOS.h. This function may also be used for enabling trace of your
own functions. This functionality is available in trace builds only.
In non-trace builds, the API call is removed by the preprocessor.
Example
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize hardware for embOS
OS_TRACE_EnableFilterId(1, OS_TRACE_ID_TASK_DELAY);
OS_TRACE_Enable(); // Enable tracing
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCB, "Task", 100, Task, Stack);
OS_Start();
return 0;
}
OS_TRACE_Disable()
Description
Disables tracing of filtered API and user function calls.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_Disable(void);
Additional information
This functionality is available in trace builds only. In non-trace
builds, the API call is removed by the preprocessor.
Example
void StopTracing(void) {
OS_TRACE_Disable();
}
OS_TRACE_DisableAll()
Description
Sets up Filter 0 (any task), disables tracing of all API calls and
also disables trace.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_DisableAll(void);
Additional information
The trace filter conditions of all the other trace filters are not
affected, but tracing is stopped.
This functionality is available in trace builds only. In non-trace
builds, the API call is removed by the preprocessor.
Example
void StopTracing(void) {
OS_TRACE_DisableAll();
}
OS_TRACE_DisableId()
Description
Resets the specified ID value in Filter 0 (any task), thus disabling
trace of the specified function, but does not stop trace.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_DisableId(OS_U8 id);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
id | ID value of API call that should be enabled for trace: 0 ≤ id ≤ 255 Values from 0 to 99 and 128 to 255 are reserved for embOS. |
Additional information
To disable trace of a specific embOS API function, you must use the
correct Id value. These values are defined as symbolic constants in
RTOS.h. This function may also be used for disabling trace of your
own functions. This functionality is available in trace builds only.
In non-trace builds, the API call is removed by the preprocessor.
Example
void StopTracing(void) {
OS_TRACE_DisableId(OS_TRACE_ID_TASK_DELAY);
}
OS_TRACE_DisableFilterId()
Description
Resets the specified ID value in the specified trace filter, thus
disabling trace of the specified function, but does not stop trace.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_DisableFilterId(OS_U8 FilterIndex,
OS_U8 id);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
FilterIndex | Index of the filter that should be affected: 0 ≤ FilterIndex ≤ 4 0 affects Filter 0 (any task) and so on. |
id | ID value of API call that should be enabled for trace: 0 ≤ id ≤ 255 Values from 0 to 99 and 128 to 255 are reserved for embOS. |
Additional information
To disable trace of a specific embOS API function, you must use the
correct Id value. These values are defined as symbolic constants in
RTOS.h. This function may also be used for disabling trace of your
own functions. This functionality is available in trace builds only.
In non-trace builds, the API call is removed by the preprocessor.
Example
void StopTracing(void) {
OS_TRACE_DisableFilterId(1, OS_TRACE_ID_TASK_DELAY);
}
Trace record API
The following functions write data into the trace buffer. As long as only embOS API
calls should be recorded, these functions are used internally by the trace build libraries.
If, for some reason, you want to trace your own functions with your own parameters,
you may call one of these routines.
All of these functions have the following points in common:
- To record data, trace must be enabled.
- An ID value in the range 100 to 127 must be used as the ID parameter. ID values from 0 to 99 and 128 to 255 are internally reserved for embOS.
- The events specified as ID must be enabled in trace filters.
- Active system time and the current task are automatically recorded together with the specified event.
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_TRACE_Data() | Writes an entry with ID and an integer as parameter into the trace buffer. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_TRACE_DataPtr() | Writes an entry with ID, an integer, and a pointer as parameter into the trace buffer. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_TRACE_Ptr() | Writes an entry with ID and a pointer as parameter into the trace buffer. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_TRACE_PtrU32() | Writes an entry with ID, a pointer, and a 32-bit unsigned integer as parameter into the trace buffer. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_TRACE_U32Ptr() | Writes an entry with ID, a 32-bit unsigned integer, and a pointer as parameter into the trace buffer. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
OS_TRACE_Void() | Writes an entry identified only by its ID into the trace buffer. | ● | ● | | ● | ● |
Example
#define MY_TRACE_ID 100
void Task(void) {
OS_TRACE_Data(MY_TRACE_ID, 42);
OS_TRACE_DataPtr(MY_TRACE_ID, 42, OS_TASK_GetID());
OS_TRACE_Ptr(MY_TRACE_ID, OS_TASK_GetID());
OS_TRACE_U32Ptr(MY_TRACE_ID, 42, OS_TASK_GetID());
OS_TRACE_Void(MY_TRACE_ID)
while (1) {
OS_Task_Delay(100);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize hardware for embOS
OS_TRACE_EnableId(MY_TRACE_ID); // Enable trace for MY_TRACE_ID
OS_TRACE_Enable(); // Enable tracing
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCB, "Task", 100, Task, Stack);
OS_Start();
return 0;
}
OS_TRACE_Data()
Description
Writes an entry with ID and an integer as parameter into the
trace buffer.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_Data(OS_U8 id,
int v);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
id | ID value of API call that should be enabled for trace: 0 ≤ id ≤ 255 Values from 0 to 99 and 128 to 255 are reserved for embOS. |
v | Any integer value that should be recorded as parameter. |
Additional information
The value passed as parameter will be displayed in the trace list
window of embOSView. This functionality is available in trace builds
only. In non-trace builds, the API call is removed by the preprocessor.
Example
Please refer to the example in chapter Trace record API.
OS_TRACE_DataPtr()
Description
Writes an entry with ID, an integer, and a pointer as parameter
into the trace buffer.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_DataPtr( OS_U8 id,
int v,
volatile OS_CONST_PTR void *p);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
id | ID value of API call that should be enabled for trace: 0 ≤ id ≤ 255 Values from 0 to 99 and 128 to 255 are reserved for embOS. |
v | Any integer value that should be recorded as parameter. |
p | Any void pointer that should be recorded as parameter. |
Additional information
The values passed as parameters will be displayed in the trace list
window of embOSView. This functionality is available in trace builds
only. In non-trace builds, the API call is removed by the preprocessor.
Example
Please refer to the example in chapter Trace record API.
OS_TRACE_Ptr()
Description
Writes an entry with ID and a pointer as parameter into the
trace buffer.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_Ptr( OS_U8 id,
volatile OS_CONST_PTR void *p);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
id | ID value of API call that should be enabled for trace: 0 ≤ id ≤ 255 Values from 0 to 99 and 128 to 255 are reserved for embOS. |
p | Any void pointer that should be recorded as parameter. |
Additional information
The pointer passed as parameter will be displayed in the trace
list window of embOSView. This functionality is available in
trace builds only. In non-trace builds, the API call is removed
by the preprocessor.
Example
Please refer to the example in chapter Trace record API.
OS_TRACE_PtrU32()
Description
Writes an entry with ID, a pointer, and a 32-bit unsigned integer
as parameter into the trace buffer.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_PtrU32( OS_U8 id,
volatile OS_CONST_PTR void *p0,
OS_U32 p1);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
id | ID value of API call that should be enabled for trace: 0 ≤ id ≤ 255 Values from 0 to 99 and 128 to 255 are reserved for embOS. |
p0 | Any void pointer that should be recorded as parameter. |
p1 | Any unsigned 32-bit value that should be recorded as parameter. |
Additional information
This function may be used for recording two pointers. The values
passed as parameters will be displayed in the trace list window
of embOSView. This functionality is available in trace builds only.
In non-trace builds, the API call is removed by the preprocessor.
Example
Please refer to the example in chapter Trace record API.
OS_TRACE_U32Ptr()
Description
Writes an entry with ID, a 32-bit unsigned integer, and a
pointer as parameter into the trace buffer.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_U32Ptr( OS_U8 id,
OS_U32 p0,
volatile OS_CONST_PTR void *p1);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
id | ID value of API call that should be enabled for trace: 0 ≤ id ≤ 255 Values from 0 to 99 and 128 to 255 are reserved for embOS. |
p0 | Any unsigned 32-bit value that should be recorded as parameter. |
p1 | Any void pointer that should be recorded as parameter. |
Additional information
This function may be used for recording two pointers. The values
passed as parameters will be displayed in the trace list window
of embOSView. This functionality is available in trace builds only.
In non-trace builds, the API call is removed by the preprocessor.
Example
Please refer to the example in chapter Trace record API.
OS_TRACE_Void()
Description
Writes an entry identified only by its ID into the trace buffer.
Prototype
void OS_TRACE_Void(OS_U8 id);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
id | ID value of API call that should be enabled for trace: 0 ≤ id ≤ 255 Values from 0 to 99 and 128 to 255 are reserved for embOS. |
Additional information
This functionality is available in trace builds only, and the
API call is not removed by the preprocessor.
Example
Please refer to the example in chapter Trace record API.
Application-controlled trace example
As described in the previous section, the user application can enable and set up the
trace conditions without a connection or command from embOSView. The trace
record functions can also be called from any user function to write data into the trace
buffer, using ID numbers from 100 to 127.
Controlling trace from the application can be useful for tracing API and user functions
just after starting the application, when the communication to embOSView is not yet
available or when the embOSView setup is not complete.
The example below shows how a trace filter can be set up by the application. The
function OS_TRACE_EnableID() sets trace filter 0 which affects calls from any running
task. Therefore, the first call to SetState() in the example would not be traced
because there is no task running at that moment. The additional filter setup routine
OS_TRACE_EnableFilterId() is called with filter 1, which results in tracing calls from
outside running tasks.
Example code
#include "RTOS.h"
#define APP_TRACE_ID_SETSTATE 100 // Application specific trace id
char MainState;
void SetState(char* pState, char Value) {
#if (OS_SUPPORT_TRACE != 0)
OS_TRACE_DataPtr(APP_TRACE_ID_SETSTATE, Value, pState);
#endif
*pState = Value;
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init();
OS_InitHW();
#if (OS_SUPPORT_TRACE != 0)
OS_TRACE_DisableAll(); // Disable all API trace calls
OS_TRACE_EnableId(APP_TRACE_ID_SETSTATE); // User trace
OS_TRACE_EnableFilterId(0, APP_TRACE_ID_SETSTATE); // User trace
OS_TRACE_Enable();
#endif
SetState(&MainState, 1);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBMain, "MainTask", 100, MainTask, MainStack);
OS_Start(); // Start multitasking
return 0;
}
By default, embOSView lists all user function traces in the trace list window as Routine,
followed by the specified ID and two parameters as hexadecimal values. The
example above would result in the following:
Routine100(0xabcd, 0x01)
where 0xabcd is the pointer address and 0x01 is the parameter recorded from
OS_TRACE_DataPtr().
User-defined functions
To use the built-in trace (available in trace builds of embOS) for application program
user functions, embOSView can be customized. This customization is done in the
setup file embOS.ini.
This setup file is parsed at the startup of embOSView. It is optional; you will not see
an error message if it cannot be found.
To enable trace setup for user functions, embOSView needs to know an ID number,
the function name and the type of two optional parameters that can be traced. The
format is explained in the following sample embOS.ini file:
Example code
# File: embOS.ini
#
# embOSView Setup file
#
# embOSView loads this file at startup. It must reside in the same
# directory as the executable itself.
#
# Note: The file is not required to run embOSView. You will not get
# an error message if it is not found. However, you will get an error message
# if the contents of the file are invalid.
#
# Define add. API functions.
# Syntax: API( <Index>, <Routinename> [parameters])
# Index: Integer, between 100 and 127
# Routinename: Identifier for the routine. Should be no more than 32 characters
# parameters: Optional parameters. A max. of 2 parameters can be specified.
# Valid parameters are:
# int
# ptr
# Every parameter must be placed after a colon.
#
API( 100, "Routine100")
API( 101, "Routine101", int)
API( 102, "Routine102", int, ptr)
MPU - Memory Protection
Introduction
This chapter describes embOS-MPU. embOS-MPU is a separate product which adds
memory protection to embOS.
Memory protection is a way to control memory access rights, and is a part of most
modern processor architectures and operating systems. The main purpose of memory
protection is to prevent a task from accessing memory that has not been allocated to
it. This prevents a bug or malware within a task from affecting other tasks, or the
operating system itself.
When a task violates its MPU permissions or causes an exception by other means, it is
terminated automatically regardless of its privilege state.
embOS-MPU uses the hardware MPU and additional checks to avoid that a task
affects the remaining system. Even if a bug in one task occurs all other tasks and the
OS continue execution. The task which caused the issue is terminated automatically
and the application is informed via an optional callback function.
Since a hardware MPU is required embOS MPU support is unavailable for some
embOS ports. The MPU support is included in separate embOS ports and is not part
of the general embOS port.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
#include "BSP.h"
extern unsigned int __FLASH_segment_start__;
extern unsigned int __FLASH_segment_size__;
extern unsigned int __RAM_segment_start__;
extern unsigned int __RAM_segment_size__;
extern unsigned int __ostext_start__;
extern unsigned int __ostext_size__;
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP;
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128];
static OS_STACKPTR int StackLP[256] __attribute__ ((aligned (1024)));
static void _HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
BSP_ToggleLED(0);
OS_TASK_Delay(200);
}
}
static void _Recursive(unsigned int i) {
volatile int k;
k = i + 1;
_Recursive(k);
}
static void _LPTask(void) {
OS_MPU_ExtendTaskContext();
OS_MPU_SetAllowedObjects(&TCBLP, _aObjList);
OS_MPU_SwitchToUnprivState();
_Recursive(1u);
}
static void _ErrorCallback(OS_TASK* pTask, OS_MPU_ERRORCODE ErrorCode) {
while (1) {
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init();
OS_MPU_Init(&OS_ARMv7M_MPU_API);
//
// Setup memory information, must be done before first task is created
//
OS_MPU_ConfigMem(&__FLASH_segment_start__, (OS_U32)&__FLASH_segment_size__,
&__RAM_segment_start__, (OS_U32)&__RAM_segment_size__,
&__ostext_start__, (OS_U32)&__ostext_size__);
OS_MPU_SetErrorCallback(&_ErrorCallback);
OS_InitHW();
BSP_Init();
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, _HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, _LPTask, StackLP);
OS_Start();
return 0;
}
Privilege states
Application tasks which may affect other tasks or the OS itself must not have the
permission to access the whole memory, special function registers or embOS control
structures. Such application code could be e.g. unreliable software from a third party
vendor.
Therefore, those application tasks do not run on the same privileged state like the
OS. The OS runs in privileged state which means that it has full access to all memory,
peripherals and CPU features. Application tasks, on the other hand, run in unprivileged
state and have restricted access only to the memory. To access peripherals and
memory from unprivileged tasks, additional API and specific device drivers may be
used.
State | Description |
Privileged | Full access to memory, peripheral and CPU features |
Unprivileged | Only restricted access to memory, no direct access to peripherals, no access to some CPU features |
Code organization
embOS-MPU assumes that the application code is divided into two parts. The first
part runs in privileged state: it initializes the MPU settings and includes the device
driver. It contains critical code and must be verified for full reliability by the responsible
developers. Usually, this code consists of only a few simple functions which may
be located in one single C file.
The second part is the application itself which doesn’t need to or in some cases cannot
be verified for full reliability. As it runs in unprivileged state, it cannot affect the
remaining system. Usually, this code is organized in several C files.
This can e.g. simplify a certification.
Part | Description |
1st part | Task and MPU initialization Device drivers |
2nd part | Application code from e.g. third party vendor |
Memory Access permissions
All privileged tasks have full access to the whole memory. An unprivileged task, however,
can have access to several memory regions with different access permissions.
Access permissions for RAM and ROM can be used combined, e.g. a ROM region could
be readable and code execution could be allowed. In that case the permission defines
would be used as OS_MPU_READONLY | OS_MPU_EXECUTION_ALLOWED.
The following memory access permissions exist:
Permission | Description |
OS_MPU_NOACCESS | No access to a memory region |
OS_MPU_READONLY | Read only access to a memory region |
OS_MPU_READWRITE | Read and write access to a memory region |
Permission | Description |
OS_MPU_EXECUTION_ALLOWED | Code execution is allowed |
OS_MPU_EXECUTION_DISALLOWED | Code execution is not allowed |
Default memory access permissions
A newly created unprivileged task has per default only access to the following memory regions:
Region | Permissions |
ROM | OS_MPU_READONLY, OS_MPU_EXECUTION_ALLOWED |
RAM | OS_MPU_READONLY, OS_MPU_EXECUTION_ALLOWED |
Task stack | OS_MPU_READWRITE, OS_MPU_EXECUTION_ALLOWED |
An unprivileged task can read and execute the whole RAM and ROM. Write access is restricted to its own task stack.
More access rights can be added by embOS API calls.
Interrupts
Interrupts are always privileged and can access the whole memory.
Access to additional memory regions
An unprivileged task can have access to additional memory regions. This could be
necessary e.g when a task needs to write LCD data to a frame buffer in RAM. Using a
device driver could be too inefficient. Additional memory regions can be added with
the API function OS_MPU_AddRegion().
It is CPU specific if the region has to be aligned. Please refer to the according CPU/
compiler specific embOS manual for more details.
Access to OS objects
An unprivileged task has no direct write access to embOS objects.
Per default, it also has no access via embOS API functions.
Access to OS objects via embOS API functions can be granted with OS_MPU_SetAllowedObjects().
This does not grant direct write access to the OS object, but only via embOS API functions.
Even more, there must be no MPU region for the unprivileged task which grants write access to the memory location containing the OS object.
Ideally, the object list should be located in ROM memory so it can not be modified by the application by mistake.
The OS object must be created in the privileged part of the task.
ROM placement of embOS
embOS must be placed in one memory section. Usually this section is called .ostext.
embOS-MPU requires this information to e.g. check that supervisor calls are made from embOS API functions exclusively.
The address and the size of this section must be passed to embOS with
OS_MPU_ConfigMem(). __os_start__ and __os_size__ are linker symbols which are
defined in the linker file.
Example
This example is for the GCC linker.
Linker file:
.ostext :
{
__ostext_start__ = .;
*(.ostext*)
__ostext_end__ = .;
} > FLASH
__ostext_size__ = __ostext_end__ - __ostext_start__;
C Code:
extern unsigned int __ostext_start__;
extern unsigned int __ostext_size__;
void main(void) {
...
OS_MPU_ConfigMem(0x08000000u, 0x00100000u, // ROM
0x20000000u, 0x00020000u, // RAM
__ostext_start__, __ostext_size__); // OS
..
}
Allowed embOS API in unprivileged tasks
Not all embOS API functions are allowed to be called from an unprivileged task.
If an API function is allowed to be called from an unprivileged task a dot is placed in the column “Unpriv Task” in the according API table.
Example
Routine | Description | main | Priv Task | Unpriv Task | ISR | SW Timer |
OS_TASK_Delay() | Suspends the calling task for a specified amount of system ticks, or waits actively when called from main(). | ● | ● | ● | | |
It is allowed to call OS_TASK_Delay() from main(), privileged tasks and unprivileged tasks.
Device driver
An unprivileged task has no access to any peripheral. Thus a device driver is necessary
to use peripherals like UART, SPI or port pins.
A device driver consists of two parts, an unprivileged part and a privileged part.
embOS ensures there is only one explicit and safe way to switch from the unprivileged
part to the privileged part. The application must call driver functions only in the
unprivileged part. The actual peripheral access is performed in the privileged part
only.
OS_MPU_CallDeviceDriver() is used to call the device driver via a global device driver table.
The first parameter is the index of the device driver routine in the table.
Optional parameters can be passed to the device driver.
OS_MPU_CallDeviceDriverEx() is used to call the device driver without a device driver table.
The first parameter is the address of device driver routine.
Optional parameters can be passed to the device driver.
Note
You must not call any embOS API from a device driver.
Example
A device driver for a LED should be developed.
The LED driver can toggle a LED with a given index number.
The function BSP_Toggle_LED() is the unprivileged part of the driver.
It can be called by the unprivileged application.
typedef struct BSP_LED_PARAM_STRUCT {
BSP_LED_DRIVER_API Action;
OS_U32 Index;
} BSP_LED_PARAM;
void BSP_ToggleLED(int LEDIndex) {
BSP_LED_PARAM p;
p.Action = BSP_LED_TOGGLE;
p.Index = LEDIndex;
OS_MPU_CallDeviceDriver(0u, &p);
}
All device driver addresses can be stored in one list which is passed to embOS-MPU with OS_MPU_SetDeviceDriverList().
static OS_ROUTINE_VOID_PTR* const _DeviceDriverList[] = {
BSP_LED_DeviceDriver,
NULL // Last item must be NULL
};
void BSP_Init(void) {
OS_MPU_SetDeviceDriverList(_DeviceDriverList);
}
Alternatively the device driver can be called directly:
typedef struct BSP_LED_PARAM_STRUCT {
BSP_LED_DRIVER_API Action;
OS_U32 Index;
} BSP_LED_PARAM;
void BSP_ToggleLED(int LEDIndex) {
BSP_LED_PARAM p;
p.Action = BSP_LED_TOGGLE;
p.Index = LEDIndex;
OS_MPU_CallDeviceDriverEx(BSP_LED_DeviceDriver, &p);
}
The device driver itself runs in privileged state and accesses the LED port pin.
void BSP_LED_DeviceDriver(void* Param) {
BSP_LED_PARAM* p;
p = (BSP_LED_PARAM*)Param;
switch (p->Action) {
case BSP_LED_SET:
BSP_SetLED_SVC(p->Index);
break;
case BSP_LED_CLR:
BSP_ClrLED_SVC(p->Index);
break;
case BSP_LED_TOGGLE:
BSP_ToggleLED_SVC(p->Index);
break;
default:
break;
}
}
API functions
OS_MPU_AddRegion()
Description
Adds an additional memory region to which the task has access.
Prototype
void OS_MPU_AddRegion(OS_TASK* pTask,
void* BaseAddr,
OS_U32 Size,
OS_U32 Permissions,
OS_U32 Attributes);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block. |
BaseAddr | Region base address. |
Size | Region size. |
Permissions | Access permissions. |
Attributes | Additional core specific memory attributes. |
Additional information
This function can be used if a task needs access to additional
RAM regions. This RAM region can be e.g. a LCD frame buffer or
a queue data buffer.
The amount of MPU regions and whether the region has to be
aligned is CPU specific.
Please refer to the according CPU/compiler specific
embOS manual for more details.
Note
OS_MPU_AddRegion() expected until embOS V5.8.2 BaseAddr as a OS_U32 value.
From embOS V5.10.0 this parameter is a void pointer. Existing applications which call OS_MPU_AddRegion() needs to be updated accordingly.
A memory region can have the following access permissions:
Permission | Description |
OS_MPU_NOACCESS | No access to memory region |
OS_MPU_READONLY | Read only access to memory region |
OS_MPU_READWRITE | Read and write access to memory region |
OS_MPU_EXECUTION_ALLOWED | Code execution is allowed |
OS_MPU_EXECUTION_DISALLOWED | Code execution is not allowed |
Access permissions for data and code execution can be jointly set for one region.
A region can for example be set to read only and code execution can be disabled (OS_MPU_READONLY | OS_MPU_EXECUTION_DISALLOWED).
Per default an unprivileged task has only access to the following memory regions:
Region | Permission |
ROM | Read and execution access for complete ROM |
RAM | Read only and and execution access for complete RAM |
Task stack | Read and write and execution access to the task stack |
Example
static void HPTask(void) {
OS_MPU_AddRegion(&TCBHP, (OS_U32)MyQBuffer, 512, OS_MPU_READWRITE, 0u);
}
OS_MPU_CallDeviceDriver()
Description
Calls a device driver.
Prototype
void OS_MPU_CallDeviceDriver(OS_U32 Index,
void* Param);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
Index | Index of device driver function. |
Param | Parameter to device driver. |
Additional information
Unprivileged tasks have no direct access to any peripherals. A
device driver is instead necessary. OS_MPU_CallDeviceDriver() is
used to let embOS call the device driver which then runs in
privileged state. Optional parameter can be passed to the driver
function. The device driver is called e.g. for Cortex-M via SVC call.
Example
typedef struct BSP_LED_PARAM_STRUCT {
BSP_LED_DRIVER_API Action;
OS_U32 Index;
} BSP_LED_PARAM;
static const OS_MPU_DEVICE_DRIVER_FUNC _DeviceDriverList[] = {
BSP_LED_DeviceDriver,
NULL // Last item must be NULL
};
void BSP_LED_DeviceDriver(void* Param) {
BSP_LED_PARAM* p;
p = (BSP_LED_PARAM*)Param;
switch (p->Action) {
case BSP_LED_SET:
BSP_SetLED_SVC(p->Index);
break;
case BSP_LED_CLR:
BSP_ClrLED_SVC(p->Index);
break;
case BSP_LED_TOGGLE:
BSP_ToggleLED_SVC(p->Index);
break;
default:
break;
}
}
void BSP_ToggleLED(int Index) {
BSP_LED_PARAM p;
p.Action = BSP_LED_TOGGLE;
p.Index = Index;
OS_MPU_CallDeviceDriver(0u, &p);
}
OS_MPU_CallDeviceDriverEx()
Description
Calls a device driver.
Prototype
void OS_MPU_CallDeviceDriverEx(OS_ROUTINE_VOID_PTR* pfRoutine,
void* Param);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pfRoutine | Function pointer to the device driver function. |
Param | Parameter to device driver. |
Additional information
Unprivileged tasks have no direct access to any peripherals. A
device driver is instead necessary. OS_MPU_CallDeviceDriverEx() is
used to let embOS call the device driver which then runs in
privileged state. Optional parameter can be passed to the driver
function. The device driver is called e.g. for Cortex-M via SVC call.
Example
typedef struct BSP_LED_PARAM_STRUCT {
BSP_LED_DRIVER_API Action;
OS_U32 Index;
} BSP_LED_PARAM;
void BSP_LED_DeviceDriver(void* Param) {
BSP_LED_PARAM* p;
p = (BSP_LED_PARAM*)Param;
switch (p->Action) {
case BSP_LED_SET:
BSP_SetLED_SVC(p->Index);
break;
case BSP_LED_CLR:
BSP_ClrLED_SVC(p->Index);
break;
case BSP_LED_TOGGLE:
BSP_ToggleLED_SVC(p->Index);
break;
default:
break;
}
}
void BSP_ToggleLED(int Index) {
BSP_LED_PARAM p;
p.Action = BSP_LED_TOGGLE;
p.Index = Index;
OS_MPU_CallDeviceDriver(BSP_LED_DeviceDriver, &p);
}
OS_MPU_ConfigMem()
Description
Configures basic memory information.
Prototype
void OS_MPU_ConfigMem(void* ROM_BaseAddr,
OS_U32 ROM_Size,
void* RAM_BaseAddr,
OS_U32 RAM_Size,
void* OS_BaseAddr,
OS_U32 OS_Size);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
ROM_BaseAddr | ROM base address |
ROM_Size | ROM size. |
RAM_BaseAddr | RAM base address |
RAM_Size | RAM size. |
OS_BaseAddr | embOS ROM region base address. |
OS_Size | embOS ROM region size. |
Additional information
OS_MPU_ConfigMem() tells embOS where ROM, RAM and the embOS code is
located in memory. This information is used to setup the default
task regions at task creation.
Note
OS_MPU_ConfigMem() expected until embOS V5.8.2 ROM_BaseAddr, RAM_BaseAddr and OS_BaseAddr as a OS_U32 value.
From embOS V5.10.0 these parameters are void pointer. Existing applications which call OS_MPU_ConfigMem() needs to be updated accordingly.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter MPU - Memory Protection.
OS_MPU_Init()
Description
Initializes the MPU hardware with the specified MPU API list.
Prototype
void OS_MPU_Init(OS_CONST_PTR OS_MPU_API_LIST *pAPIList);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pAPIList | Pointer to core specific MPU API list. |
Additional information
This function must be called before any embOS-MPU related
function is used or any task is created.
Example
void main(void) {
...
OS_MPU_Init(&OS_ARMv7M_MPU_API);
...
}
OS_MPU_ExtendTaskContext()
Description
Extends the task context for the MPU registers.
Prototype
void OS_MPU_ExtendTaskContext(void);
Additional information
It is device dependent how many MPU regions are available. This
function makes it possible to use all MPU regions for every single
task. Otherwise the tasks would have to share the MPU regions. To
do so the MPU register must be saved and restored with every context
switch.
This function allows the user to extend the task context for the MPU
registers. A major advantage is that the task extension is task-specific.
This means that the additional MPU register needs to be saved only by
tasks that actually use these registers. The advantage is that the task
switching time of other tasks is not affected. The same is true for the
required stack space: Additional stack space is required only for the
tasks which actually save the additional MPU registers. The task context
can be extended only once per task. The function must not be called
multiple times for one task.
OS_MPU_ExtendTaskContext() is not available when no task context extension
is available. The embOS OS_LIBMODE_XR library mode does not support task context
extension.
OS_SetDefaultContextExtension(&OS_MPU_ContextExtension) can be used to
automatically add MPU register to the task context of every newly created task.
The task context can also be extended using OS_TASK_AddContextExtension(&OS_MPU_ContextExtension)
or OS_TASK_SetContextExtension(&OS_MPU_ContextExtension).
Note
If you run more than one unprivileged task you must use OS_MPU_ExtendTaskContext() in order to save and restore the MPU register for each unprivileged task.
With specific MPUs it might be necessary to use OS_MPU_ExtendTaskContext() even with one unprivileged task. Please refer to the CPU and compiler specific embOS manual
for more details.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter MPU - Memory Protection.
OS_MPU_GetThreadState()
Description
Returns the current tasks privilege state.
Prototype
OS_MPU_THREAD_STATE OS_MPU_GetThreadState(void);
Return value
= 0 | Privileged state (OS_MPU_THREAD_STATE_PRIVILEGED). |
≠ 0 | Unprivileged state (OS_MPU_THREAD_STATE_UNPRIVILEGED). |
Additional information
A new created task has the task state OS_MPU_THREAD_STATE_PRIVILEGED.
It can be set to OS_MPU_THREAD_STATE_UNPRIVILEGED with the API function
OS_MPU_SwitchToUnprivState(). A task can never set itself back to the
privileged state OS_MPU_THREAD_STATE_PRIVILEGED.
OS_MPU_GetThreadState() always returns OS_MPU_THREAD_STATE_PRIVILEGED when
there is no current task.
Example
void PrintMPUState(void) {
if (OS_MPU_GetThreadState() == OS_MPU_THREAD_STATE_PRIVILEGED) {
printf("Task is in privileged state");
} else {
printf("Task is in unprivileged state");
}
}
OS_MPU_SetAllowedObjects()
Description
Sets a task specific list of objects to which the task has
access via embOS API functions.
Prototype
void OS_MPU_SetAllowedObjects(OS_TASK* pTask,
OS_CONST_PTR OS_MPU_OBJ *pObjList);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to a task control block. |
pObjList | Pointer to a list of allowed objects. |
Additional information
Per default a task has neither direct nor indirect write access
via embOS API functions to any embOS object like a task control
block. Even if the object is in the list of allowed objects a
direct write access to an OS object is still not possible. But
if an object is in the list, the task can access the OS object via
embOS API functions. Even more an embOS debug build will check within
OS_MPU_SetAllowedObjects(), if there is a MPU region which
grants write access to the memory location containing the OS object
and call OS_Error() with an according error code.
This ensures, that the unprivileged task is unable to modify the OS
object by mistake.
The OS object can be e.g. the own task control block,
a mailbox control structure which is mutual used by different
task or even the task control block of another task. It is the
developer responsibility to only add objects which are necessary
for the unprivileged task. The list is null-terminated, which
means the last entry must always be: {NULL, OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_INVALID}.
The following object types exist:
OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_TASK
OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_MUTEX
OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_SEMA
OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_EVENT
OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_QUEUE
OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_MAILBOX
OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_SWTIMER
OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_MEMPOOL
OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_WATCHDOG
embOS task events are handled in the task control block.
When task events should be used from an unprivileged task the according task
control block needs be added to this object list.
Note
Up to embOS V5.8.2, OS_MPU_SetAllowedObjects() expected the first value in pObjList as a OS_U32 value.
Starting from embOS V5.10.0, this parameter is a void pointer. Existing applications which call OS_MPU_SetAllowedObjects() need to be updated accordingly.
Example
static const OS_MPU_OBJ _ObjList[] = {{&TCBHP, OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_TASK},
{NULL, OS_MPU_OBJTYPE_INVALID}};
static void _Unpriv(void) {
OS_TASK_SetName(&TCBHP, "Segger");
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(10);
}
}
static void HPTask(void) {
OS_MPU_ExtendTaskContext();
OS_MPU_SetAllowedObjects(&TCBHP, _ObjList);
OS_MPU_SwitchToUnprivState();
_Unpriv();
}
OS_MPU_SetDeviceDriverList()
Description
Sets the device driver list.
Prototype
void OS_MPU_SetDeviceDriverList(OS_ROUTINE_VOID_PTR* OS_CONST_PTR *pList);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pList | Pointer to device driver function address list. |
Additional information
All device driver function addresses are stored in one list. The last
item must be NULL. A device driver is called with the according index
to this list.
Example
static const OS_MPU_DEVICE_DRIVER_FUNC _DeviceDriverList[] = {
BSP_LED_DeviceDriver,
NULL // Last item must be NULL
};
void BSP_Init(void) {
OS_MPU_SetDeviceDriverList(_DeviceDriverList);
}
OS_MPU_SetErrorCallback()
Description
Sets the MPU error callback function.
This function is called when a task is suspended due to an MPU fault.
Prototype
void OS_MPU_SetErrorCallback(OS_ROUTINE_TASK_PTR_ERRORCODE* pfRoutine);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pfRoutine | Pointer to callback function. |
Additional information
embOS terminates any task that violates its MPU permissions or
causes an exception by other means. embOS calls the user callback
function in order to inform the application. The application can
e.g. turn on an error LED or write the fault into a log file.
Note
The error callback function must not call any embOS API function.
The callback function is called with the following parameter:
Parameter type | Description |
OS_TASK* | Pointer to task control block of the unprivileged task which caused the MPU error. |
OS_MPU_ERRORCODE | Error code which describes the cause for the MPU error. |
embOS-MPU error codes
Define | Explanation |
OS_MPU_ERROR_INVALID_REGION | The OS object address is within an allowed
task region. This is not allowed. This can for
example happen when the object was placed
on the task stack. |
OS_MPU_ERROR_INVALID_OBJECT | The unprivileged task is not allowed to access
this OS object. |
OS_MPU_ERROR_INVALID_API | The unprivileged task tried to call an embOS
API function which is not valid for an unprivileged
task. For example, unprivileged tasks must
not call OS_TASK_EnterRegion(). |
OS_MPU_ERROR_HARDFAULT | Indicates that the task caused a hard fault. |
OS_MPU_ERROR_MEMFAULT | An illegal memory access was performed. An
unprivileged task tried to write memory
without having access permissions. |
OS_MPU_ERROR_BUSFAULT | Indicates that the task caused a bus fault. |
OS_MPU_ERROR_USAGEFAULT | Indicates that the task caused a usage fault. |
OS_MPU_ERROR_SVC | A supervisor call was made outside an
embOS API function. This is not allowed. |
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter MPU - Memory Protection.
OS_MPU_SwitchToUnprivState()
Description
Switches a task to unprivileged state.
Prototype
void OS_MPU_SwitchToUnprivState(void);
Additional information
The task code must be split into two parts. The first part runs
in privileged state and initializes the embOS MPU settings. The
second part runs in unprivileged state and is called after the
privileged part switched to the unprivileged state with
OS_MPU_SwitchToUnprivState().
If this function is called from an invalid context, debug builds
of embOS will call OS_Error().
Note
If you run more than one unprivileged task you must use OS_MPU_ExtendTaskContext() in order to save and restore the MPU register for each unprivileged task.
Example
Please refer to the example in the introduction of chapter MPU - Memory Protection.
OS_MPU_SetSanityCheckBuffer()
Description
Sets the pointer in the task control block to a buffer which
holds a copy of the MPU register for sanity check.
The buffer size needs to be the size of all MPU register.
Prototype
void OS_MPU_SetSanityCheckBuffer(OS_TASK* pTask,
void* p);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | Pointer to the task control block. |
p | Pointer to the MPU register buffer. |
Additional information
OS_MPU_SetSanityCheckBuffer() is only available in OS_LIBMODE_SAFE
which is used in the certified embOS-MPU. Due to e.g. a hardware
failure, a MPU register content could change. A copy of all relevant
MPU register is held in the buffer. OS_MPU_SanityCheck() compares
this copy to the actual MPU register and returns whether the register
still have the same value.
OS_MPU_SetSanityCheckBuffer() must be used prior to calling
OS_MPU_SwitchToUnprivState() only.
It must be called before OS_MPU_SanityCheck() is used for the first
time. The size of the buffer depends on the used hardware MPU.
Appropriate defines are provided, e.g. OS_ARM_V7M_MPU_REGS_SIZE.
Example
static OS_U8 HPBuffer[OS_ARM_V7M_MPU_REGS_SIZE];
static void HPTask(void) {
OS_BOOL r;
OS_MPU_SetSanityCheckBuffer(&TCBHP, HPBuffer);
OS_MPU_ExtendTaskContext();
OS_MPU_SwitchToUnprivState();
while (1) {
r = OS_MPU_SanityCheck();
if (r == 0) {
while (1) { // MPU register value invalid
}
}
}
}
OS_MPU_SanityCheck()
Description
Performs an MPU sanity check which checks if the MPU register
still have the correct value.
Prototype
OS_BOOL OS_MPU_SanityCheck(void);
Return value
= 0 | Failure, at least one register has not the correct value. |
≠ 0 | Success, all registers have the correct value. |
Additional information
OS_MPU_SanityCheck() is only available in OS_LIBMODE_SAFE which
is used in the certified embOS-MPU. Due to e.g. a hardware failure,
an MPU register content could change. A copy of all relevant MPU
register is held in a buffer and a pointer to this buffer is stored
in the according task control block. OS_MPU_SanityCheck() compares
this copy to the actual MPU register and returns whether the
register still have the same value.
OS_MPU_SanityCheck() must be used in unprivileged tasks after the
call to OS_MPU_SwitchToUnprivState() only.
OS_MPU_SetSanityCheckBuffer() must be called before OS_MPU_SanityCheck()
is used for the first time. If the buffer is not set, OS_MPU_SanityCheck()
will return 0.
Example
static OS_U8 HPBuffer[OS_ARM_V7M_MPU_REGS_SIZE];
static void HPTask(void) {
OS_BOOL r;
OS_MPU_SetSanityCheckBuffer(&TCBHP, HPBuffer);
OS_MPU_ExtendTaskContext();
OS_MPU_SwitchToUnprivState();
while (1) {
r = OS_MPU_SanityCheck();
if (r == 0) {
while (1) { // MPU register value invalid
}
}
}
}
Stacks
Introduction
The stack is the memory area used for storing the return address of function calls,
parameters, and local variables, as well as for temporary storage.
Interrupt routines also use the stack to save the return address and flag registers, except in cases
where the CPU has a separate stack for interrupt functions. Refer to the CPU &
Compiler Specifics manual of embOS documentation for details on your processor’s
stack.
With most CPUs the stacks grow from high-memory to low-memory.
A stack pointer points to the current stack position.
Depending on the CPU you can have more than one stack pointer, for example separate stack pointers for the system and interrupt stack.
The embOS scheduler programs the stack pointer where necessary, for instance to point to the task stack of the next running task.
System stack
Before embOS takes control (before the call to OS_Start()), a program uses the so called
system stack. This is the same stack that a non-embOS program for this CPU
would use. After transferring control to the embOS scheduler by calling OS_Start(),
the system stack is used for the following (when no task is executing):
- embOS scheduler
- embOS software timers (and the callback).
For details regarding required size of your system stack, refer to the CPU & Compiler specific embOS manual.
Interrupt stack
To reduce stack size in a multitasking environment, some processors use a specific
stack area for interrupt service routines (called a hardware interrupt stack). If there
is no interrupt stack, you will need to add stack requirements of your interrupt service
routines to each task stack.
Even if the CPU does not support a hardware interrupt stack, embOS may support a
separate stack for interrupts by calling the function OS_INT_EnterIntStack() at beginning
of an interrupt service routine and OS_INT_LeaveIntStack() at its very end. In case
the CPU already supports hardware interrupt stacks or if a separate interrupt stack is
not supported at all, these function calls are implemented as empty macros.
We recommend using OS_INT_EnterIntStack() and OS_INT_LeaveIntStack() even if there is
currently no additional benefit for your specific CPU, because code that uses them
might reduce stack size on another CPU or a new version of embOS with support for
an interrupt stack for your CPU. For details about interrupt stacks, see the CPU &
Compiler specific embOS manual.
Task stack
In a multitasking system, every task must have its own stack. The location and size of this stack is defined
when creating the task. The size of a task stack depends on the CPU, compiler and the task routine.
For example if you use more local variables in the task routine, you will need more task stack.
For details, see the CPU & Compiler Specifics manual of embOS documentation.
It is possible to calculate the task stack size but this assumes the exact path of the code is known
at all time and you know the stack consumption of all called routine. This might be very difficult.
It is good practice to initially start with a large task stack space, run the application, and use a tool like embOSView to monitor the actual stack usage.
The task stack size can then be adjusted accordingly.
A stack that has been defined larger than necessary does no harm; even though it is a waste of memory.
You can define the task stack for example as an array of integers.
This automatically ensures the stack is integer aligned, if necessary.
static OS_STACKPTR int Stack[128],
void Task(void) {
int array[16]; // Will be located on the task stack
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(100);
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCB, "Task", 100, Task, Stack);
OS_Start();
return 0;
}
Stack overflow
The stack needs to have a minimum size, which is determined by the sum of the stack usage of the routines in the worst-case nesting.
If the stack is too small, a section of the memory that is not reserved for the stack will be overwritten, and a serious program failure is most likely to occur.
With most CPUs the stacks grow from high-memory to low-memory, meaning data, which is located before this stack in memory, will be overwritten.
This could e.g. be another task stack, a task control block or even application data.
Stack-check
The stack-check builds of embOS monitor the stack end of the system stack, all task stacks and interrupt stack (if available) and call OS_Error() if they detect stack overflows.
To detect a stack overflow, the stack is filled with pattern bytes, thereby allowing for a check on these characters every time a task is deactivated.
This pattern byte is 0xCD.
However, embOS can not guarantee to reliably detect all stack overflows.
The task routine could have stored data on the task stack which has overwritten bytes on the task stack before and after the last byte, but not the last byte itself.
In this case, embOS is unable to detect the stack overflow.
This can be done by hardware only, e.g. with a memory protection unit.
Stack size calculation
embOS includes stack size calculation routines.
embOS fills the task stacks and also the system stack and the interrupt stack with a pattern byte.
If requested by according API functions or embOSView, embOS checks how many bytes at the end of the stack still include the pattern byte.
With this information, the amount of used and unused stack can be estimated.
However, accuracy is not guaranteed at all times, since the task routine could have stored data on the task stack which has overwritten bytes on the task stack before and after the last byte(s), but not the last byte(s) themselves.
API functions
OS_STACK_GetIntStackBase()
Description
Returns a pointer to the base of the interrupt stack.
Prototype
void* OS_STACK_GetIntStackBase(void);
Return value
The pointer to the base address of the interrupt stack.
Additional information
The return value of this function is valid only when an interrupt stack exists.
In all other builds it will be 0.
Example
void CheckIntStackBase(void) {
printf("Addr Interrupt Stack %p", OS_STACK_GetIntStackBase());
}
OS_STACK_GetIntStackSize()
Description
Returns the size of the interrupt stack.
Prototype
unsigned int OS_STACK_GetIntStackSize(void);
Return value
The size of the interrupt stack in bytes.
Additional information
The return value of this function is valid only when an interrupt stack exists.
In all other builds it will be 0.
Example
void CheckIntStackSize(void) {
printf("Size Interrupt Stack %u", OS_STACK_GetIntStackSize());
}
OS_STACK_GetIntStackSpace()
Description
Returns the amount of interrupt stack which was never used
(Free interrupt stack space).
Prototype
unsigned int OS_STACK_GetIntStackSpace(void);
Return value
Amount of interrupt stack which was never used in bytes.
Additional information
The return value of this function is valid only in embOS stack check
builds and when an interrupt stack exists. In all other builds it will be 0.
Note
This routine does not reliably detect the amount of stack space
left, because it can only detect modified bytes on the stack.
Unfortunately, space used for register storage or local variables is
not always modified. In most cases, this routine will detect the
correct amount of stack bytes, but in case of doubt, be generous with
your stack space or use other means to verify that the allocated stack
space is sufficient.
Example
void CheckIntStackSpace(void) {
printf("Unused Interrupt Stack %u", OS_STACK_GetIntStackSpace());
}
OS_STACK_GetIntStackUsed()
Description
Returns the maximal amount of interrupt stack which has been used.
Prototype
unsigned int OS_STACK_GetIntStackUsed(void);
Return value
Amount of interrupt stack which has been used in bytes.
Additional information
The return value of this function is valid only in embOS stack check
builds and when an interrupt stack exists. In all other builds it will be 0.
Note
This routine does not reliably detect the amount of stack space
used, because it can only detect modified bytes on the stack.
Unfortunately, space used for register storage or local variables is
not always modified. In most cases, this routine will detect the
correct amount of stack bytes, but in case of doubt, be generous with
your stack space or use other means to verify that the allocated stack
space is sufficient.
Example
void CheckIntStackUsed(void) {
printf("Used Interrupt Stack %u", OS_STACK_GetIntStackUsed());
}
OS_STACK_GetTaskStackBase()
Description
Returns a pointer to the base of a task stack.
If pTask is NULL, the currently executed task is checked.
Prototype
void OS_STACKPTR *OS_STACK_GetTaskStackBase(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | The task whose stack base should be returned. NULL denotes the current task. |
Return value
Pointer to the base address of the task stack.
Additional information
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
The return value of this function is valid only in embOS stack check
builds. In all other builds it will be 0.
Example
void CheckStackBase(void) {
printf("Addr Stack[0] %p", OS_STACK_GetTaskStackBase(&TCB[0]);
OS_TASK_Delay(1000);
printf("Addr Stack[1] %p", OS_STACK_GetTaskStackBase(&TCB[1]);
OS_TASK_Delay(1000);
}
OS_STACK_GetTaskStackSize()
Description
Returns the total size of a task stack.
Prototype
unsigned int OS_STACK_GetTaskStackSize(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | The task whose stack size should be checked. NULL means current task. |
Return value
Total size of the task stack in bytes.
Additional information
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
The return value of this function is valid only in embOS stack check
builds. In all other builds it will be 0.
Example
void CheckStackSize(void) {
printf("Size Stack[0] %u", OS_STACK_GetTaskStackSize(&TCB[0]);
OS_TASK_Delay(1000);
printf("Size Stack[1] %u", OS_STACK_GetTaskStackSize(&TCB[1]);
OS_TASK_Delay(1000);
}
OS_STACK_GetTaskStackSpace()
Description
Returns the amount of task stack which was never used by the task
(Free task stack space).
Prototype
unsigned int OS_STACK_GetTaskStackSpace(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | The task whose stack space should be checked. NULL denotes the current task. |
Return value
Amount of task stack which was never used by the task in bytes.
Additional information
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
In most cases, the stack size required by a task cannot be easily
calculated because it takes quite some time to calculate the worst-case
nesting and the calculation itself is difficult.
However, the required stack size can be calculated using the function
OS_STACK_GetTaskStackSpace(), which returns the number of unused bytes on the
stack. If there is a lot of space left, you can reduce the size of this
stack.
The return value of this function is valid only in embOS stack check
builds. In all other builds it will be 0.
Note
This routine does not reliably detect the amount of stack space left,
because it can only detect modified bytes on the stack. Unfortunately,
space used for register storage or local variables is not always modified.
In most cases, this routine will detect the correct amount of stack bytes,
but in case of doubt, be generous with your stack space or use other means
to verify that the allocated stack space is sufficient.
Example
void CheckStackSpace(void) {
printf("Unused Stack[0] %u", OS_STACK_GetTaskStackSpace(&TCB[0]);
OS_TASK_Delay(1000);
printf("Unused Stack[1] %u", OS_STACK_GetTaskStackSpace(&TCB[1]);
OS_TASK_Delay(1000);
}
OS_STACK_GetTaskStackUsed()
Description
Returns the maximal amount of task stack which has been used.
Prototype
unsigned int OS_STACK_GetTaskStackUsed(OS_CONST_PTR OS_TASK *pTask);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
pTask | The task whose stack usage should be checked. NULL denotes the current task. |
Return value
Amount of task stack which has been used by the task in bytes.
Additional information
If NULL is passed for pTask, the currently running task is used.
If this function is not called from a task context, no task might
currently be running and there is no valid task.
A debug build of embOS will call OS_Error() in this case.
We suggest to call this function from a context other than the task
context with a pointer to a valid task control block only.
In most cases, the stack size required by a task cannot be easily
calculated, because it takes quite some time to calculate the
worst-case nesting and the calculation itself is difficult.
However, the required stack size can be calculated using the function
OS_STACK_GetTaskStackUsed(), which returns the number of used bytes on the
stack. If there is a lot of space left, you can reduce the size of
this stack.
The return value of this function is valid only in embOS stack check
builds. In all other builds it will be 0.
Note
This routine does not reliably detect the amount of stack
space used, because it can only detect modified bytes on the stack.
Unfortunately, space used for register storage or local variables
is not always modified. In most cases, this routine will detect the
correct amount of stack bytes, but in case of doubt, be generous
with your stack space or use other means to verify that the
allocated stack space is sufficient.
Example
void CheckStackUsed(void) {
printf("Used Stack[0] %u", OS_STACK_GetTaskStackUsed(&TCB[0]);
OS_TASK_Delay(1000);
printf("Used Stack[1] %u", OS_STACK_GetTaskStackUsed(&TCB[1]);
OS_TASK_Delay(1000);
}
OS_STACK_GetSysStackBase()
Description
Returns a pointer to the base of the system stack.
Prototype
void* OS_STACK_GetSysStackBase(void);
Return value
The pointer to the base address of the system stack.
The return value of this function is valid only when an system stack exists.
In all other builds it will be 0.
Example
void CheckSysStackBase(void) {
printf("Addr System Stack %p", OS_STACK_GetSysStackBase());
}
OS_STACK_GetSysStackSize()
Description
Returns the size of the system stack.
Prototype
unsigned int OS_STACK_GetSysStackSize(void);
Return value
The size of the system stack in bytes.
The return value of this function is valid only when an system stack exists.
In all other builds it will be 0.
Example
void CheckSysStackSize(void) {
printf("Size System Stack %u", OS_STACK_GetSysStackSize());
}
OS_STACK_GetSysStackSpace()
Description
Returns the amount of system stack which was never used
(Free system stack space).
Prototype
unsigned int OS_STACK_GetSysStackSpace(void);
Return value
Amount of unused system stack, in bytes.
Additional information
The return value of this function is valid only in embOS stack check
builds and when an system stack exists. In all other builds it will be 0.
Note
This routine does not reliably detect the amount of stack
space left, because it can only detect modified bytes on the stack.
Unfortunately, space used for register storage or local variables
is not always modified. In most cases, this routine will detect the
correct amount of stack bytes, but in case of doubt, be generous
with your stack space or use other means to verify that the
allocated stack space is sufficient.
Example
void CheckSysStackSpace(void) {
printf("Unused System Stack %u", OS_STACK_GetSysStackSpace());
}
OS_STACK_GetSysStackUsed()
Description
Returns the maximal amount of system stack which has been used.
Prototype
unsigned int OS_STACK_GetSysStackUsed(void);
Return value
Amount of used system stack, in bytes.
Additional information
The return value of this function is valid only in embOS stack check
builds and when an system stack exists. In all other builds it will be 0.
Note
This routine does not reliably detect the amount of stack
space used, because it can only detect modified bytes on the
stack. Unfortunately, space used for register storage or local
variables is not always modified. In most cases, this routine
will detect the correct amount of stack bytes, but in case of
doubt, be generous with your stack space or use other means to
verify that the allocated stack space is sufficient.
Example
void CheckSysStackUsed(void) {
printf("Used System Stack %u", OS_STACK_GetSysStackUsed());
}
OS_STACK_GetCheckLimit()
Description
Returns the stack check limit in percent.
Prototype
OS_U8 OS_STACK_GetCheckLimit(void);
Return value
The stack check limit as a percentaged value of the stack size.
Additional information
This function is only available when the embOS compile time switch
OS_SUPPORT_STACKCHECK is set to 2.
This is e.g. the default in safety builds of embOS (OS_LIBMODE_SAFE).
In all other embOS builds the stack check limit is fixed at 100%.
Note
This setting is jointly used for the system stack, the
interrupt stack and all task stacks.
Example
void Task(void) {
OS_U8 Limit;
Limit = OS_STACK_GetCheckLimit()
printf("Limit: %u\n", Limit);
}
OS_STACK_SetCheckLimit()
Description
Sets the stack check limit to a percentaged value of the stack size.
Prototype
void OS_STACK_SetCheckLimit(OS_U8 Limit);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
Limit | Stack check limit in percent. Valid values are 0..100%. Values above 100% are trimmed to 100%. |
Additional information
This function is only available when the embOS compile time switch
OS_SUPPORT_STACKCHECK is set to 2.
This is e.g. the default in safety builds of embOS (OS_LIBMODE_SAFE).
In all other embOS builds the stack check limit is fixed at 100%.
It can be used to set the stack check limit to a value which
triggers the error condition before the stack is filled completely.
With the safety build of embOS the application can react before the
stack actually overflows.
Note
This routine must only be called from main() or privileged
tasks. This setting is jointly used for the system stack, the
interrupt stack and all task stacks. The best practice is to call
it in main() before OS_Start().
Example
int main(void) {
OS_Init();
OS_InitHW();
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_STACK_SetCheckLimit(70); // Set the stack check limit to 70%
OS_Start();
}
Board Support Packages
Introduction
This chapter explains the target system specific parts of embOS, called BSP (board support package).
In general, no modifications to the board support package are required to get started with embOS.
The board support packages supplied with your embOS shipment will execute out of the box on the dedicated board.
Small modifications to the configuration might be necessary at a later point, for example to use a different hardware timer for the system tick or in order to enable a UART for the optional communication with embOSView.
All mandatory hardware-specific routines that may require modifications are located in the file RTOSInit.c.
The file RTOSInit.c is provided in source code in every board support package.
Furthermore, the BSP.c as well as optional BSP_*.c files are provided in source code.
The BSP.c contains routines to initialize and control LEDs.
Hence, it is not vital for embOS but may be used in some embOS sample applications.
The BSP_*.c files contain initialization for other hardware like UARTs for embOSView communication or external memory.
Some board support packages include additional files for e.g. clock and PLL initialization.
Further details on these are available with the CPU & Compiler specifics manual of the embOS documentation.
How to create a new board support package
If none of the shipped board support packages matches your target hardware it might be necessary to create a new board support package.
This can be done on your own or can be requested to be done by SEGGER.
Please contact us for further information on the latter.
Good practice is to make a copy of an existing board support package and modify it according to the target hardware.
The following chapters explain which routines need to be updated.
Example
This RTOSInit.c serves as a template and shows the basic structure.
#include "RTOS.h"
#define OS_TIMER_FREQ (168000000u) // Peripheral clock for timer
#define OS_TICK_FREQ (1000u) // System tick frequency
#define OS_INT_FREQ (OS_TICK_FREQ) // Timer interrupt frequency
static unsigned int _OS_GetHWTimerCycles(void) {
return TIMER_COUNT_REGISTER;
}
static unsigned int _OS_GetHWTimer_IntPending(void) {
return TIMER_PENDING_FLAG;
}
void SysTick_Handler(void) {
OS_INT_EnterNestable();
OS_TICK_Handle();
OS_INT_LeaveNestable();
}
static const OS_SYSTIMER_CONFIG SysTimerConfig = {OS_TIMER_FREQ,
OS_INT_FREQ,
OS_TIMER_DOWNCOUNTING,
_OS_GetHWTimerCycles,
_OS_GetHWTimer_IntPending};
void OS_InitHW(void) {
OS_INT_IncDI();
//
// Initialize timer for embOS
//
//
// Setup timing information
//
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer(&SysTimerConfig);
//
// Initialize communication for embOSView
//
OS_INT_DecRI();
}
void OS_Idle(void) { // Idle loop: No task is ready to execute
while (1) { // Nothing to do ... wait for interrupt
}
}
void OS_COM_Send1(OS_U8 c) {
}
Mandatory routines
The following routines are not exposed as user API, but are instead required by
embOS for internal usage. They are shipped as source code to allow for modifications
to match your actual target hardware. However, unless explicitly stated otherwise,
these functions must not be called from your application. Usually they are implemented
in a file named RTOSInit.c.
_OS_GetHWTimerCycles() and _OS_GetHWTimer_IntPending() are passed as function pointers to OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer().
Therefore the actual names are not vital.
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer() must be called before OS_Start(). Usually it is called in OS_InitHW().
For details and samples, refer to the chapter Time Measurement.
OS_Idle()
Description
The function OS_Idle() is called when no task, software timer or ISR is ready for execution.
Usually, OS_Idle() is implemented as an endless loop without any content.
However, it may be used e.g. to activate a power save mode of the target CPU.
Prototype
void OS_Idle(void);
Additional information
OS_Idle() is not a task: it neither has a task context nor a dedicated stack. Instead,
it runs on the system’s C stack, which is used by the kernel as well. Exceptions and
interrupts occurring during OS_Idle() will return to OS_Idle() unless they trigger a
task switch. When returning to OS_Idle(), execution continues from where it was
interrupted. However, in case a task switch occurs during execution of OS_Idle(),
the function is abandoned and execution will start from the beginning when it is
activated again. Hence, no functionality should be implemented that relies on the stack contents
to be preserved. If this is required, please consider implementing a custom idle task
(Creating a custom Idle task).
Peripheral power control and Tickless support API functions may be called from OS_Idle() to save power consumption.
Calling OS_TASK_EnterRegion() and OS_TASK_LeaveRegion() from OS_Idle() allows to inhibit
task switches during the execution of OS_Idle(). Running in a critical region does
not block interrupts, but disables task switches until OS_TASK_LeaveRegion() is called.
Using a critical region during OS_Idle() will therefore affect task activation time, but will not affect interrupt latency.
Calling interrupt enable and disable functions like OS_INT_Enable() and OS_INT_Disable() from OS_Idle() allows to inhibit
interrupts during the execution of OS_Idle().
Disabling interrupts during OS_Idle() will therefore affect interrupt latency and task activation time.
You must not call any other embOS API from within OS_Idle().
Example
void OS_Idle(void) { // Idle loop: No task is ready to execute
while (1) {
}
}
Creating a custom Idle task
As an alternative to OS_Idle(), it is also possible to create a custom “idle task”.
This task must run as an endless loop at the lowest task priority within the system. If
no blocking function is called from that task, the system will effectively never enter
OS_Idle(), but will execute this task instead whenever no other task, software timer
or ISR is ready for execution.
Example
#include "RTOS.h"
#include "BSP.h"
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128], StackIdle[128];
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP, TCBIdle;
static void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
BSP_ToggleLED(0);
OS_TASK_Delay(50);
}
}
static void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
BSP_ToggleLED(1);
OS_TASK_Delay(200);
}
}
static void IdleTask(void) {
while (1) {
//
// Perform idle duty, e.g.
// - Switch off clocks for unused peripherals.
// - Free resources that are no longer used by any task.
// - Enter power save mode.
//
}
}
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize hardware for embOS
BSP_Init(); // Initialize LED ports
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBIdle, "Idle Task", 1, IdleTask, StackIdle);
OS_Start(); // Start multitasking
return 0;
}
OS_COM_Send1()
Description
Sends one character towards embOSView via the configured interface.
Prototype
void OS_COM_Send1(OS_U8 c);
Parameters
Parameter | Description |
c | The character to send towards embOSView. |
Additional information
This function is required for OS_COM_SendString() and the embOSView communication.
You must modify this routine according to your communication interface.
To select a communications interface other than UART, refer to Setup target for communication.
Optional routines
The following routines are not called internally from embOS but usually included in the board support package.
They are shipped as source code to allow for modifications to match your actual target hardware.
The routine names are not vital and just an example although we suggest to use the name OS_InitHW()
since this routine is called from all embOS example applications.
Routine | Description |
SysTick_Handler() | The embOS system tick timer interrupt handler. |
OS_InitHW() | Initializes the hardware required for embOS to run. |
SysTick_Handler()
Description
The embOS system timer tick interrupt handler.
Prototype
void SysTick_Handler(void);
Additional information
With specific embOS start projects, this handler may be implemented using a device
specific interrupt name. When using a different timer, always check the specified
interrupt vector.
Example
void SysTick_Handler(void) {
OS_INT_EnterNestable();
OS_TICK_Handle();
OS_INT_LeaveNestable();
}
OS_InitHW()
Description
Initializes the hardware required for embOS to run.
embOS needs a timer interrupt to determine when to activate tasks that wait for the
expiration of a delay, when to call a software timer, and to keep the time variable up-to-date.
This function must be called once during main().
Prototype
void OS_InitHW(void);
Additional information
You must modify this routine when a different hardware timer should be used.
With most embOS start projects, this routine may also call further, optional
configuration functions, e.g. for
- Configuration of the embOS system time parameters (see OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer())
- Initialization of the communication interface to be used with embOSView.
Example
void OS_InitHW(void) {
//
// Initialize hardware timer
//
//
// Setup timing information
//
OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer(&SysTimerConfig);
}
Settings
The following defines are used in the RTOSInit.c.
Define | Description |
OS_TIMER_FREQ | System tick hardware timer frequency in Hz |
OS_TICK_FREQ | System tick frequency in Hz |
OS_INT_FREQ | System tick interrupt frequency in Hz |
OS_VIEW_IFSELECT | embOSView communication interface |
OS_UART | Used UART |
OS_BAUDRATE | UART baudrate |
System tick setting
The actual CPU frequency depends on the hardware and clock/PLL initialization.
embOS does not need to know the actual CPU frequency but the system tick timer frequency OS_TIMER_FREQ.
The system tick frequency OS_TICK_FREQ is set per default to 1 kHz. Hence, the default time unit is 1 millisecond.
Usually the system tick frequency OS_TICK_FREQ and the system tick interrupt frequency OS_INT_FREQ are equal but for
some targets it might be necessary to have a different interrupt to tick ratio.
The basic time unit does not need to be 1 millisecond; it might just as well be 100 microseconds
or 10 millisecond or any other value. For most applications, however, 1 milliseconds is an appropriate value.
Using a different hardware timer
Relevant defines
- OS_TIMER_FREQ
- OS_TICK_FREQ
- OS_INT_FREQ
Relevant routines
embOS usually generates one interrupt per millisecond, making the timer interrupt, or tick,
normally equal to 1 millisecond. This is done by a timer initialized in the routine
OS_InitHW(). If you want to use a different timer for your application, you must
modify OS_InitHW() to initialize the appropriate timer.
Using a different UART or baud rate for embOSView
Relevant defines
- OS_UART (Selection of UART to be used with embOSView)
- OS_BAUDRATE (Selection of baud rate for communication with embOSView)
Relevant routines:
In some cases, this may be done by simply changing the define OS_UART or OS_BAUDRATE.
Refer to the contents of the BSP_UART.c file for more information about which UARTs are supported on your target hardware.
UART routines for embOSView
If the board support package does not come with the necessary UART routines for embOSView you can easily implement them by yourself.
The UART communication is handled via the UART interrupt.
With some devices there are separate interrupt handler for Rx and Tx but the following example code assumes there is one UART interrupt handler only.
You will need to initialize the UART to the same settings as configured in embOSView.
Per default this is 38400 baud and 8N1.
void UART_IRQHandler(void) {
OS_U8 c;
//
// If this is a Rx interrupt read character
// from receive register and call OS_COM_OnRx().
//
if (UART_STATUS_REGISTER & UART_RX) {
c = UART_RX_REGISTER
OS_COM_OnRx(c);
}
//
// If this is a Tx interrupt call OS_COM_OnTx()
// and disable further Tx interrupts.
//
if (UART_STATUS_REGISTER & UART_TX) {
OS_COM_OnTx();
UART_CONTROL_REGISTER &= ~UART_TX_INT_ENABLE;
}
}
void OS_COM_Send1(OS_U8 c) {
//
// Write character to UART transmit register
// and enable Tx interrupt
//
UART_TX_REGISTER = c;
}
void UART_Init(void) {
//
// Initialize UART register for 38400 baud and 8N1.
// Enable UART Rx interrupt (but not Tx interrupt).
//
UART_CONTROL_REGISTER = UART_RX_INT_ENABLE;
}
System Variables
Introduction
The system variables are described here for a deeper understanding of how embOS works and to make debugging easier.
Not all embOS internal variables are explained here as they are not required to use embOS.
Your application should not rely on any of the internal variables.
Only the documented API functions are guaranteed to remain unchanged in future versions of embOS.
These variables are accessible, for instance using an IDEs watch feature, but they should only be altered by embOS.
However, some of these variables can be very useful, especially the time variables.
Note
Do not alter any system variables or OS object structures!
Example
static OS_MUTEX Mutex;
static int c;
static OS_TIME t;
void foo(void) {
Mutex.UseCnt = 0; // Invalid
c = Mutex.UseCnt; // Ok, but not recommended
c = OS_MUTEX_GetValue(&Mutex); // Ok
OS_Global.Time = 1; // Invalid
t = OS_Global.Time; // Ok, but not recommended
t = OS_TIME_GetTicks(); // Ok
}
OS_Global
OS_Global is a structure which includes embOS internal variables.
It contains information about the current state of embOS, its tasks and software timers.
The members of OS_Global may vary depending on the embOS port and used library mode.
OS_Global.pCurrentTask
A pointer to the currently active task.
This information can be retrieved using the embOS API OS_TASK_GetID().
OS_Global.pTask
This is a pointer to the first object in a linked list of all existing tasks, ordered by their priority.
Each task control block contains a member OS_TASK.pNext which points to the next task in the list.
This information can be retrieved by passing the value zero to the embOS API OS_TASK_Index2Ptr().
OS_Global.pTimer
This is a pointer to the first object in a linked list of all running software timers, ordered by their expiration time.
Each software timer control block contains a member OS_TIMER.pNext which points to the next software timer in the list.
OS_Global.Time
This is the time variable which contains the current system time in embOS system ticks (typically
equivalent to millisecond).
The time variable has a resolution of one time unit, which is normally 1/1000 sec
(1 millisecond) and is normally the time between two successive calls to the embOS timer
interrupt handler. Instead of accessing this variable directly, use OS_TIME_GetTicks() or
OS_TIME_GetTicks32() as explained in the Chapter Time Measurement.
OS_Global.TimeDex
For internal use only. Contains the time at which the next task switch or timer activation
is due. If ((int)(OS_Global.Time - OS_Global.TimeDex)) ≥ 0, the task list
and timer list will be checked for a task or timer to activate. After activation,
OS_Global.TimeDex will be assigned the time stamp of the next task or timer to be
activated.
Note that the value of OS_Global.TimeDex may be invalid during task execution. It
contains correct values during execution of OS_Idle() and when used internally in
the embOS scheduler. The value of OS_Global.TimeDex should not be used by the
application.
If you need any information about the next time-scheduled action from embOS, the
function OS_TICKLESS_GetNumIdleTicks() can be used to get the number of system ticks spent idle.
API functions
OS_INFO_GetCPU()
Description
Returns the CPU name.
Prototype
char *OS_INFO_GetCPU(void);
Return value
Char pointer to a null-terminated string containing the CPU name.
Example
void PrintCPUName(void) {
char* Name;
Name = OS_INFO_GetCPU();
printf("CPU: %s\n", Name);
}
OS_INFO_GetLibMode()
Description
Returns the library mode.
Prototype
char *OS_INFO_GetLibMode(void);
Return value
Char pointer to a null-terminated string containing the
embOS library mode, e.g. “DP”, “R” or “SP”.
Example
void PrintLibMode(void) {
char* Mode;
Mode = OS_INFO_GetLibMode();
printf("Library Mode: %s\n", Mode);
}
OS_INFO_GetLibName()
Description
Returns the library name.
Prototype
char *OS_INFO_GetLibName(void);
Return value
Char pointer to a null-terminated string containing the
complete embOS library name, memory model and library
mode, e.g. “v7vLDP”.
Example
void PrintLibName(void) {
char* LibName;
LibName = OS_INFO_GetLibName();
printf("Full Library Name: %s\n", LibName);
}
OS_INFO_GetModel()
Description
Returns the memory model name.
Prototype
char *OS_INFO_GetModel(void);
Return value
Char pointer to a null-terminated string containing the
embOS memory model string, e.g. “v7vL”.
Example
void PrintMemModel(void) {
char* Model;
Model = OS_INFO_GetModel();
printf("Memory Model: %s\n", Model);
}
OS_INFO_GetTimerFreq()
Description
Returns the system tick hardware timer frequency in hertz.
Prototype
OS_U32 OS_INFO_GetTimerFreq(void);
Return value
The system tick hardware timer frequency in hertz as a 32-bit value.
Additional information
OS_INFO_GetTimerFreq() returns the timer frequency which was
set with OS_TIME_ConfigSysTimer(). This value is the frequency
at which the hardware timer counts and is the amount of timer cycles
per second. It is not the system timer tick frequency nor the system
timer interrupt frequency. Hence, it can be used to calculate the actual
time in seconds, microseconds or nanoseconds from timer cycles.
Example
void Task(void) {
OS_U64 t, t0;
OS_U32 TimerFreq;
OS_U64 Result;
TimerFreq = OS_INFO_GetTimerFreq();
t0 = OS_TIME_Get_Cycles();
DoSomeThing();
t = OS_TIME_Get_Cycles() - t0;
// Result in nanoseconds
Result = (t * 1000000000) / TimerFreq;
}
OS_INFO_GetVersion()
Description
Returns the embOS version number.
Prototype
OS_UINT OS_INFO_GetVersion(void);
Return value
Returns the embOS version number, e.g. “50801” for
embOS version 5.8.1. The version number is defined as:
Version = (Major * 10000) + (Minor * 100) + Patch + (Revision * 25)
Example
void PrintOSVersion(void) {
OS_U16 Version;
OS_U8 Major;
OS_U8 Minor;
OS_U8 Patch;
OS_U8 Revision;
Version = OS_INFO_GetVersion();
Major = Version / 10000u;
Minor = (Version / 100u) % 100u;
Patch = (Version % 100u) % 25u;
Revision = (Version % 100u) / 25u;
printf("embOS V%u.%u.%u.%u\n", Major, Minor, Patch, Revision);
}
Source Code
Introduction
embOS is available in two packages:
- Object code package: embOS object code libraries.
- Source code package: embOS object code libraries + embOS source code.
Both packages come with board support packages including hardware initialization as source code.
The object code package offers the full functionality of embOS including all supported memory models of the compiler.
However, the object code package does not allow source-level debugging of the library routines and the kernel.
The full source code package gives you complete flexibility:
- All embOS features can be individually enabled and disabled.
- Different compile options give you full control, e.g. to use the most suitable optimization settings for a specific application.
- Use potential optimizations across C files which cannot be done with object code libraries.
- Debug the entire system by using the embOS source code in your project which gives the ability to step through all embOS API functions and kernel code.
The source code distribution of embOS contains the following additional files:
- The CPU folder contains all CPU and compiler-specific source code and header
files used for building the embOS libraries.
Generally, you should not modify any of the files in the CPU folder.
- The GenOSSrc folder contains all generic embOS sources.
- The embOS libraries can be rebuild with the additional batch files in the root folder.
All of them are described in the following section.
Note
You must not modify the embOS sources as we guarantee faultless operation with unmodified embOS sources only.
If source modifications are necessary please contact the embOS support first.
Building embOS libraries
The embOS libraries can only be built if you have licensed a source code package of
embOS.
In the root path of embOS, you will find a DOS batch file Prep.bat, which needs to
be modified to match the installation directory of your C compiler. Once this is done,
you can call the batch file M.bat to build all embOS libraries and RTOS.h for your CPU.
The build process should run without any error or warning message. If the build
process reports any problem, check the following:
- Are you using the same compiler version as mentioned in the file Release.html?
- Can you compile a simple test file after running Prep.bat and does it really use
the compiler version you have specified?
- Is there anything mentioned about possible compiler warnings in the Release.html?
If you still have a problem, let us know.
The whole build process is controlled with a small number of batch files which are
located in the root directory of your source code package:
- ASM.bat: This batch file calls the assembler and is used for assembling the
assembly part of embOS which contains the task switch functionality. This file is
called from the embOS internal batch file CC_OS.bat and cannot be called
directly.
- ASM_CPU.bat: This batch file is used to compile additional assembler files in the CPU/OSSrcCPU folder.
ASM_CPU.bat cannot be called directly.
- CC.bat: This batch file calls the compiler and is used for compiling one embOS
source file without debug information output. Most compiler options are defined
in this file and generally should not be modified. For your purposes, you might
activate debug output and may also modify the optimization level. All modifications
should be done with care. This file is called from the embOS internal batch
file CC_OS.bat and cannot be called directly.
- CC_CPU.bat: This batch file is used to compile additional C files in the CPU/OSSrcCPU folder.
CC_CPU.bat cannot be called directly.
- CCD.bat: This batch file calls the compiler and is used for compiling OS_Global.c
which contains all global variables. All compiler settings are identical to those
used in CC.bat, except debug output is activated to enable debugging of global
variables when using embOS libraries. This file is called from the embOS internal
batch file CC_OS.bat and cannot be called directly.
- Clean.bat: Deletes the entire output of the embOS library build process. It is
called during the build process, before new libraries are generated. It deletes the
Start folder. Therefore, be careful not to call this batch file accidentally. This file
is called initially by M.bat during the build process of all libraries.
- M.bat: This batch file must be called to rebuild all embOS libraries and RTOS.h. It initially
calls Clean.bat and therefore deletes the previous libraries and RTOS.h.
- M1.bat: This batch file is called from M.bat and is used for building one specific
embOS library, it cannot be called directly.
- MakeH.bat: Builds the embOS header file RTOS.h which is composed from the
CPU/compiler-specific part OS_Chip.h and the generic part OS_RAW.h. RTOS.h is
output in the subdirectory Start\Inc.
- Prep.bat: Sets up the environment for the compiler, assembler, and linker.
Ensure that this file sets the path and additional include directories which are
needed for your compiler. This batch file is the only one which might require
modifications to build the embOS libraries. This file is called from M.bat during
the build process of all libraries.
Compile time switches
Many features of embOS may be modified using compile-time switches. With each
embOS distribution, these switches are preset to appropriate values for each
embOS library mode. In case a configuration set is desired that was not covered by
the shipped embOS libraries, the compile-time switches may be modified accordingly
to create customized configurations on your own authority. The embOS source code
is necessary in order to do so.
Note
You must not use these compile time switches with the embOS object code package.
According modifications must not be done to OS_RAW.h or RTOS.h, instead compile-time
switches must be added to OS_Config.h or configured as preprocessor definitions.
Subsequently, the embOS sources must be recompiled to reflect the modified
switches. In case of doubt, please contact the embOS support for assistance.
The default values depend on the used library mode and are given in the following
table for library mode OS_LIBMODE_DP.
Compile time switch | Description | Permitted values | Default |
OS_DEBUG | Enables runtime debug checks | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | 1 |
OS_SUPPORT_STACKCHECK | Support for stack checks | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 2: Stack check with configurable stack check limit | 1 |
OS_STACKCHECK_LIMIT | Percentage of stack usage that will be detected as a stack overflow error | 1-100 | 100 |
OS_SUPPORT_PROFILE | Support for profiling information | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | 1 |
OS_SUPPORT_TICKSTEP | Support for embOSView tick step | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | 0 |
OS_SUPPORT_TRACE | Support for embOSView trace | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | 0 |
OS_SUPPORT_TRACE_API | Support for API trace tools like SystemView | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | 1 |
OS_SUPPORT_TRACE_API_END | Generates additional Trace API-End events | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | 1 |
OS_SUPPORT_RR | Support for Round-Robin scheduling | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | 1 |
OS_SUPPORT_TRACKNAME | Support for task and OS object names | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | 1 |
OS_SUPPORT_SAVE_RESTORE_HOOK | Support for task context extensions | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | 1 |
OS_SUPPORT_STAT | Support for task statistic information | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | 1 |
OS_INIT_EXPLICITLY | Explicitly initialization of internal embOS variables | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | 0 |
OS_SUPPORT_TIMER | Support for embOS software timers | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | 1 |
OS_SUPPORT_TICKLESS | Support for embOS tickless mode | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | 1 |
OS_SUPPORT_PERIPHERAL_POWER_CTRL | Support for peripheral power control | 0: Disabled 1: Enabled | 1 |
OS_POWER_NUM_COUNTERS | Number of peripherals which can be used | > 0 | 5 |
OS_SPINLOCK_MAX_CORES | Number of cores that should access a spinlock | > 0 | 4 |
OS_COM_OUT_BUFFER_SIZE | embOSView communication buffer size | 200 - 65535 | 200 |
Source code project
All embOS start projects use the embOS libraries instead of the embOS source code.
Even the embOS source shipment does not include a project which uses embOS
sources.
It can be useful to have the embOS sources instead of the embOS library in a project,
e.g. for easier debugging. To do so you just have to exclude or delete the embOS
library from your project and add the embOS sources as described below.
The embOS sources consists of the files in the folder GenOSSrc, CPU and CPU\OSSrcCPU.
These files can be found in the embOS source shipment.
Folder | Description |
GenOSSrc | embOS generic sources |
CPU | RTOS assembler file |
CPU\OSSrcCPU | CPU and compiler-specific files |
Please add all C and assembler files from these folders to your project and add
include paths to these folders to your project settings. For some embOS ports it
might be necessary to add additional defines to your preprocessor settings. If necessary
you will find more information about it in the CPU and compiler-specific embOS manual.
Compiler options
While the embOS libraries are built with specific compiler options it is possible to build a source code project with modified or additional compiler options.
Some compiler options could require changes in the embOS source code. In case of doubt please contact the embOS support.
Shipment
Introduction
embOS can be commercially licensed as object code package or source code package.
The source code package extends the object code package by including the embOS source code in addition.
The object code package is also available under SEGGER’s Friendly License (SFL).
This means embOS evaluation and non-commercial use is technically unrestricted.
The following table lists the included features with each package:
Features | Object code package | Source code package |
embOS object code | ● | ● |
embOS source code | | ● |
embOSView - Profiling PC tool | ● | ● |
embOS manual | ● | ● |
CPU/Compiler specific manual | ● | ● |
Release notes | ● | ● |
embOS IDE plug-ins | ● | ● |
SystemView instrumentation | ● | ● |
Board support packages | ● | ● |
Feature & maintenance updates | ● | ● |
Technical support | ● | ● |
Object code package
Directory | File | Description |
embOSView | embOSView.exe and embOSView related files | PC utility for runtime analysis (Windows x64 version) |
Start\BoardSupport | | Board support packages in vendor specific subdirectories |
Start\Inc | RTOS.h, BSP.h, OS_Config.h | Include files for embOS |
Start\Lib | | embOS libraries |
| Release_embOS.html | embOS release history |
| Release_embOS_CPU_Compiler.html | embOS CPU and compiler-specific release history |
| SYSVIEW_embOS.txt | SytemView ID description file |
| UM010xx_embOS_CPU_Compiler.pdf | embOS CPU and compiler-specific manual |
| UM01001_embOS.pdf | embOS manual |
Source code package
The source code package is identical to the object code package, but in addition also contains the embOS source files and a set of batch files that can be used to rebuild the embOS libraries.
Directory | File | Description |
embOSView | embOSView.exe and embOSView related files | PC utility for runtime analysis (Windows x64 version) |
CPU | OSCHIP.h, OS_Priv.h, RTOS.asm | CPU- and compiler-specific files |
CPU\OSSrcCPU | | Additional CPU- and compiler-specific source files |
GenOSSrc | | Generic source files |
Start\BoardSupport | | Board support packages in vendor specific subdirectories |
Start\Inc | RTOS.h, BSP.h, OS_Config.h | Include files for embOS |
Start\Lib | | embOS libraries |
Start\Src | | Only used with embOS-Safe, contains additional source files |
| Release_embOS.html | embOS release history |
| Release_embOS_CPU_Compiler.html | embOS CPU and compiler-specific release history |
| SYSVIEW_embOS.txt | SytemView ID description file |
| UM010xx_embOS_CPU_Compiler.pdf | embOS CPU and compiler-specific manual |
| UM01001_embOS.pdf | embOS manual |
| *.bat | Batch files to rebuild the embOS libraries |
Update
Introduction
This chapter describes how to update an existing project with a newer embOS version.
embOS ports are available for different CPUs and compiler. Each embOS port has its
own version number.
SEGGER updates embOS ports to a newer software version for different reasons. This
is done to fix problems or to include the newest embOS features.
Customers which have a valid support and update agreement will be automatically
informed about a new software version via email and may subsequently download
the updated software from myaccount.segger.com. The version information and
release history is also available at www.segger.com.
How to update an existing project
If an existing project should be updated to a later embOS version, only files have to
be replaced.
Note
Do not use embOS files from different embOS versions in your project!
You should have received the embOS update as a zip file. Unzip this file to the location
of your choice and replace all embOS files in your project with the newer files
from the embOS update shipment.
To do so it is good practice to remove all embOS files from the project and to add then the embOS files from the most recent embOS shipment.
embOS files in the most recent embOS shipment could be removed, renamed or new files could be added.
For an easier update procedure, we recommend to not modify the files shipped with embOS.
In case these need to be updated, you will have to merge your modifications into the most
recent shipment version of that file, or else your modifications will be lost.
In general, the following files have to be updated:
File | Location | Description |
embOS libraries | Start\Lib | embOS object code libraries |
RTOS.h | Start\Inc | embOS header file |
OS_Config.h | Start\Inc | embOS configuration header file |
BSP.h | Start\Inc | Board support header file |
RTOSInit.c | Start\BoardSupport\…\Setup | BSP related routines |
OS_Error.c | Start\BoardSupport\…\Setup | embOS error routine |
Additional files | Start\BoardSupport\…\Setup | BSP specific files |
If the embOS sources are used in a project the following files needs to be updated as well:
Location | Description |
GenOSSrc | embOS generic sources |
CPU CPU\OSSrcCPU | embOS CPU and compiler specific sources |
My project does not work anymore. What did I do wrong?
One common mistake is to only update the embOS library but not RTOS.h. You should
always ensure the embOS library and RTOS.h belong to the same embOS port version.
Also, please ensure further embOS files like OS_Error.c and RTOSInit.c have
been updated to the same version. If you are still experiencing problems, please do
not hesitate to contact the embOS support (see Contacting support).
embOS API migration guide
Most embOS API names and some object type names have changed between embOS V4 and V5.
The legacy embOS API names can still be used and there is no need to update the user application.
embOS is still 100% API compatible. However, for new projects the V5 API should be used.
If you want to replace the V4 with the V5 API in an existing application you can easily replace all API calls.
SEGGER provides a CSV file on request which can be used to automatically replace all API calls.
Please be aware with some API the parameter order has changed. This needs to be adapted manually.
OS_TASK_CREATE()/ OS_TASK_CREATEEX(): The order of the parameters Priority and pRoutine has changed.
OS_TASKEVENT_Set(): The order of the parameters pTask and Event has changed.
OS_MEMPOOL_Alloc()/ OS_MEMPOOL_AllocBlocked()/ OS_MEMPOOL_AllocTimed(): The parameter Purpose does not longer exist.
Changed object types:
V4 | V5 |
OS_RSEMA | OS_MUTEX |
OS_CSEMA | OS_SEMAPHORE |
OS_Q | OS_QUEUE |
OS_Q_SRCLIST | OS_QUEUE_SRCLIST |
OS_MEMF | OS_MEMPOOL |
OS_TASK_EVENT | OS_TASKEVENT |
Support
If you need help or if any problem occurs the following describes how to contact the embOS support.
If you are a registered embOS user there are different ways to contact the embOS support:
- You can create a support ticket via email to ticket_embos@segger.com.*
- You can create a support ticket at segger.com/ticket.*
- You can send an email to support_embos@segger.com.*
Please include the following information in the email or ticket:
- Which embOS do you use? (Core, compiler).
- The embOS version.
- Your embOS license number.
- If you are unsure about the above information you can also use the name of the embOS zip file (which contains the above information).
- A detailed description of the problem.
- Optionally a project with which we can reproduce the problem.
Note
Even without a valid license, feel free to contact our support e.g. in case of questions during your evaluation of embOS or for hobbyist purposes.
Please also take a few moments to help us improve our services by providing a short feedback once your support case has been solved.
*By sending us an email your (personal) data will automatically be processed. For further information please refer to our privacy policy which is available at https://www.segger.com/legal/privacy-policy/.
Where can I find the license number?
The license number is part of the shipped zip file name.
For example embOS_CortexM_GCC_SRC_V5.10.2.0_OS-01234_C1010320_200305.zip where OS-01234 is the license number.
The license number is also part of every *.c- and *.h-file header. For example, if you open RTOS.h you should find the license number as with the example below:
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Licensing information
Licensor: SEGGER Microcontroller GmbH
Licensed to: Customer name
Licensed SEGGER software: embOS
License number: OS-01234
License model: SSL
Licensed product: -
Licensed platform: Cortex-M, GCC
Licensed number of seats: 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Support and Update Agreement (SUA)
SUA period: 2020-03-05 - 2021-03-05
Contact to extend SUA: sales@segger.com
-------------------------- END-OF-HEADER -----------------------------
File : RTOS.h
Purpose : Include file for the OS,
to be included in every C-module accessing OS-routines
Introduction
This chapter covers the performance and resource usage of embOS. It explains how
to benchmark embOS and contains information about the memory requirements in
typical systems which can be used to obtain sufficient estimates for most target systems.
High performance combined with low resource usage has always been a major design
consideration. embOS runs on 8/16/32/64-bit CPUs. Depending on which features are
being used, even single-chip systems with less than 2048 bytes ROM and 1024 bytes RAM
can be supported by embOS.
Resource Usage
The memory requirements of embOS (RAM and ROM) differs depending on the used features, CPU, compiler, and library model.
The following values are typical values for a 32-bit CPU and are taken from embOS Cortex-M ES V5.16.0.0 using embOS library mode OS_LIBMODE_XR.
Module | Memory type | Memory requirements |
embOS kernel | ROM | ~1700 bytes |
embOS kernel | RAM | ~136 bytes |
Task control block | RAM | 36 bytes |
Software timer | RAM | 20 bytes |
Task event | RAM | 0 bytes |
Event object | RAM | 12 bytes |
Mutex | RAM | 16 bytes |
Semaphore | RAM | 8 bytes |
RWLocks | RAM | 28 bytes |
Mailbox | RAM | 24 bytes |
Queue | RAM | 32 bytes |
Watchdog | RAM | 12 bytes |
Fixed Block Size Memory Pool | RAM | 32 bytes |
RAM resource measurement of embOS objects:
int main(void) {
unsigned int TCB_size = sizeof(OS_TASK);
unsigned int TIMER_size = sizeof(OS_TIMER);
unsigned int TASKEVENT_size = 0u;
unsigned int EVENT_size = sizeof(OS_EVENT);
unsigned int MUTEX_size = sizeof(OS_MUTEX);
unsigned int SEMAPHORE_size = sizeof(OS_SEMAPHORE);
unsigned int RWLOCK_size = sizeof(OS_RWLOCK);
unsigned int MAILBOX_size = sizeof(OS_MAILBOX);
unsigned int QUEUE_size = sizeof(OS_QUEUE);
unsigned int WD_size = sizeof(OS_WD);
unsigned int MEMPOOL_size = sizeof(OS_MEMPOOL);
return 0;
}
RAM and ROM resource measurement of embOS kernel:
With the embOS source code and the following defines it is possible to place all embOS kernel and API code and data in specific memory sections.
Define | GCC Example |
OS_TEXT_SECTION_ATTRIBUTE | __attribute__ ((section (“.ostext.”#name))) |
OS_RODATA_SECTION_ATTRIBUTE | __attribute__ ((section (“.osrodata.”#name))) |
OS_DATA_SECTION_ATTRIBUTE | __attribute__ ((section (“.osdata.”#name))) |
OS_BSS_SECTION_ATTRIBUTE | __attribute__ ((section (“.osbss.”#name))) |
The memory map file tells the size of each section and with it the embOS kernel RAM and ROM resource usage.
For more details please contact the embOS support.
embOS is designed to perform fast context switches. This section describes two different
methods to calculate the execution time of a context switch from a task with
lower priority to a task with a higher priority.
The first method uses port pins and requires an oscilloscope. The second method
uses the embOS time measurement functions. Example programs for both methods
are supplied in the \Application directory of the embOS BSPs.
SEGGER uses these programs to benchmark embOS performance. You can use these
examples to evaluate the benchmark results. Note that the actual performance
depends on many factors (CPU, clock speed, tool chain, memory model, optimization,
etc.).
Please be aware that the number of cycles are not equal to the number of instructions.
Many instructions on ARM need two or three cycles even at zero wait-states,
e.g. LDR needs 3 cycles.
The following table shows the context switch time for different CPUs.
The applications for measurement were compiled using embOS library mode OS_LIBMODE_XR.
Target | embOS | CPU Frequency | Time | CPU Cycles |
Renesas RZ | embOS ARM ES V5.14.0.0 | 400 MHz | 0.48 us | 192 |
ST STM32F769 | embOS Cortex-M ES V5.14.0.0 | 200 MHz | 1.25 us | 250 |
Measurement with Port Pins and Oscilloscope
The example file OS_MeasureCST_Scope.c uses the BSP.c module to set and clear a
port pin. This allows measuring the context switch time with an oscilloscope.
The following source code is an excerpt from OS_MeasureCST_Scope.c:
#include "RTOS.h"
#include "BSP.h"
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; /* Task stacks */
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; /* Task-control-blocks */
/*********************************************************************
*
* HPTask
*/
static void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Suspend(NULL); // Suspend high priority task
BSP_ClrLED(0); // Stop measurement
}
}
/*********************************************************************
*
* LPTask
*/
static void LPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(100);
//
// Display measurement overhead
//
BSP_SetLED(0);
BSP_ClrLED(0);
//
// Perform measurement
//
BSP_SetLED(0); // Start measurement
OS_TASK_Resume(&TCBHP); // Resume high priority task to force task switch
}
}
/*********************************************************************
*
* main
*/
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize hardware for embOS
BSP_Init(); // Initialize LED ports
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_Start(); // Start multitasking
return 0;
}
Oscilloscope analysis
The context switch time is the time between switching the LED on and off. If the LED
is switched on with an active high signal, the context switch time is the time between
the rising and the falling edge of the signal. If the LED is switched on with an active
low signal, the signal polarity is reversed.
The real context switch time is shorter, because the signal also contains the overhead
of switching the LED on and off. The time of this overhead is also displayed on the
oscilloscope as a small peak right before the task switch time display and must be
subtracted from the displayed context switch time. The picture below shows a simplified
oscilloscope signal with an active-low LED signal (low means LED is illuminated).
There are switching points to determine:
- A = LED is switched on for overhead measurement
- B = LED is switched off for overhead measurement
- C = LED is switched on right before context switch in low-prio task
- D = LED is switched off right after context switch in high-prio task
The time needed to switch the LED on and off in subroutines is marked as time tAB.
The time needed for a complete context switch including the time needed to switch
the LED on and off in subroutines is marked as time tCD.
The context switching time tCS is calculated as follows:
tCS = tCD - tAB
Example measurements Renesas RZA1, Thumb2 code in RAM
Configuration
embOS Version: V5.14.0.0
Application: OS_MeasureCST_Scope.c
Hardware: Renesas RZA1
Executed in: internal RAM
CPU Mode: Thumb2
Compiler: SEGGER Embedded Studio V5.50d (SEGGER Compiler)
CPU frequency (fCPU): 400MHz
CPU clock cycle (tCycle): 1 / fCPU => 1 / 400MHz = 2.5ns
Measuring tAB and tCD
tAB is measured as 540ns.
The number of cycles calculates as follows:
CyclesAB = tAB / tCycle
= 540ns / 2.5ns
= 216 Cycles
tCD is measured as 1020ns.
The number of cycles calculates as follows:
CyclesCD = tCD / tCycle
= 1020ns / 2.5ns
= 408 Cycles
Resulting context switching time and number of cycles
The time which is required for the pure context switch is:
tCS = tCD - tAB = 408 Cycles - 216 Cycles = 192 Cycles
=> 192 Cycles (0.48us @400 MHz).
Measurement with time measurement API
The context switch time may be measured with embOS’ time measurement functions.
Refer to section Time Measurement for detailed information about the embOS time measurement API.
The example OS_MeasureCST_HRTimer_embOSView.c uses hardware counter to measure the context switch time from a low priority task to a high priority task and displays the results on embOSView.
#include "RTOS.h"
#include <stdio.h>
static OS_STACKPTR int StackHP[128], StackLP[128]; // Task stacks
static OS_TASK TCBHP, TCBLP; // Task control blocks
static OS_U64 Time;
static char acBuffer[100]; // Output buffer
/*********************************************************************
*
* HPTask()
*/
static void HPTask(void) {
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Suspend(NULL); // Suspend high priority task
Time = OS_TIME_Get_Cycles() - Time; // Stop measurement
}
}
/*********************************************************************
*
* LPTask()
*/
static void LPTask(void) {
OS_U64 MeasureOverhead; // Time for Measure Overhead
OS_U32 v; // Real context switching time
while (1) {
OS_TASK_Delay(100);
//
// Measure overhead for time measurement so we can take this into account by
// subtracting it. This is done inside the while()-loop to mitigate possible
// effects of an instruction cache.
//
MeasureOverhead = OS_TIME_Get_Cycles();
MeasureOverhead = OS_TIME_Get_Cycles() - MeasureOverhead;
//
// Perform actual measurements
//
Time = OS_TIME_Get_Cycles(); // Start measurement
// Resume high priority task to force task switch
OS_TASK_Resume(&TCBHP);
// Calculate real context switching time (w/o overhead measurement)
Time -= MeasureOverhead;
// Convert cycles to nanoseconds
v = (OS_U32)OS_TIME_ConvertCycles2ns(Time);
sprintf(acBuffer, "Context switch time: %lu.%.3lu microseconds\r",
(v / 1000uL), (v % 1000uL)); // Create result text
OS_COM_SendString(acBuffer); // Print out result
}
}
/*********************************************************************
*
* main()
*/
int main(void) {
OS_Init(); // Initialize embOS
OS_InitHW(); // Initialize required hardware
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBHP, "HP Task", 100, HPTask, StackHP);
OS_TASK_CREATE(&TCBLP, "LP Task", 50, LPTask, StackLP);
OS_Start(); // Start embOS
return 0;
}
The example program calculates and subtracts the measurement overhead. The
results will be transmitted to embOSView, so the example runs on every target that
supports UART communication to embOSView.
The example program OS_MeasureCST_HRTimer_Printf.c is identical to the example
program OS_MeasureCST_HRTimer_embOSView.c but displays the results with the
printf() function for those debuggers which support terminal output emulation.
Reentrance
Overview
All routines that can be used from different tasks at the same time must be fully reentrant.
A routine is in use from the moment it is called until it returns or the task that has called it is terminated.
All routines supplied with your real-time operating system are fully reentrant.
If for some reason you need to have non-reentrant routines in your program that can be used from more than one task, it is recommended to use a mutex to avoid this kind of problem.
C routines and reentrance
Normally, the C compiler generates code that is fully reentrant.
However, the compiler may have options that force it to generate non-reentrant code.
It is recommended not to use these options, although it is possible to do so in certain circumstances.
Assembly routines and reentrance
As long as assembly functions access local variables and parameters only, they are fully reentrant.
Everything else needs to be thought about carefully.
Compiler version
A specific embOS port has been developed with and for a specific C compiler and compiler version for the selected target processor.
Please refer to the CPU and compiler specific release notes for details.
embOS might work with the specified C compiler version only because other compiler versions might use a different calling conventions
(incompatible object file formats) and therefore might be incompatible.
However, if you prefer to use a different C compiler version, please contact us and we will run our quality tests again with the requested compiler version and confirm the compatibility.
C/C++ standard
embOS was developed in the C programming language.
The embOS sources can be built with every existing C standard.
The following table shows which C standards are supported:
C Standard | Description |
C90 | Supported but // comments are not allowed in C90 and OS_Global.c uses C99 designator for embOS RL78/RX IAR. |
C99 | Supported |
C11 | Supported |
C17 | Supported |
The embOS sources are not designed to be built with a C++ compiler but a C++ application can be used with embOS.
To do so the embOS sources must be built with a C compiler and the application with a C++ compiler.
You can also simply use an embOS library in your C++ project.
The following table shows which C++ standards are supported:
C++ Standard | Description |
C++98 | Supported |
C++03 | Supported |
C++11 | Supported |
C++14 | Supported |
C++17 | Supported |
C++20 | Supported |
Glossary
Term | Definition |
Cooperative multitasking | A scheduling system in which each task is allowed to run until it gives up the CPU; an ISR can make a higher priority task ready, but the interrupted task will be returned to and finished first. |
Counting semaphore | A type of semaphore that keeps track of multiple resources. Used when a task must wait for something that can be signaled more than once. |
CPU | Central Processing Unit. The “brain” of a microcontroller; the part of a processor that carries out instructions. |
Critical region | A section of code which must be executed without interruption. |
Event | A message sent to a single, specified task that something has occurred. The task then becomes ready. |
Interrupt Handler | Interrupt Service Routine. The routine is called by the processor when an interrupt is acknowledged. ISRs must preserve the entire context of a task (all registers). |
ISR | Interrupt Service Routine. The routine is called by the processor when an interrupt is acknowledged. ISRs must preserve the entire context of a task (all registers). |
Mailbox | A data buffer managed by an RTOS, used for sending messages to a task or interrupt handler. |
Message | An item of data (sent to a mailbox, queue, or other container for data). |
Multitasking | The execution of multiple software routines independently of one another. The OS divides the processor’s time so that the different routines (tasks) appear to be happening simultaneously. |
Mutex | A data structure used for managing resources by ensuring that only one task has access to a resource at a time. |
NMI | Non-Maskable Interrupt. An interrupt that cannot be masked (disabled) by software. Example: Watchdog timer interrupt. |
Preemptive multitasking | A scheduling system in which the highest priority task that is ready will always be executed. If an ISR makes a higher priority task ready, that task will be executed before the interrupted task is returned to. |
Process | Processes are tasks with their own memory layout. Two processes cannot normally access the same memory locations. Different processes typically have different access rights and (in case of MMUs) different translation tables. |
Processor | Short for microprocessor. The CPU core of a controller. |
Priority | The relative importance of one task to another. Every task in an RTOS has a priority. |
Priority inversion | A situation in which a high priority task is delayed while it waits for access to a shared resource which is in use by a lower priority task. A task with medium priority in the ready state may run, instead of the high priority task. embOS avoids this situation by priority inheritance. |
Queue | Like a mailbox, but used for sending larger messages, or messages of individual size, to a task or an interrupt handler. |
Ready | Any task that is in “ready state” will be activated when no other task with higher priority is in “ready state”. |
Resource | Anything in the computer system with limited availability (for example memory, timers, computation time). Essentially, anything used by a task. |
RTOS | Real-time Operating System. |
Running task | Only one task can execute at any given time. The task that is currently executing is called the running task. |
Scheduler | The program section of an RTOS that selects the active task, based on which tasks are ready to run, their relative priorities, and the scheduling system being used. |
Semaphore | A data structure used for synchronizing tasks. |
Software timer | A data structure which calls a user-specified routine after a specified delay. |
Stack | An area of memory with LIFO storage of parameters, automatic variables, return addresses, and other information that needs to be maintained across function calls. In multitasking systems, each task normally has its own stack. |
Superloop | A program that runs in an infinite loop and uses no real-time kernel. ISRs are used for real-time parts of the software. |
Task | A program running on a processor. A multitasking system allows multiple tasks to execute independently from one another. |
Thread | Threads are tasks which share the same memory layout. Two threads can access the same memory locations. If virtual memory is used, the same virtual to physical translation and access rights are used(c.f. Thread, Process) |
Tick | The OS timer interrupt. Typically equals 1 millisecond. |
Time slice | The time (number of system ticks) for which a task will be executed until a round-robin task change may occur. |